This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
YOUR FIRST CHOICE FOR SPECIALIST PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Largest offering of Major Brand Products,from UK wide Branch Network
Essential Technical Expertise and Support
Ventilation
MasonryComponents
Floor Coverings
DPC Systems
Waterproofing
Groundwork Engineeringand Geotextiles
Specialist Fixings
Concrete Repair& Protection
External Coatings
ConstructionChemicals
Construction Accessories acrossthe full range of product areas
This latest edition of the SIGConstruction Accessoriescomprehensive catalogue gives youaccess to a vast range of top quality,leading brand, construction accessoriesvia our nationwide branch network.
We also offer you expert product andapplication support from our specialistteams, plus design services for masonryand groundwork projects, to make sureyou get the right products for the job,on time and within budget… every time.
At SIG Construction Accessories wepride ourselves on the service we offerto customers. You can trust us to offeryou a friendly, professional service andfast, responsive deliveries, locally or nationally.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Your true one stop shop for specialists
We’re part of the SIG group, which hasrecently linked together its insulation,fixings, accessories and interiorsbusinesses, meaning that you can nowsource a huge range of products, allfrom your SIG Construction Accessoriesbranch, which becomes a true ‘onestop shop’ for specialists.
• Vast product ranges across allconstruction accessories sectors
• Leading product brands• Expert product and application support
• Unrivalled service and deliverycapability from largest UKdistribution branch network
Support Systems107 Aquamac155 Aquatard129 Aquatek128 Aquatek Elastic 2C130 Aquatek Mastic P129 Aquatek Plug29 Arch Based Concrete
Spacers184 Ardex A 45, A 46, PSRS , K
301 & A 35169 Ardex A35 & PSRS Floor
Screeding171 Ardex AM 100 Renders168 Ardex K 11, K 15, A 55 &
Arditex Sub FloorSmoothing
170 Ardex K 301 Renovation170 Ardex K 80 & SD-T B
Topping171 Ardex P 4, P 51, P 82,
E 90 & E 101 Admixes
172 Ardex WPC & DPM166 Ardex X 7, S 16, X 77, X
78, X 7001, D 20, C 2 &Flex FL Tile Adhesives
318 Artstone Protection116 AT System31 Automatic Tying Tools68 Bar Couplers35 Bar End Cap Spacers69 Bar Position Couplers185 BASF Emaco270 BAT-U-Nail Galvanised
Our range of civil engineeringproducts has been used in theindustry for many years, providingproducts for separation,reinforcement, drainage anderosion control used in major civilengineering projects including road,rail and bridges.
Gas barrier systems are designed toprovide complete protection againstthe ingress of harmful methane,radon and CO2 gases. Used inconjunction with gas resistant DPC,gas barrier jointing system and gasresistant self adhesive membrane,these systems offer superiorprotection and are all supplied fromleading manufacturers.
PRODUCTS PAGE
Insulation 8
Gas Barrier Systems 8
Protection Materials 14
Polythene DPM 14
Bitumen Products 16
Woven Geotextiles 17
Non-woven Geotextiles 18
Geotextiles 18
Geogrid 20
Screed Isolation 22
Gabions 24
Temporary Road and Walkways 24
Groundwork Engineering8
Groundw
ork Engineering
Gas Barrier SystemsProofex TotalReinforced gas membrane designed to protect buildings and theiroccupants from the effects of methane, radon, carbon dioxide andother harmful gases. Like conventional ground membranes,Proofex Total also acts as a damp-proof membrane to help protectthe building against the ingress of moisture from the ground.
Ancillaries
Proofex Total TapeDouble-sided butyl tape for sealing of side and end laps and for use in detailing work.
Proofex Top HatsMDPE sheathing, which encapsulates an aluminium foil layer.
Type Size
Proofex Total 2 x 25m
Proofex Total Tape 50mm x 30m
Proofex Total
Bituthene® 8000Bituthene 8000 combines the proven super sticky Bituthenelow temperature technology with a unique, solar reflectivecarrier film to provide superior performance and easierinstallation. It can be used horizontally or vertically toprotect basements and other critical sub-structures fromthe effects of hydrostatic pressure, ground contamination,damp or gas penetration.
InsulationInsulslab SFRC Insulslab SFRC (Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete) is aninnovative high quality, patented foundation systemthat is suitable for use on a wide range of soil types.Insulslab SFRC is a complete system, based on a typeof raft foundation which comprises a series ofinterlocking expanded polystyrene pods, forming arigid ‘waffle’ shaped slab. Steel fibre reinforced concrete is poured over the top to form thefinished foundation.
The steel fibres are manufactured in the UK by ArcelorMittal. The Insulslab SFRC system isquicker to install, offers excellent thermal performance and significant cost savings whencompared to traditional methods of foundation production. The foundation system facilitateseasy compliance to Part L/Section 6 of the Building Regulations, without the need for anadditional layer of insulation and screed.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
9
Type Roll Size (m) Primer Application Temp Range (ºC)
Bituthene 8000 1 x 20 (20m2) B2 +5 to +35
Bituthene 8000
Bituthene® MRXBituthene MRX is a methane, CO2 and radon gas resistantgrade of Bituthene specifically designed to resist thepassage of methane gas in addition to acting as awaterproof membrane protecting building foundations.
Type Roll Size (m) Primer Application temp range (ºC)
Bituthene MRX 1 x 20 (20m2) B1 +10 to +35
Bituthene MRX
Protect GDB10 Universal Gas and Damp B arrierZ-Led Protect GDB10 is a universal barrier membrane used to protect newbuildings against harmful ground gases (Methane, Carbon Dioxide andRadon) and rising damp. When used with Z-Led slab edge protection andcavity barrier, Protect GDB10 provides complete protection when installedin accordance with BR414 2001.Z-Led Protect GDB10 is a multi-layer polyethylene / polypropylenemembrane with an integral continuous solid aluminum foil, it islightweight (17.5kg / 100m2 roll), incredibly strong and is clean to workwith. A full range of factory fabricated accessories, tapes and sub-floordepressurisation products complete the Z-Led total protection solution.
Performance and test method MD (Along roll) CD (Across roll)
Nail tear strength (N) to BS EN 12310-1 modified 420 380
Tensile strength (N/50mm) BS EN 12311-1 modified 760 650
Elongation (%) to BS EN 12311-1 modified 25 15
Water vapour resistance (MNs/g) to BS EN 1931 >1000
Methane permeability based on BS EN 374-3: 2003 <1.5ml/m2/day
Radon permeability 4.2 x 10-12/m/s
Radon transmittance 21 x 10-9/m/s
Carbon dioxide (CO2) permeability to BS EN 374-3: 2003 <0.005µg/cm2/min
Water penetration resistance to BS EN 1928: 2001 Method A modified Pass Class W1
Protect GDB10 Universal Gas and Damp B arrier
Groundwork Engineering10
Groundw
ork Engineering
Sheetseal Primer
Sheetseal primer is a bitumen solution. Min Temp +5°C.
Type Size (l) Coverage (m2/l)
Sheetseal Primers 5, 25 7
Sheetseal Primers
Sheetseal GRRIW Sheetseal GR is a cold applied, high density polyethylene film bonded to aluminium foiland coated with a bitumen/rubber self adhesive layer with a removable reinforced siliconerelease paper.When designing Type A structures (as classified in BS8102:1990), the product appliedcorrectly, is capable of providing the levels of protection required for grades 1, 2, 3 & 4basements.
Type Thickness (m) Roll Size Roll Weight (kg/m2)
Sheetseal GR 1.6 1050mm x 19.05m 1.7
Sheetseal GR
Hyload Tanking Membrane Gastite SAA self adhesive damp proof and tanking membrane forprotecting structures against the ingress of moisture andmethane, carbon dioxide and radon gases. It can also be used asa gas resistant DPM.
Hyload Gastite LL DPMA loose laid damp proof membrane for the protection againstdamp and common ground gas. Hyload Gastite LL DPM offers asafe solution for the protection of building against methane,radon and carbon dioxide.
Type Size
Hyload Tanking Membrane Gastite SA 1m x 20m
Hyload Gastite LL DPM 1.6m x 30m
Hyload Gastite Double Sided Jointing Tape 50mm x 10m
Hyload Gastite Foil Backed Girth Jointing Tape 75mm x 50m
Hyload Pre-formed Pipe Collars (Top Hats) Various to order
Hyload Gas Barrier Membranes
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
11
Bitusheet Gas Barrier MembraneA high density polyethylene sheeting laminated to aluminium foil and coated with a selfadhesive bitumen/polymer compound. Bitusheet Gas Barrier Membrane is designed for useas a cold applied flexible membrane to provide a barrier to Methane and Radon gases.Incorporating a 50mm selvedge on one edge to form homogenous overlap joints. BitusheetGas Barrier Membrane may be laid onto concrete blinding or directly onto compacted sandblinding with the longitudinal and end overlaps sealed.
Ancillaries
Bitusheet PrimerA one part bituminous solution for brush or spray application. To provide the sealing ofporous surfaces to promote adhesion of Bitusheet and self bonding flashings.
Bitusheet Reinforcing TapeSelf Adhesive Reinforcing Tape comprises of a cross laminated high density polyethylenesheet coated with a Bitumen Polymer Adhesive, faced with a release sheet.
Bitusheet Reinforcing StripUsed to reinforce corners and changes in direction.
Bitusheet MasticBitusheet Mastic Filler is a bituminous mastic of trowelling consistency.
Bitusheet HD Protection BoardA tough durable Polymeric protection board to prevent damage to the membrane duringbackfill.
Type Size Coverage
Bitusheet Gas Barrier 1050mm x 28.57m 30m2
Bitusheet Primer 5ltr can, 25 ltr drum 10 - 12m2/litre
Bitusheet Reinforcing Tape 100, 150, 300mm x 20m N/A
Bitusheet Reinforcing Strip 300m N/A
Bitusheet Mastic 25kg N/A
Bitusheet HD Protection Board 3mm x 1m x 2m 2m2
Bitusheet Gas Barrier System
Visqueen Radon Protection System BRE 083/01Independently Accredited by BRE Certification Ltd (CertificateNumber 083/01) Visqueen Radon Membrane is an unreinforcedpolyethylene membrane, suitable for use in the protection ofbuildings from the ingress of Radon gas. Visqueen Radon Membranewill act as an effective passive radon membrane in most typicalapplications when installed in accordance with our instructions andwill also act as a damp proof membrane.
Type Colour Size Weight (kg)
Radon Membrane Red 25 x 4m x 300mu 27.6
Visqueen Radon Protection System
Groundwork Engineering12
Groundw
ork Engineering
Polythene Radon BarrierBBA approved radon membrane system in 300 micron foruse in the protection of buildings from the ingress of radongas on contaminated land. Supplied in 4m x 25m rolls.
Visqueen CO2 Gas MembraneThe Building Regulations require that proper precautions betaken to prevent danger to health and safety when buildingon contaminated land. Visqueen CO2 Gas membrane offers asafe solution for the protection of buildings against carbon dioxide, when installed inaccordance with BRE Report: 414 "Construction of buildings on gas contaminated land".Visqueen CO2 is a robust polyethylene-based membrane; for ease of identification on site themembrane is coloured yellow. The Barrier is flexible and is easy to install, will also act as adamp proof membrane.
Type Colour Length (m) Width (m) Weight (kg)
CO2 Gas Membrane Yellow 25 4 27.6
Visqueen CO2 Gas Membrane
Visqueen AncillariesVisqueen Zedex CPT High Performance DPCA new generation of damp proof course, made from Co-Polymer Thermoplastic (CPT), it possesses the characteristicsnecessary for it to perform effectively under harsh conditions.
Visqueen Double Sided Jointing TapeA butyl based double sided tape for joints and laps.
Visqueen Foil Backed & Standard Girth Jointing TapeA single sided jointing tape suitable for securing laps andjoints.
Visqueen Pre-formed Top Hat UnitsFor effective sealing around service pipe penetrations.
Visqueen Gas Resistant Self Adhesive MembraneA self adhesive membrane designed to prevent thetransmission of radon and methane gases.
Visqueen Radon SumpWhere sub-floor depressurisation is required a Radon Sumpshould be used. This is a prefabricated plastic sump, to whichpipe work is connected.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
13
Type Size
Zedex CPT High Performance DPC 100 - 1500mm x 20m
Double Sided Jointing Tape 50mm x 10m
Foil Backed & Standard Girth Jointing Tape 100mm x 30m
Pre-formed Top Hat Units To suit pipe diameter to order
Radon Sump 220 x 430 x 430mm
Visqueen Ancillaries
Visqueen GX Geomembrane A high quality single layer HDPE membrane and is suitable foruse as a barrier membrane on brownfield sites that requireprotection from dangerous contaminants such ashydrocarbons and methane, together with excellent dampproofing characteristics.
Type Width (mm) Roll Length (m)
Visqueen GX Geomembrane 645, 970 30
Visqueen GX Geomembrane
Visqueen Gas Resistant (GR) DPCA flexible polyethylene DPC with an aluminium foil designedto prevent the transmission of carbon dioxide, radon andmethane gases. This is in addition to the products usage as adamp proof course. Resistance to carbon dioxide, radon andmethane is achieved by an integral aluminium film.
Type Width (mm) Roll Length (m) Weight(kg/m2) Thickness (mm)
Visqueen Gas Resistant (GR) 500 - 1000 30 0.5 0.5
Visqueen Gas Resistant (GR)
Visqueen Gas Barrier Jointing Tape A double sided butyl based jointing tape. The use of a singlerelease paper assists ease of application on site. Visqueen GasBarrier Jointing Tape is suitable for use in the lapping andsealing of Visqueen Gas Barrier.
Type Width (mm) Roll Length (m)
Visqueen Double Sided Jointing Tape 50 10
Visqueen Gas Barrier Jointing Tape
Groundwork Engineering14
Groundw
ork Engineering
Visqueen Top Hat Units Used to provide an effective seal around service pipepenetrations. They are available in a range of sizes, the typicalsize being 110mm diameter.
Type Typical Diameter (mm)*
Visqueen Top Hat Units 100 - 160
*Other dimensions available
Visqueen Top Hat Units
Tuffreel
TuffreelHigh tear resistance, great tensile strength and no pin-holes. Roll weight and full dimensionsshown on label, minimum roll weight guaranteed, colour coded for easy on-siteidentification. Manufactured to the PIFA Standard and BBA Certificate.
Polypropylene protection board of corrugated structure easily cut, curved or creased oncorrugations. Tough and durable. 2.0mm and 8.0mm thick.
Code Thickness (mm) Sheet Size (m)
BD2POL 2 1.22 x 2.44
BD8POL 8 1.225 x 2.5
BD2/CLEAR 2 1.0 x 2.0
Temporary Protection Polythene
Code Thickness (mu) Roll Size (m)
TPS TPS/50 4 x 25
500G 500G/125 4 x 40
Polythene DPM
Temporary protection polythene for covering up materials and work on site.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
15
Speedline DPM
Speedline DPMSpeedline certified Polythene DPM Damp-Proof membranes for use in solid concrete groundfloors (not subject to hydrostatic pressure) to protect buildings against water from theground.
Preparation/Installation: Speedline BBA Polythene has a high resistance to puncture and willnot be damaged by foot traffic. The membrane should be jointed in accordance with theBBA recommendations using BBA DPM jointing tape. See page 326.
Type Size (m)
125 mu (500 Gauge Polythene) 4 x 50
250 mu (1000 Gauge Polythene) 4 x 25
300 mu (1200 Gauge Polythene) 4 x 25
500 mu (2000 Gauge Polythene) 2 x 25
4 x 12.5
Temporary Protection (TPS) 4 x 25
Type Size Weight (kg)
250mu 4 x 25m 23
300mu 4 x 25m 27.6
500mu 4 x 12.5m 23
Double sided jointing tape 50 x 10mm N/A
Girth jointing tape 100 x 33mm N/A
Visqueen Polythene DPM
Visqueen Polythene DPMManufactured from high quality reprocessed Low Density PolyEthylene (LDPE) VisqueenDamp Proof Membranes have successfully prevented moisture penetration from floors formany years. • Conforms to PIFA standard 6/83A:1995. • High puncture resistance. • Withstands rough site handling. • Comprehensive range to satisfy most site conditions.
Groundwork Engineering16
Groundw
ork Engineering
Bitumen ProductsLeotak (K140) A cold applied, rapid acting 40% cationic bitumen emulsionto BS434-1:2984 Class K1-40. Leotak is ideal for primingsurfaces prior to laying a bituminous carpet. It providesexcellent adhesion in damp conditions and will cure concreteby sealing against water evaporation. Pack sizes: 25kg screwcap pouring containers and 200kg drums.
Leocatic Spray (K160)A 60% bitumen content, cold-applied cationic emulsion toBS434: Part 1, Class K1-60. It is used for sealing sub-bases,patching, as a tack coat, for surface dressing and for grouting.It is particularly useful for footway construction and surfacing.
Leochip VLSA cold-applied, thixotropic bitumen emulsion surface dressingbinder. It is formulated for hand application and will not pondor spread on uneven surfaces. It is a frequent choice whereattractive natural finishes are required in landscape design.
LeosealAn economical and flexible waterproofing and crack sealantdesigned for easy hand application. It is ideal forwaterproofing below ground concrete structures. It can also be used to seal cracks inbituminous surfaces to prevent damage arising from the ingress of water.
LeopaveA ready to use hand Applied slurry seal suitable as a sealing coat on lightly trafficked surfacessuch as footways, driveways and car parks. It is cold applied and easy to handle it willimprove the appearance of worn tarmac.
BitukoldA cold-applied thixotropic bitumen emulsion used for vertical joints in asphalt and macadam.Bitukold is designed for the sealing of transverse, longitudinal and vertical joints. Applicationsinclude patch repairs, trench reinstatements, drain or manhole frames and kerb channels.
BitucreteA cold applied, deferred set, storage grade macadam - idealfor instant, high quality repairs to concrete or bituminoussurfaces. Available in a variety of grades, Bitucrete can beused for footway repairs, patching, reinstatements andtemporary surfacing. Bitucrete provides an immediate curefor potholes in car parks, roads, drives and many othersurfaces. Bitucrete is available in 6mm & 20mm in black and6mm in red.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
17
Colas Bitumen Products
Type Size Coverage
K140 25, 200kg 0.6kg/m2
K160 200kg 1.8-2kg/m2*
Leochip VLS 25, 200kg drums 1.3–1.8kg per m2
Leopave 20kg resealable plastic buckets 5-7m2 per 20kg pack
Bitukold 15kg resealable plastic buckets 1.5kg per m2
Bitucrete 25kg bags 12 litres
* refers to single dressing application
Woven GeotextilesWoven Geotextile is strong, tough and durable for use in ground stabilisation.
Geotec 90 WovenGeotec 90 Woven is a geotextile membrane for use as adrainage filter and separator in all types of civilengineering, building and landfill projects.
Geotec 90 Woven is manufactured from extrudedpolypropylene tapes which are resistant to all naturallyoccurring soil acids and alkalis and unaffected by bacteria andfungi.It’s woven geotextile construction delivers high tensile strength,making it particularly suitable for use in separation layers.
Geotec 90 Woven is used below access roads (both temporaryand permanent) to create a firm base on which to place thecrushed stone foundation layer.
Product Roll size Weight per roll Material
Geotec 90 Woven 4.5m x 100m 43kg Black Polyproylene
Geotec 90 Woven
Geotec 90 Wovens are available for soil stabilisation andreinforcement applications.
ApplicationsSeparation, reinforcement, stabilisation and coastal erosion.
ProjectsHighways and access roads, stone foundation layers, car parks,steep slopes, embankments and runways.
Groundwork Engineering18
Groundw
ork Engineering
Geotec Features and benefits;• Reduces loss of expensive stone.• Products to suit any application.• Innovative solutions compared to traditional methods.• High strength and excellent filter properties.• Manufactured in quality controlled environment. • Competitive pricing – real cost savings.• Full technical and on-site support.• Standard range in stock for next day delivery. • Quick and easy installation.
Non-woven GeotextilesSIG Geotechnical Non woven geotextilesSIG Geotechnical offers a comprehensive range of non-wovengeotextiles, Geotec TB (thermally bonded), NP (Needle Punched) inaddition to our standard range.
Product Roll Size (m) Weight (g/m2) Thickness (mm)
Geotec GP 4.5 x 100 80 0.8
Geotec 1000 4.5 x 100 105 1.0
SIG Geotechnical Non woven geotextiles
GeotextilesTerramTerram Geotextiles, provide an effective solution to theage-old problem of constructing stable roads, driveways,car parks, and footpaths over soft foundation soils. Terramprevents the intermixing of the granular layer with the softsubgrade, whilst allowing controlled passage of excess porewater from the soft subgrade.
Terram is also suitable for land drains, french drains andsoakaway applications. Available grades from 65g/m2 to335g/m2.
Type Length (m) Width (m) Weight (kg)
1000 100 4.5 65
Advantage 100 4.5 45
2000 100 4.5 105
3000 100 4.5 125
4000 50 4.5 80
Terram Geotextiles
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
19
SIG Geotechnical WebSIG Geotechnical Web is typically used for erosion control onslopes, embankments and riverbanks. SIG Geotechnical Webprovides stability to slopes where the soil friction angle isinsufficient, thus reducing soil loss.
It is a three-dimensional honeycomb structure made fromstrips of extruded polypropylene. Its welded joints deliverextremely high tensile strength, making it suitable forinstallation on steep slopes.
ApplicationsSlopes, access roads, embankments and revetments.
Secugrid® geogrids: Uniaxial, Biaxial and Large ApertureReinforcement Grids.
Secugrid® geogrids are flat geogrids made from interlaced extrudedpolymer bars. They can be produced in both uniaxial and biaxialorientations, and formulated from either Polyester or Polypropylene resins.
The high strength monolithic welded junctions provide soil reinforcement for all civilengineering applications, including environmental, infrastructure and marine engineeringprojects.
Secugrid® geogrids provide tensile reinforcement for base courses in railways and highwayfoundation engineering, steep sided soil embankments and retaining walls. They are alsoused for foundation reinforcement of earth embankments, load transfer of overlying soilmasses, for spanning voids and sink holes, for sludge lagoon closures, trench covers andbeds.
Large aperture grids are designed for use where the available fill has a particle size greaterthan 75mm. The larger aperture is necessary to maintain the required interlocking effectbetween the aggregate and the geogrid.
Product Roll Size (m) Weight (kg per roll) Material
Secugrid 20/20 4.75 x 50 or 100 90 Polypropylene
Secugrid 30/30 4.75 x 50 or 100 97 Polypropylene
Secugrid 40/40 4.75 x 50 or 100 112 Polypropylene
SIG Geotechnical Secugrid
SIG Geotechnical Slope-Guard Biodegradable Erosion Control MattingSIG Geotechnical provides a full range of erosion controlmaterials, both biodegradable and non-biodegradable,offering a comprehensive and cost effective solution to anyerosion challenge.
Within SIG Geotechnical’s biodegradable range are SIGGeotechnical Slope-Guard Coir, Jute and Hessian mattings,which all provide an environmentally friendly solution foreven the most severe erosion applications.
Biodegradable matting acts as protection to the slope, preventing expensive soil loss andslope instability, while providing an excellent microclimate for seeds to germinate.Weights range from 150-1400 grams and have a life span from one to five years.
Biodegradable seeded blankets are also available.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
21
Reference 295 305 400 700 900 1400 F Looped
Material Coir Coir Coir Coir Coir Coir Coir
Biodegradable 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Life Span (years) 2 3 3 4 4 5 5
Weight (g/m2) 295 305 400 700 900 1400 1400
Mesh Size (mm) 40 x 40 30 x 30 30 x 30 10 x 10 8 x 8 5 x 5 5 x 5
Open Area (Approx.) 70% 60% 65% 45% 38% 26% 20%
Weave Type Knotted Knotted Plain Plain Plain Plain Looped
Tensile Strength 2 3 6 9 15 >15 >15
Roll Weight (kg) 20 30 45 70 90 140 280
Applications Gentle Gentle Medium Steep Steep River Riverslopes slopes slopes slopes. slopes. banks. banks.light light poor soil. Cliff faces River Coastal Coastal
erosion erosion Taxiways banks defences defencesgood soil. good soil. heavy infrequent regular regular
erosion wetting. floods. floods.
Slope-Guard Biodegradable Erosion Control Matting
SIG Geotechnical Slope-Guard Type 4Slope Guard type 4 consists of a flexible lightweight three dimensional structure of entangledand heat bonded elements to create a long lasting, environmentally friendly, tough andflexible erosion control mat. It is a non-biodegradable mat intended to assist permanentvegetation growth.
Product Thickness Mass unit area Tensile strength @ 20% Tensile strength @10%(mm) (g /m2) (kN/m) (kN/m))
Slope-Guard type 4 18 320 3.0 1.7
SIG Geotechnical Slope-Guard Type 4
EnvirotrakEnvirotrak is a grass paving reinforcement systemmanufactured from recycled plastics with a honeycombcellular construction. Envirotrak’s high strength reducesoverall construction depths providing real cost savings inraw material, labour and money. When used withtopsoil and seeded it provides a 95% grass cover.Envirotrak can also be filled with stone or gravel whenrequired.
Regupol 6010BA: Heavy Duty Screed IsolationA recycled tyre crumb product designed for use where highloads are apparent, yet acoustic performance is critical. It hasairborne sound insulation of 65dB and impact soundinsulation of 43dB giving performance significantly exceedingthat of Approved Document E, 2003.
Its primary use is to isolate floor screeds in new buildconstructions which require high levels of sound isolation,such as luxury apartments, schools, hospitals, hotels, librariesand retail units. It can also be used beneath wooden based floors and areas of sensitivitysuch as gymnasium floors.
The product thickness is 17mm nominal (with a dimpled underside) and its load bearingcapacity is 5000kg/m2 (50kN/m2).
Groundwork Engineering22
Groundw
ork Engineering
Code Roll Size (m)
E48 1.25 x 10
Regupol E48
Regupol E48: High Performance Screed IsolationA recycled tyre crumb product designed to isolate screedsfrom the main structure of the building, reducing impactenergy generated by general footfall. It is used under alltypes of floor screeds in most new build constructionsincluding apartments, schools, hospitals, hotels, libraries andsupermarkets.
It is suitable for use with beam and block and precastconcrete plank floors. With airborne sound insulation of50dB and impact sound insulation of 49dB it outperformsthe requirements of Building Regulations Approved Document E (2003).
It has a nominal thickness of 8mm with a dimpled underside.
Code Roll Size (m)
6010BA 1.25 x 10
Regupol 6010BA
Screed Isolation
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Groundw
ork Engineering
23
Regupol 7210C: Screed IsolationA cost-effective rubber bound product designed to isolatescreeds from the main structure of the building, reducingimpact energy generated by general footfall.
It is used under all types of floor screeds in new buildapartments and is aimed at constructions where Pre-Completion Testing (PCT) is preferred to that of a Robust Detail (RD).
It is supplied in sheets 5mm thick and has airborne sound insulation of 49dB and impactinsulation of 46dB.
Code Roll Size (m)
6010SH 1.25 x 10
Regupol 6010SH
Regupol 6010SH: High Load IsolationA recycled tyre crumb product designed for use where veryhigh loads are apparent, yet acoustic performance is critical.Its acoustic performance (30dB impact sound insulation)exceeds that of the standards quoted in Approved Document E, 2003.
It was developed to greatly enhance the impact and airborneacoustic properties of screeds and timber based floors whereloads exceed that of standard constructions in both new build constructions andrefurbishments. Typical applications include car parks, penthouses, music studios andgymnasium floors.
It has 15mm nominal thickness and a maximum load bearing capacity of 10000kg/m2
(100kN/m2).
Code Roll Size (mm)
7210C 1.15 x 2.30
Regupol 7210C
Triple twist woven mesh gabionsThey are designed on the principle of mass earth retaining wall.The strength and flexibility of the triple twisted mesh helpswithstand and absorb the forces generated by retained earth orflowing water. Gabions are rectangular boxes which are formedfrom panels of ‘triple twisted’ mesh which are framed by thickerselvedge wires. End panels and internal diaphragms at 1.0mcentres are then wired to the base of the gabion. The triple twistweaving of the wire prevents unravelling.
Constructed from wire manufactured to comply with BS1052:1996 and self edged withthicker wire. Wire is galvanised in accordance with BS 443:1990, with minimum thicknesscomplying with the requirements of table 4 of BS 443. Life expectancy of PVC-U coatedmesh in dry land retaining walls is considered to be 120 years.
Ekomove Temporary Road and Walkways Made entirely from recycled plastic, Ekomove® products are highly suitable for use astemporary roads on construction sites and for transporting loads over vulnerable ground andbenefit from the following features:• Lightweight.• Quick and easy handling.• Easy to clean.• High wear resistance and doesn’t rot.• Suitable for intensive use.• Recyclable.
Ekomove® is provided in black with a button structure onone side as standard. On request, the boards can beprovided in other colours, with handles, company logoand/or text tape.
Thickness(mm) Length (mm) Width (mm)
15, 18 3000, 4000 500, 750, 1000, 1500
Ekomove®
Temporary Road and Walkways
Reinforcement, Form
work &
AccessoriesReinforcement, Formwork & Accessories
Reinforcement, concrete andformwork accessories are coreproduct ranges for SIG ConstructionAccessories. Our range is allencompassing, including site set-upequipment, spacers, formwork andall the specialist chemicals you needfor your project.
The selection consists of chemicals,formwork and continuity systems and includes:• Admixtures• Cleaners• Curing agents• Release agents• Sealers• Surface retarders• Column formers• Permanent shuttering• Protection products
Also available from stock are spacerblocks and bars, high chairs andcircular wire spacers.
PRODUCTS PAGE
Set Up Equipment 26
Wire Spacers 27
Concrete Spacers 28
Tying Wire 30
Plastic Spacers 32
Dowels 36
Bolt Boxes 41
Tie Bar System 42
Formwork Systems 46
Formwork Plywood 49
Metal Formwork 50
Screed Rails & Accessories 54
Temporary Protection 59
Crack Inducers & Void Formers 60
Reinforcement 62
Insulated & Reinforced Balcony Connectors 73
Floor Decking 75
Deep Composite Floor Decks 76
Accessories 77
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories26
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Pointed Steel Pins
Length (mm) Pack
400 Each
600 Each
1000 Each
** Pin diameter in mm.
Pointed Steel Pins
Curly Top Pins
Orange & Blue Safety BarrierOrange safety barrier 1m x 50m manufactured from heavy dutypolythene.Blue safety barrier 1 x 50m
Cube MouldsMetal and Polystyrene available.100mm two piece cube mould.150mm four piece cube mould.Square section tamping bar.Spanners.
Set Up Equipment
Steel pins, pointed one end, plain other, in either 16, 20 or25mm diameters.
Curly top pin approximately 1.35m length, pointed one end, lamp ironcurve other. Packed in 10s.
Curing Tank for Cement CubesWe supply curing tanks in a range of sizes for 110v and240v supplies.
Slump ConeSlump cone, tamping bar and slump baseplate.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
27
Deckchairs A TypeA heavy duty girder for supporting reinforcement or fabric without damaging the polythenemembrane. Deckchairs are also ideal for dowel bar support. Supplied in 2m lengths, packsize 50m. Maximum advised spacing 1m. Suggested usage 10m/sheet.
Height (mm) Pack (m)
50 50
60 50
75 50
90 50
105 50
120 50
135 50
150 50
165 50
180 50
200 50Other heights available on request.
Deckchairs A Type
Wire Spacers
Hoop SpacersThe most economical way of supporting top steel in slabs, the hoops are formed into a 1mdiameter circle. 4/5 hoops per sheet of mesh are normally sufficient.
Height (mm) Pack
50 25, 100
60 25, 100
75 25, 100
90 25, 100
105 25, 100
120 25, 100
135 25, 100
150 25, 100
165 25, 100
180 25, 100
200 25, 100
Can be manufactured up to 250mm.
Hoop Spacers
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories28
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Size (mm) Pack
15 1000
20 500
25 500
30 500
35 250
40 250
45 200
50 200
60 150
75 100
80 100
100 50
Concrete Spacers• Non toxic fibre reinforced spacers. • Natural bond with concrete. • Porosity and surface permeability similar to concrete. • Compressive strength of material generally above 50n/mm2.
Flat Based (Single Cover) Flat Based Single Cover Concrete Spacers. Suitable for heavy duty horizontal applications.
Flat Based (Single Cover)
Size (mm) Pack
25, 30 500
30, 40 250
40, 50 200
60, 75 50
Flat Based (Double Cover) Flat Based Double Cover Concrete Spacers. Suitable for heavy duty horizontal applications.
Flat Based (Double Cover)
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
29
Arched Based (Double Cover) For minimum contact with formwork. Ideal for vertical reinforcement.Arched Based (Double Cover)Size (mm) Pack
15, 20 1000
25, 30 500
30, 35 250
30, 40 250
40, 50 200
65, 70 50
75* 100
*Single cover arched based.
Size (mm) Pack
20, 25, 30 500
35, 40, 50 200
Arched Based (Triple Cover)For minimum contact with formwork. Ideal for vertical reinforcement.
Arched Based (Triple Cover)
Square Bar
Size (mm)
25 x 25
30 x 30
40 x 40
50 x 50
60 x 60
75 x 75
100 x 100
Square BarA heavy duty one metre long bar for supporting steel on bridge decking and other areaswhere high point loads can be expected. Also available double cover bar.
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
30 Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories
Size (mm)
20
30
40
50
Concave Triangle Bar
Concave Triangle BarA heavy duty one metre long bar for supporting steel on bridge decking and other areaswhere high point loads can be expected. Also available double cover bar.
Type
Crimped Anchor
End Cap
Length (mm) Wall thickness (mm)
145 150
170 175
195 200
220 225
245 250
295 300
345 350
Steel Kickers (Adjustable) M16 threaded bar
Steel Kickers (Adjustable)Removes the need to pour a kicker. Spacer/spreader for wall joints. The crimped anchorwithout threaded bar is pressed into the wet concrete along the approximate centre axis ofthe subsequent wall. M16 threaded bar allows exact alignment and ensures high strength.End caps are to be applied firmly to ends of threaded bar, providing a 50mm cover.
Black Annealed Tying WireAvailable in 16 and 17 guage tying wire, supplied in coils.End cutting/tying nips. One coil of wire to approximate 4tonnes reinforcement.
Double Loop Wire TiesIn lengths of 100, 150, 200 and 250mm and supplied inpacks of 1000. Different gauges can be supplied ifrequired. Bag tie puller to suit.
Tying Wire
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
31
Fast Fix Stabil Binders Fast Fix Stabil Binders are made of spring steel. A safetie for connection of reinforcement steel in concreteconstruction.
Type Stirrup Diameter (mm) Rod Diameter (mm) Standard Pack
FFSB06 4/5/6 6 15,000
FFSB08 4/5/6 8 10,000
FFSB10 5/6/8 10 10,000
FFSB12 5/6/8 12 10,000
FFSB16 6/8/10 16 8,000
FFSB20 6/8/10 20 8,000
FFSB24 6/8/10 24 8,000
Fast Fix Stabil Binders
Automatic Tying ToolsThese battery operated tying tools are used for tying rebar andfabric, operating at up to 5 times faster than hand tying, makingties in approx. 1 second with consistent tie strength. High speedtying saves you time and money and simple operation reducespotential wrist damage such as carpal tunnel injuries. Wire usageis regulated automatically, producing 3 wraps for each tie.Three tools are available for overall tie diameters 9mm to 21mm,20mm to 39mm and a heavy duty model for tying rebar up to32mm + 40mm.
Type Size
Black Annealed reel 0.8mm x 95m
Stainless steel reel 0.8mm x 95m
Tying Wire
Tying WireA reel of 0.8mm diameter x 95m wire available inannealed steel and stainless steel.
Tool Protection Cover (Optional)This tool cover protects the RB392 and RB213 tools and keeps the tool clean.
Tool Holster (Optional)The tool holster is designed to be attached on your waist. The Velcro strap holds the tool inplace.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories32
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Type
9 to 21, 20 to 39, 32 + 35 rebar
Extension Bar
Contact us for details.
Reelfix Rapid System - Tying Wire and Dispensing SystemReelfix Rapid is a tying wire dispensing reel system used by Steel Fixers when tyingreinforcement in concrete structures. The system comprises of a dispensing reel which housesa 2kg spool of tying wire. The reel is attached to a heavy duty leather belt and comfort padand is worn around the users’ waist.
Material Diameter (mm) Metres per 2kg kg per 1000m Approx. gauge
Stainless 304/316 1.20 224 8.93 18
Black Annealed 1.45 140 14.28 17
1.60 120 16.66 16
Reelfix 2kg refill spools are packed 5 per carton and shrink wrapped to protect thewire from moisture damage.
Wire Dispenser
Size (mm) Bar Diameter Pack
10 4 - 8 5000
15 4 - 8 5000
20 4 - 12 1000
25 4 - 12 1000
25 8 - 20 500
30 4 - 12 500
30 8 - 20 500
Size (mm) Bar Diameter Pack
35 4 - 12 500
35 8 - 20 500
40 4 - 12 500
40 8 - 20 250
50 4 - 12 250
50 8 - 20 250
60 8 - 28 100
75 8 - 28 125
Plastic Wheels - Standard Duty
Wheel Spacers - Standard Duty
Plastic Spacers
A comprehensive range of clip-on plastic wheelspacers suitable for all pre-cast and site applications.
Extension Bar (Optional)Using this extension bar reducing the risk of back strain.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
33
Size (mm) Bar Diameter Pack
25 6 - 12 500
25 13 - 20 500
30 6 - 12 500
30 13 - 20 500
40 13 - 20 250
50 13 - 20 200
Plastic Wheels - Heavy Duty
Wheel Spacers - Heavy DutyHeavy duty bar grip plastic wheels are a heavy duty spacer for either a vertical or horizontalapplication. Ideally suited to both on-site and pre fabrication use.
Size (mm) Pack
25/30 250
40/50 250
55/65 200
65/75 200
90/100 100
Grade Plate Spacers
Grade Plate Spacers - Support FixGrade Plate Spacers are a double cover spacer that has been designed for use in ground floorslabs. Where its large base area prevents puncturing of polyethylene membrane. Often usedwith ground beam shuttering.
Size (mm) Rebar Diameter (mm) Pack
15 4 – 12 2000
20 4 – 12 1000
25 4 – 12 1000
30 4 – 12 1000
35 4 – 12 500
40 4 – 12 500
50 4 – 12 500
Support Clip - Light Duty
Support Clip - Light DutySupport Clip is a general purpose clip on spacer used in all types of applications found inprecast yards and on site. It can be fixed horizontally or vertically on bars from 4mm to12mm diameter.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories34
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Size (mm) Rebar Diameter (mm) Pack
20 8 - 25 1000
25 8 - 25 1000
30 8 - 25 1000
35 8 - 25 500
40 8 - 25 500
45 8 - 25 500
50 8 - 25 500
55 8 - 25 500
65 8 - 25 500
75 8 - 25 250
Support Clip - Heavy Duty
Support Clip - Heavy DutyHeavy Duty Support clip for both vertical and horizontal application.Suitable for bar size from 8mm to 25mm.
Code Rebar Diameter (mm) Pack
20 6 - 20 500
25 6 - 20 500
30 6 - 20 500
35 6 - 20 250
40 6 - 20 250
50 6 - 20 125
60 6 - 20 125
Plastic Tower Spacers
Plastic Tower Spacers Plastic Tower Spacers are robust and designed for vertical and horizontal applicationsExcellent stability and concrete flow with large clamping area and pointed feet to ensureminimum visibility on the struck concrete face.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
35
Code Rebar Diameter (mm) Pack
20 4 - 8 1000
20 9 - 16 1000
25 4 - 8 1000
25 9 - 16 1000
30 4 - 8 1000
30 9 - 16 1000
Bar End Cap Spacers
Bar End Cap Spacers Bar End Caps provide cover to the formwork and prevent staining to the precast units.
Size (mm) Pack
25 100
30 100
Plastic Ring Spacer - Heavy Duty
Plastic Ring Spacer - Heavy Duty Heavy duty plastic ring spacer with stiffening legs which add stability to the product. Ideal forbottom reinforcement in both on-site and precast applications. Design of the bottom feetensures minimal contact with the formwork.
Size (mm) Bar Size (mm) Width (mm) Pack
40 6 – 12 10 500
50 6 – 12 10 250
45, 50 6 – 12 30 250
50 16 – 20 30 200
70 16 – 20 30 100
75 16 – 20 30 100
Plastic Pile Cage Spacers
Plastic Pile Cage SpacersSpecially designed spacers for use in pile cages. Wheel spacers can be threaded onto helicalsbefore cage is inserted. Clip on spacers can be fitted onto helicals or main bars.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories36
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Size (mm)
15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50
Track Spacer
Track SpacerA versatile plastic spacer that can be used on both horizontal and vertical surfaces.Supplied in 2m lengths.
Size (mm) Pack
2 250
3 250
5 125
10 125
Plastic Shims - Plain and Horseshoe
Plastic ShimsHard plastic shims for non structural, temporary alignment of precast concrete panels andcomponents. Made from heavy duty plastic 70 x 70mm in a range of thickness from 2 to 10mm.
Dowel Bar CradlesDowels
Dowel Bar Cradles are used to support dowel bars in contraction and expansion joints. Whenordering please confirm type, height (which is from base of cage to bottom of dowel bar)and quantity required. Manufactured to customer requirements. Sold per metre.
Wire Ties h
Wire Ties
Plastic sleeve
Dowel Cap
De-Bond/Epoxy coated
h
De-Bond/Epoxy coated
Contraction Joint
Expansion Joint
Contraction JointsWire Ties.De-Bond/Epoxy coated.Plastic Sleeve.h = height from base to underside of dowel bar.
Expansion JointsDowel Cap.Wire Ties.De-Bond/Epoxy coated.Plastic Sleeve.h = height from base to underside of dowel bar.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
37
Diameter (mm) Length (mm)
12 400
12 600
12 900
16 400
16 600
16 900
20 500
20 550
20 600
20 900
25 600
Dowel Bars
Dowel BarsPlain round bars supplied with either cropped or sawn ends. Supplied in mild steel.
Other options available:High tensile or stainless steel. Stainless steel dowel bars are supplied sawn cut to order toyour specific lengths. All diameters from 8mm to 40mm can be supplied.
Epoxy / Polymeric Coated DowelsDowel bars can be supplied with either a partial or full coating to your specific requirements.All coatings comply with DOT specification. Contact us for more details.
Size (mm)
6 x 115 x 115
Diamond Dowels
Diamond DowelsDiamond dowels offer a better performing, more easily installed alternative to traditionaldowels. 6mm x 115mm square diamond dowel used at 450mm centres gives equivalentperformance to 20mm round dowels at 300mm centres. Simply nail the Diamond Dowelsleeve to formwork prior to first pour, and then push the Diamond Dowels into the sleeveimmediately prior to second pour.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories38
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Size (mm)
10 x 170 x 250 (max)
Alpha Dowels
Alpha DowelsA trapezoidal plate dowel developed to provide greater capacity in bending, shear and bearingwhen compared to the Diamond Dowel at 20mm joint opening (typically 5 times in bending and3 times in shear and bearing). Installation is identical to Diamond Dowels.
Size (mm)
20 x 20 x 600
Square Alpha Dowels
Square Dowel Bar & Sleeve System (Permasleeve)Permasleeve allows quick and easy installation of square dowels and movement sleeves.
Speed DowelsA two-component system consisting of a sleeve andan attachment base, designed for use with 610mm x20mm round dowels. It provides accurate positioningand alignment of dowels at construction andexpansion joints, with effective load transfer.
Dowel Bar MatsDeveloped in conjunction with major flooringcontractors, dowel bar mats were introduced toeliminate dowel lock and speed up application time.They are easily supported on plastic chairs to achieve therequired cover.
They feature 16mm x 600mm sawn dowels at 300mmcentres, with debonding sleeves fitted. The dowels arewelded to two 12mm lacer bars to ensure accurateplacing perpendicular to the joint. Each 3m dowel mathas push-fit male/female connectors to maintain spacingand alignment with adjacent mats.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
39
Bar Diameter (mm) Length (mm)
12 450
16 200
16 300
16 450
20 300
20 400
25 300
32 375
Dowel Bar Sleeves
Dowel Bar SleevesA flexible PVC sleeve to DOT specification, in diameters 12 - 32mm. Compressible foamplugs available for use in expansion joints.
Diameter (mm)
12
16
20
25
32
Expansion Dowel Caps
Expansion Dowel CapsA rigid tube 100mm length with 25mm of compressible filler, designed as a tight fit overdowel bars in expansion joint. Supplied in 100s. If combining both sleeves and caps, use nextsize up for the cap.
Meta DowelA superior dowel/sleeve combination that can be used with bothMetaform and Metaform Eliminator systems. Alternatively, it canbe fixed to timber shuttering as required. Superior in bearing,bending and shear to its competitors, its corrugated design makesit more suitable for the larger joint gaps associated with modernconstruction techniques
De-bonding CompoundA bitumen based material for painting on to dowel bars and de-bondingcontraction joints in slab construction. Supplied in either 5 litre or 25 litrecans. Brush to suit.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories40
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Strip Joint CornersThis provides the benefits of an armoured joint arris fortied or free contraction joints and is designed to be usedwith traditional timber forms. It is manufactured from10mm thick x 50mm deep square edged bright mild metalstrip which has a very flat top surface (unlike hot rolledstrip or angle, which produces a radiused top edge).10mm diameter x 100mm long shear studs are stud-welded to the strips to ensure maximum keying into theslab. Angle metal strips are supplied for tied joints withshear studs welded on both sides of the strip to tie into the concrete on either side of the joint. Double Metal Strips are supplied for free contractionjoints which have shear studs welded on one side of each strip. The two strips are hollowdoweled together and an 8mm nylon bolt passes through the dowel which shears when thejoint opens.
Type Bar Size (mm)
Starter Bar Cap 6 – 18
Starter Bar Cap 16 – 32
Scaffold Pole Cap 25 – 50
Protection Caps
Protection CapsProtection Caps have been developed to protect workers from the serious injury that starterbars can cause. Large size suitable for scaffold bars.
Size (mm) Thickness (mm) Colour Pack
40 x 45, 50 x 100 1 Yellow 1000
40 x 45, 50 x 100 1.5 White 1000
40 x 45, 50 x 100 2 Green 1000
40 x 45, 50 x 100 3 Blue 1000
40 x 45, 50 x 100 4 Red 1000
40 x 45, 50 x 100 5 Brown 1000
40 x 45, 50 x 100 6 Black 1000
40 x 45, 50 x 100 10 Grey 500
Plastic Packing Shims
Plastic Packing ShimsEconomical levelling and packing out of frames and battens.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
41
Length x Diameter (mm)
20 x 375, 450
24 x 375, 450, 600
Holding Down Bolts
Holding Down BoltsBolt Boxes
A full range of holding down bolts are available. Supplied in mildsteel or high tensile. Special sizes made to order.
Length (mm)
229
305
385
457
534
610
Cardboard Bolt Boxes
Cardboard Bolt Boxes A waxed cardboard cone which can be cut away when no longer required.
Diameter x Length (mm)
75 x 150
75 x 225
75 x 300
100 x 375
100 x 450
100 x 510
100 x 600
Expanded Metal Bolt Boxes
Expanded Metal Bolt Boxes A cylinder manufactured in various lengths from expanded metal, to be left in the boltpocket for use as a key in the concrete.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories42
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Length (mm)
150, 225, 300, 375, 450, 525, 600
Polystyrene Bolt Boxes
Polystyrene Bolt Boxes An economical and easy method of ensuring bolt location in structuralsteel stanchions. Polystyrene cones can easily be dispersed when theirapplication is complete.
Polystyrene DissolverPolystyrene dissolver is a specially formulated solvent developed tosafely dissolve away and emulsify unwanted polystyrene, bolt boxes orvoid formers. Available in 5 litre cans.
Roll Size Box Qty Pack
75mm x 10m 24 Per roll
Denso Tape
Denso TapeFor protection of bolt heads prior to concrete pours.75mm wide x 10m long rolls.
Product Pack (m)
Tie bar 6
15mm Thru-Tie System
15mm Thru-Tie SystemTie Bar System
A quick release 15mm tie system. The bar is supplied in6m lengths. 20 & 26mm tie bar also available. Cut lengthsare also available.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
43
Rock AnchorFor securing single-sided shuttering to rock or concrete walls.Drill hole of 36.5 to 38mm diameter to the following depths:• min 20cm in concrete• min 2.0m in rock more than 200kg/cm2
• min 2.5m in rock more than 150kg/cm2
• min 3.0m in rock more than 100kg/cm2
Conduct tensile tests before applying final load.
Product Pack
Wing nut Each
Waler plate Each
Wing Nuts & Waler Plates
Wing Nuts & Waler PlatesA knock-on wing nut used in conjunction with walerplates for securing the bar in formwork applications.Can also be supplied for 20mm and 26mm tie bars 100per bag but supplied individually.
Product Pack
Joint nut Each
Hex nut Each
Water barrier nut Each
Connection Nuts
Connection NutsJoint nuts are used to join the rods complete with centrestop to ensure equal spacing inside the connector. Theshorter hexnut is available for use where access is restricted.A connection nut with a built in water barrier is alsoavailable.
JN15HN15
WB15
Size Inside Diameter / Outside Diameter (mm)
20/24
22/26
26/30
32/38
Thruty Sleeve
Thruty SleeveThruty sleeve is a rigid PVC tube of 2mm wall thickness, supplied in 2 metre lengths which caneasily be cut to the required size. It is used as an expendable sleeve over tie bolts, facilitatingtheir removal and also acting as a spacer to ensure correct width of wall.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories44
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Size, Inside Diameter (mm)
20
22
26
32
Thruty Cones
Thruty ConesThruty cones are used at the ends of the thrutysleeve and can be easily extracted after removal ofthe formwork, to form a chamfered recess forsubsequent grouting.
Size, Outside Diameter (mm)
20
22
26
32
Plastic Stoppers
Plastic StoppersUsed with plastic sleeve/tube to form a watertight seal.For tube internal diameters 20-32mm.
Tieplug CementA specially developed cement for plugging and waterproofing tie holes in concrete walls,becoming waterproof within hours and withstanding a hydrostatic pressure of 10 bar afterfull curing. Water Council approved. Trowel applied. Coverage approximately 220 holes per8kg tub.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
45
TiefillFor the filling of tie-holes formed by formworkbolts in new construction, particularly where arapid setting, durable, waterproof mortar isrequired. Tiefill is a single component, polymermodified, fibre reinforced, Portland cement basedrepair compound, which exhibits unique hydraulicproperties to produce a rapid curing mortar withenhanced polymer properties. It only requires theaddition of clean water to give a rapid setting, yetdurable high strength mortar and is ideally suitedfor the filling of voids particularly in newconstruction which need to be rapidly put into service, such as tie-holes, grout holes andvoids around fixings. For the treatment of tie-holes formed by through-ties, any remainingplastic tube should be cut back and removed to approximately 40-50mm from the concreteface. To eliminate the possibility of water tracking around the plastic tube, it should beplugged with cork or a proprietary stopper. Tiefill is a WRAS approved product confirmingsuitability for use in contact with potable water and it is CE Marked in compliance with EN1504-3 Class R4.
Number of Holes
Tie Rod Cover (mm) She Bolt Size (“) Tie Rod Sizes (“) 8kg pack 25kg pack 6:1 Scoop4 litres 12.9 litres Mix 285cc
38 11⁄4 3⁄4 88 275 6
13⁄4 5⁄8 144 453 103⁄4 1⁄2 247 777 17
50 11⁄4 3⁄4 72 226 5
13⁄4 5⁄8 117 368 83⁄4 1⁄2 200 629 14
She Bolt Type
Number of Holes
Depth of Fill (mm) Diameter of hole (mm) 8kg pack 25kg pack 6:1 Scoop4 litres 12.9 litres Mix 285cc
30 26mm 229 738 16
These figures assume holes are filled to concrete wall faces and allow for 10% wastage.
Through Tie Type
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories46
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Benefits:• Lightweight and easy to handle• Easily cut to correct length on site• Versatile and can be cut, drilled or scored
for numerous construction applications• Available in a variety of types and sizes to
meet different forming needs• Convenient and cost-effective• Placing, bracing, pouring, stripping and
finishing requires less time and labour• Skilled labour is not required as with
permanent forms• Recyclable• Inexpensive way to form square columns
One-piece forms for a multitude of one-time uses:• Columns for residential, commercial and
other structural buildings• Stub piers for elevated ramps• Fence post bases• Footings• Flag stones and other round steps• Outdoor sign posts• Light pole bases• Theatrical and movie props• Super-sized shipping/or storage tubes
And, you can set and pour multiple columnsat one time.
Formwork SystemsCircular Concrete FormsThese forms are light-weight, easy to set and strip, even in the wet. Standard sections areavailable ex stock at selected branches. Specials can be made to order.
Diameter (mm) Concrete volume (m2/m)
150 0.018
200 0.031
250 0.049
300 0.071
350 0.096
400 0.126
450 0.159
500 0.196
550 0.238
600 0.283
650 0.332
700 0.385
750 0.442
800 0.503
900 0.636
1000 0.785
1200 1.131Forms are available in lengths up to 12m withdiameters ranging from 150 to 1200mm.
Circular Concrete Forms
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
47
Seamless Circular Column Formers This tube has a resin-coated liner, which is completely seamfree and provides the ultimate in concrete surface finish andappearance.
The benefits of using seamless are:• Timed deliveries to meet site pouring schedule.• Reduced costs.• No seam to rub down.• Superior concrete finish.
For up to four metres high and/or up to 450mm diameter, normal pouring methods (skip orbucket) can be used. For over 4 metres high and/or 450mm diameter, place concrete bypump and hose. Only vibrate from inside the tube.
Tube Diameter (mm) Metres per hour
100 – 300 6
300 – 450 5
450 – 600 3.5
600 – 1000 2.5
Internal Diameter (mm) Max Pour Height (m) Size
150 12.30 As required
200 10.25 As required
240 10.25 As required
250 10.25 As required
300 10.25 As required
350 8.79 As required
360 8.79 As required
400 7.69 As required
435 7.00 As required
450 6.50 As required
500 7.30 As required
560 6.80 As required
600 6.15 As required
650 6.00 As required
700 7.03 As required
750 7.03 As required
800 7.69 As required
900 7.70 As required
1000 7.65 As required
1200 7.50 As required* The maximum recommended pour height of concretein consideration of the internal pour pressure related totube diameter and wall thickness.
Seamless Circular Concrete Forms
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories48
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Square or Rectangular Column Formers Square or rectangular concrete forms minimise labour costsand the hassles associated with site-built, plastic and metalforms.• Can be supplied with (most cost-effective) or without
chamfer• Looks round, but has a square• Stands strong against the weight and pressure of poured
concrete• Zipper eliminates the need for saws or utility knives to
remove form• Easy to set up and brace
Sizes:Lengths up to 6m.
Most common sizes (mm):Square: 200 x 200, 250 x 250, 300 x 300, 350 x 350, 400 x 400, 450 x 450, 500 x 500
Rectangle: 200 x 250, 200 x 300, 200 x 350, 200 x 400, 250 x 300, 250 x 350, 300 x 400
Specials & AccessoriesOctagons, ovals & other specials shapes, feature indents and mushroom heads are alsoavailable upon request.
Fixing Collars
Fixing Collars
Fixing collars have become the proven method for supporting circular column formers inposition whilst casting. Reusable. Should only be supported in normal use at the base andtop (they should not be supported in the middle).
• Fixing collars are used to:• Hold the tubes upright.• Join tubes together.• Hold them at the top.
Description/Size Diameter range
Collar – No 1 200 - 300
Collar – No 1.5 350 - 450
Collar – No 2 500 - 600
Collar – No 3 650 - 900
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
49
BCX Formwork Plywood• Manufactured in Brazil from Elliottii / Taeda Pine.• Good one side.• Calibrated thickness & sanded one face.• Economical formwork product.• Number of pours: approximately x 5 (subject to site practice).• FSC Certified.• Complies with EN 13986:2004 – CE2+
Packaging & Sizes:BCX is available in 2440mm x 1220 x 18mm, 7ply.Available in pallets of 50 panels.
Release AgentDo not use a petroleum based agent.
Tulsa MDO• Used in concrete forming, recommended for finishedsurfaces.• Allows between 12 to 20 reuses (when reasonable care inuse and handling is taken).• Overlayed with 200 mgs/m2 MDO paper.• 35% phenolic resin content.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories50
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Type Length (m) Width (mm) Thickness (mm) Weight (kg/m2)
2811 2, 3, 4, 5 89, 178, 267, 356, 445 0.4 3.39
2611 2, 3, 4, 5 89, 178, 267, 356, 445 0.5 4.23
2411 2, 3, 4, 5 89, 178, 267, 356, 445 0.75 6.34
Stainless Steel Hy-Rib is also available to order in the following lengths; 2, 4, 5m.
Hy-Rib Permanent Formwork
Hy-Rib® Permanent FormworkMetal Formwork
Expamet Hy-Rib® is an expanded metal sheet product,specifically developed for use as permanent formworkto concrete. The profile of the open mesh, incombination with the Hy-Rib tangs, allow thedevelopment of dense concrete nodules and indentson the face of the Hy-Rib, forming an enhancedmechanical key for the second phase pour. In thecase of visible elements, the resulting Hy-Rib surfaceis suitable to receive a rendered or tiled finish.
Hy-Rib is primarily used in construction jointapplications but it is also used to form wall, beam &column surfaces and slabs soffits, where the formedsurface will not be seen.
For over 80 years Hy-Rib has been successfully usedas permanent formwork on innumerable building &infrastructure projects, throughout the world.
Hy-Rib is unique in that it has technical datasupporting it’s use in structural design. Independentbodies have undertaken full scale testing programmesto determine and verify Hy-Rib’s effectiveness informing construction joints. The result is a productwith well defined engineering properties, establishedformwork pressure characteristics and measuredimprovements to the joint performance.
Hy-Rib is certified for use as permanent formwork by the British Board of Agrément (BBA). See table oopposite;
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
51
Zinc Coated Hy-Rib
Reasons to use EXPAMET HY-RIB®:• Reduced risk of Hand & Arm vibration injury (white finger): product featured in HSE
document - Vibration Solutions Ref HS (G) 170.• When Hy-Rib is used as vertical formwork, the resulting formwork pressure is significantly
less than that developed with traditional forming materials, reducing the overall supportrequirement.
• Expamet Hy-Rib joint surfaces require minimal preparation prior to the next pour, with theexception of the rebar cover zones. It minimises the labour, mess and disposal requirementsassociated with scabbling, chemical retarders and jet washing.
• A correctly formed Hy-Rib joint outperforms traditionally prepared joints in shear and bond.• Hy-Rib reduces the risk of trapped air and voids within the concrete.• The range of narrower sheet widths improves site productivity and minimises wastage.• Hy-Rib is a proven construction product with comprehensive technical data, manufactured
by an established UK company.• In all joint applications, Hy-Rib permanent formwork can give considerable performance
and economic benefit when compared with traditional solutions.
Typical Applications
• Construction joint stopends in thin & thickbase and suspended slabs.
• Vertical construction joint stopends in thinand thick walls.
• Deep construction joints.• Capping beams.• Permanent wall and column formwork.• Permanent Soffit Formwork.
• Industrial floor slabs.• Water retaining & excluding structures.• Bolt boxes / Void formers.• Curved formwork.• Day work joints.• Baffles to self compacting concrete.• Inclined & top formwork.• Sprayed concrete background.
Sheet Identification ID Colour: ID Colour: ID Colour:Red 2811 Green 2611 Yellow 2411
Stainless Steel Hy-RibGrade 2811 S 304
Type: (BS EN 10088-1) 1.4301
Thickness (Steel Gauge) 0.4mm
Weight 3.4kg/m2
Sheet Identification ID Colour: Blue 2811 S 304
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories52
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Groundprop®
Groundprop® is a fast and simple system for constructing in-situ concrete ground beams and pile caps.• Durable polypropylene sheets supplied in standard sizes or to required beam lengths –
2500mm long.• Straight Connectors and Joint Clips.• Sheet Ties to maintain required beam widths.• Concrete square bar for base spacers.• Gripper grade plate for base and side spacers.
Sheet width (mm) Sheet length (mm)
475 2500
525 2500
625 2500
775 2500
925 2500
1025 2500
1225 2500
2400 2500
2400 4800
Polypropylene Sheets
Length (mm) Pack
600 10
750 10
900 10
1200 10
Straight Connectors
Type Pack
Joint Tape 33m roll
Accessories
Sheet TiesLength (mm) Pack
300 10
400 10
500 10
600 10
700 10
800 10
900 10
Claylite 3.3Claylite is a green coloured low density expanded polystyrenecompressible fill board which acts to absorb movement betweenground and concrete foundations to alleviate pressure on structurescaused by clay heave, shrinkage or other soil movement.
Four types are produced:
• Standard for applications with ground beams and in even sided trenches. • Super for extra strength in uneven sided trenches. • Castellated for fitting under lightweight ground beams.• Super Castellated gives added strength and stability over Castellated.
Claylite is supplied in boards 2400mm x 600mm and 2400mm x 1200mm and a range ofthicknesses – 50, 75, 100, 125, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275 and 300mm.
Claylite fixing accessories are also available – ask about Safefix and fixing bolts.
Clayshield 3.3Clayshield is an inexpensive, low density, BBA CertifiedEPS compressible material which forms a bufferbetween soil and structure, compressing with the soilmovement thus alleviating the pressure on thefoundation.
It does not degrade, is resistant to water and unaffectedby extremes in temperature, thus will remain effectivefor the life of the building. It is available in a variety ofstandard sizes in the form of plain boards forapplication to the side/underside of ground beams andtrench foundations.
It is also available as a castellated design in a range ofwidths and thicknesses for fitting under reinforcedconcrete ground beams. Pile collars are also available in a variety of widths and thicknesses to suit trenchdimensions.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories54
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Clayboard Thickness Void
160mm 150mm (high shrinkage)
110mm 100mm (medium shrinkage)
85mm 75mm (medium shrinkage)
60mm 50mm (low shrinkage)
Examples of Clayboard® thickness required
Compressive Strength
Standard Strength – KN30 and KN90
Nominal Strength – KN30
Screed Rails & AccessoriesMetalscreed Unirail Screed Rail System A “Leave in place” range of screed rails suitable forscreeds and concrete floors from 40mm deep to225mm. Easy to install and use, will enable surfaceflatness levels to be achieved up to and includingSuperflat category. Both the rails accept the topextender strip which assists the use of striker tubes andscreeding apparatus, the strip can be left in place orlater removed for caulking if required.
Typical applications:• Sand & cement screeds 40mm and deeper• Concrete screeds and overslabs• Ground bearing slabs• Suspended slabs• Metal Deck and Composite floors• Elevated slabs• External slabs/car parks/yards
The UniRail Range
Clayboard®
Clayboard® is a unique, environmentally friendly void former and foundation stabiliserdeveloped by Dufaylite. Clayboard® is a biodegradable honeycomb core set betweenlightweight polypropylene facings. When dry, Clayboard® is strong enough to support theweight of wet concrete and steel reinforcement.
Water is introduced to the Clayboard® core once the concrete is set, degrading theClayboard® honeycomb centre which will ultimately lead to thecreation of a void. This space will accommodate clay expansionwithout exerting undue pressure on the structure above. Theresulting void continues to accommodate natural soilshrinkage and expansion.
Sizes: Clayboard® is supplied in panels 2440mmlong by 1000mm wide, by the specifiedthickness. Clayboard® is delivered to siteon lightweight pads for easy unloadingand is polythene wrapped for protection.
Thickness: Thickness depends on the depthof the required void which should be specifiedby the soil engineers taking into account theplasticity index.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
55
UniRail 140
UniRail 140 with 20mm foam
Metalscreed Unirail Benefits:• Lightweight, easy to use• Strong High Tensile Steel construction• Galvanised to resist corrosion• Forms a vertical face – no voids• Only anchors into one slab• Level - manufactured to ± 1mm per 3 metre length
Unirail 40/60A 40mm high screed rail that can be rotated through90° to increase the height to 60mm. Strong galvanisedHigh Tensile steel construction, with 30mm diameterholes at 50mm centres in both elevations to acceptdowels and tie bars, suitable for screeds up to 100mmdeep.
Unirail 70/90Basically the 40/60, but with multi-positional feet andclamp screws. These feet are designed for use on metaldecking systems, they fix by simple Tek screw to the topof the deck profile, increasing the rail height andproviding height adjustment by an additional 30 –60mm.
Height adjustment to compensate for deflection duringthe pour can be obtained by the use of the clampscrews. 125mm maximum height obtainable on fulladjustment of feet.
Unirail 140140mm high rail with feet fitted, designed for slabs upto 200mm, comes with snap on feet, but can also befixed with pins. Suitable for internal and external slabs.Fix 20mm compressible foam to the rail to construct anexpansion joint which allows concrete to be pouredboth sides simultaneously, providing a fast trackingmethod for external slabs.
For additional arris protection a rail can be fitted bothsides of the foam to create a true expansion joint. Alltypes of dowel can be used in conjunction with this rail,especially the Metadowel which has clips punched intothe rail to secure it in place.
UniRail 40/60 with top strip
UniRail 70/90 with multi position feet
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories56
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Unirail Top Extender StripA U.V., stable plastic strip that clips firmly to the top ofthe Unirail, giving an additional 15mm in height,strengthens top edge for screeders and striker tubes torun on, can be left in the floor or removed as required.
Size
1.5 x 1.5
1.5 x 3.0
Isolating Manhole Surround
Isolating Manhole SurroundA new and unique product designed and manufactured to isolate manholes fromsurrounding mass concrete pour.This product allows virtually any manhole to be isolated and finished with far greater easethan before because it reduces the need to finish the awkward detailing around theseobjects while in the middle of a large concrete pour.They each have jacking studs to give accurate adjustment to height and levels as well aseffective load transfer features.The top steel allows for easy screeding and gives a very neat and professional finish to thecompleted job.
Metalscreed AncillariesMetalscreeds’ range of fixings have been designed to suit a wide variety of applications,whether you want to fix on one side, or both, require adjustment or not, want to fit to fallsor just need a speedy installation, there is a fixing that will suit.
Angled Metal FootFixes to Metaform with screws & wingnuts, heightadjustable, provides a strong stable mounting, useful forfixing directly to metal decking or a concrete sub-base,can also be anchored with timber props, concrete dabsor roadform pins.
Snap-fit Metal FootQuick fitting and ideal for most applications, particularlysuitable for larger jobs where a lot of feet are required,can be anchored with timber props, concrete dabs orroadform pins.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
57
Alphajoint Floor Formwork SystemA “leave-in-place” dual joint armouring and loadtransfer formwork system with 10mm wide by50mm square edge steel joint edge protection. Itis used in conjunction with Alpha or Diamonddowels and provides two-way movementcapability. It features a fool-proof levelling systemand prefabricated corner, t-junction and cross intersections are available.
Using the AlphaJoint system gives the followingbenefits:• Superior joint edge protection, which reduces
maintenance.• Discontinuous dowel load transfer, which
• Better floor flatness tolerances due to threadedadjustment.
Versions are available for ground bearing slabs upto 240mm thick, 10mm maximum joint opening,and for suspended floor slabs up to 240mm thick,20mm maximum joint opening.
Betajoint Floor Formwork SystemA “leave-in-place” formwork system for tied orcontraction joints in light to medium duty floorapplications. Manufactured from galvanised steel,it is suitable for internal and external use and isavailable with 2mm and 12mm topstrips for achoice of jointarm protection.
Bolt-on feet are available for easy levelling, forsuper flat floors, and it can be supplied punchedto suit all types of dowel and dowel spacing.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories58
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Plastic Screed ChairsAn easily adjustable system for use with a 50mm diameter pole. Forcalculating amount of tubing required, deduct 25mm from required depth.Minimum slab depth 100m.
Type Pack
Base 100
Collar 100
Saddle 100
Shaft 2m
Plastic Screed Chairs
Steel Screed Chairs
Slab Depth Pack
115 - 150 25
145 - 205 25
195 - 305 25
295 - 405 25
Steel Screed Chairs
A heavy duty steel screed chair system that is designed for slabs up to405mm deep, comprising a rigid three legged base with threaded shaft intowhich a saddle is screwed to adjust the height. There are four sizes toaccommodate varying slab depths.
Size
25mm x 50mm x 7.5m
Screed Bars
Screed BarsUsed when screeding to provide greater accuracy in concreting levels.
Metal Top Screed RailThe metal top rail is a combination of concrete and galvanised steel. These rails make iteasier to achieve a superflat surface, since the permanent rails provide a more stable basefrom which to screed.
The unique design with its 1.5mm top profile of galvanised steel provides a very straight andfully controlled hairline crack. The profile of this rail along with the holes in the metal strip tiethe rail firmly to the slab.
Height (mm)
65, 90, 115, 140, 165
Metal Top Screed Rail
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
59
Polythene
On the roll polythene is the ideal general protection product. We can supply centre folded,for example a four metre wide sheet of plastic would be folded onto a one metre roll forease of storage and transportation. This product eliminates the multi-fold creases that act ascrack inducers.
Rolls can also be supplied in larger sizes where mechanical handling facilities are available onsite. The use of a larger roll reduces laying time and the quantities of tape used for joints.
Type Gauge Colour Size (m)
FR Polythene 500 White 4 x 50
Polythene 500 Clear 4 x 50Black 4 x 50
Polythene 1000 Super Clear 4 x 25Blue 4 x 25Black 4 x 25
Polythene 1200 Clear 4 x 25Blue 4 x 25Black 4 x 25
Polythene 2000 Blue 4 x 12.5Black 4 x 12.5
Pallet Wrap - - 0.4 x 300
TPS Polythene Heavy Duty - 4 x 25
Polythene Rolls
Temporary Protection
Extra Wide PolytheneWe are able to supply 1,000, 1,200 and 2,000g polythenesheeting in widths up to 8m and lengths up to 200m,offering considerable savings in manpower and jointingtape when working on large floor areas.
Contact us for details.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories60
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Size
10 x 10
20 x 20
25 x 25
30 x 30
Corner Fillets - PlainSize
10 flange
15 flange
20 flange
25 flange
30 flange
Corner FilletsA range of rigid PVC strips of 2.5m length for nailing to column shutters or formwork. Supplied as either plain or with a nailing flange. Supplied in 100m bundles.
Description Width (mm) Roll Length (m)
Temporary Rainwater Downpipe 390 100 approx
240 100 approx
203 100 approx
156 100 approx
Temporary Rainwater Downpipe (layflat)Ideal solution to rainwater staining of brickwork, natural stone & render finishes etc, usedprior to the installation of rainwater pipes. • Supplied on a roll for diverting rainwater away from brickwork and masonry.• 254mm is generally suitable for all outlets up to 150mm diameter.• Larger diameters available to order.• A range of large diameter hose clips and zip ties for fixing to gutter outlets are available.
Corner Fillets - Wide Flange
Top Crack Inducer Two PartA two part top crack inducer and joint former. The top sectionshould be removed after concrete has cured, leaving a sealantvoid of 25mm x 10mm. Supplied in 5m lengths. For sealants, see Chemicals, Sealants& Fillers section.We recommend the use of the aluminium T-bar when usingthis product.
Code Depth (mm)
CP50/10 50
CP75/10 75
Top Crack Inducer Two Part
Crack Inducers & Void Formers
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
61
Code Depth
50TBAR Each
75TBAR Each
Aluminium T-Bar
Aluminium T-BarA re-useable rigid aluminium T-bar to form a straight void toaccept top crack inducers.Supplied in 5m lengths.
Depth (mm)
40
75
Base Crack Inducer
Base Crack InducerA base crack inducer used to induce a crack from the basevertically. Used in conjunction with either of the above topcrack inducers or saw cutting.Supplied in 5m lengths.
PVC Void FormerA re-usable PVC void former for forming grooves in concrete or nailing to formwork.All supplied in 3m lengths.
Size
20 x 10
20 x 20
25 x 12
25 x 25
PVC Void Former
Polystyrene Void FormersPolystyrene Void Formers utilise the low weight/high strength characteristics of expandedpolystyrene to provide the designer and contractor with a cost effective method of reducingthe deadweight of a variety of structures:• Motorway bridges• Basement slabs
The void formers are either cylindrical, generally moulded or profiled and cut from expandedpolystyrene block. The moulded cylinders are available in diameters ranging from 250 to1050mm and the standard length is 2.4m. By glueing and cutting the profiles can bemanufactured to suit engineers’ requirements.
• Pre-cast beams• Water treatment works
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories62
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Type
30m x 5mm coil
30m x 5mm self-adhesive coil
1 litre contact adhesive
5 litre contact adhesive
Side Slab Seal
Side Slab SealA 40mm deep by 5mm wide expanded polyethylene foam joint filler used as a permanentseal in longitudinal and warping joints in pavement construction. It is either ploughed intothe slab being cast, or glued to the edge of the formed concrete using contact adhesive,prior to casting the adjacent slab. A self-adhesive version is also available.
Standard FabricManufactured to BS 4449:2005 from cold reducedwire conforming to BS 4482. Each wire intersectionis resistance welded using electronically controlledtechniques. When ordering non-standard sheets,the main wire length should be the first dimension stated.
Reinforcement
BS Mesh size Cross sectional Nominal Sheets Sheet Sheets Sq metresReferences nominal pitch Wire Sizes area per weight per tonne weight per per
of wires metre width per m2 (approx) (kg) bundle tonneMain (mm) Cross (mm) Main (mm) Cross (mm) Main (mm2) Cross (mm2) (kg)
Tailor Made & Flying End FabricBenefits of Flying End Fabric
Four overlapping sheets of fabric - shown coloured for clarity.
• Sheets manufactured to suit baysize.
• Minimum wastage.• Less cutting on site.• Faster fixing time.• Eliminates build-up of
reinforcement to maintain correctcover.
• Manufactured to BS 4483Sheets can be manufactured up to6m in length and 2.45m in width.
Our Service:• Detail drawings and laying
instructions.• Schedule of all accessories,
polythene and floor topping.• Complete support.
Close-up of areawhere all foursheets overlap
FLYING END FABRICFabric nesting at lapsutilising flying ends.
STANDARD FABRICFabric layer congestionat laps.
Large Floor Construction• Sheet manufactured to suit bay size.• Minimum wastage.• Less cutting on site.• Faster fixing time.• Eliminates build-up of reinforcement at laps to maintain correct cover.• Produced to BS 4449:2005, manufactured from wire conforming to BS 4482.• Sheets can be manufactured up to 6 metres in length and 2.45 metres in width.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories64
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Cut and Bent ReinforcementBending Dimensions - Preferred ShapesReinforcing bar to BS 4449:2005, produced to Engineer’s schedules. Delivery usually with afew days of receipt of an order, or to site call-off requirements.
40 32 25 20 16 12 10 8
1256.6 804.2 490.0 314.2 201.1 113.1 78.5 50.3
9.864 6.313 3.854 2.466 1.579 0.888 0.616 0.395
R A
(B)
A + B + (C) - 0.5r - d
D
(C)B
A
2A + B + 2C + 1.5r - 3d (D)
(C)
B
A
A + B + C + (D) + 2 (E) - 2.5r - 5d (D)
C
(F) (E)
B
A
2A + 3B + 2(C) - 3r - 6d (D)
(C)
B
A
A + B + C +2D + E + (F) - 3r - 6d
A
B
(F)C
D
E
π (A-d) + BA
(B)
Cπ (A-d)Where B is greater than A / 5this equation no longer appl esin which case the fol owingformula may be used:
L = C((π(A d))2 + B2) 0 5
A + 2B + C + (D)- 2r - 4d
A
B
C
B
(D)
All other shapes where standard shapescannot be used.No other shape code number, form ofdesignation or abbreviation shall be used inscheduling.A dimensioned sketch shall be drawn overthe dimension columns A to E . Everydimension shall be specified and thedimension that is to allow for permissibledeviations shall be indicated in parenthesis,otherwise the fabricator is free to choosewhich dimension shall allow for tolerance
* Stock bars are supplied in 12 metre notionallengths in diameters of 12mm and above inoriginal manufacturers bundles. Tolerancesfor stock lengths shall be subject to BS4449:2005
A + B + (C) - 0.5r - d
(C)
A
B
D
A + B + (C) - r - 2d
(C)
A
BD
A + B + C + (D) - 1.5r - 3dA
B
C
(D)
A + B + C + (E) 0 5r d
A
B
C (E)
D
A + B + C + (E) 0 5r d
A
B
C
(E)
D
A + B + C + (D) r 2d
A
B
CE
(D)
A + B + C + D (E) 2r 4dA
B
C
(E)
D
A + (C) - 4d
B
(C)
A
A + B + C + (D) - 1.5r - 3d
A C
B
(D)
1
A + B + (C) - r - 2d
B
A
C
A + B + (C)
BA
(C)
D
Shape Code Shape Code Shape Code
00
01
11
12
13
14
15
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
31
32
33
34
35
36
41
44
46
47
51
56
63
64
67
75
77
98
99
Nominal Size (mm)
Cross-Sectional Area (mm)
Mass (kg/m)
Bar Dimensions / Weights
A
A*
A + B - 0.5 - d
A + (B) - 0.43R - 1.2d
A + 0.57B + (C) - 1.6d A + B + C + (D) - 1.5r - 3d
2A + 1.7B + 2C - 4d
A + B + C + D + (E) - 2r - 4d
A + 2B + C + (E)
2(A + B + C)) - 2.5r - 5d
AA + (C)
A + B + (C) - r -2d
A + B + (E)
A + B + (C)
Lenton CouplersLenton Couplers utilise a tapered thread that is cut into the reinforcement barswhich, when tightened to the required torque setting, will develop thestrength requirements of BS8110 as verified by the British Board ofAgrément BBA.
Two general types of coupler are available: 1) The A12 type requires that one of the two bars being joined is
free to rotate and lock into position
2) The P14 type is used where both bars being joined arefixed and unable to rotate. Both types available in sizesto suit 12-50mm diameter bars.
Reinforcement Continuity SystemsThese are manufactured in a robust, all steel, galvanised casedeveloped to withstand the rigours of site handling andconditions. The case is designed to remain embedded in theconcrete and its indented profile provides an excellent initialbond and subsequent key where structural joints are made.The profile’s efficiency is in the bonding of two concretesurfaces and eliminates any need for manual preparation atthe joint. The ultimate configuration of case, bar, shape &dimensions is almost infinite - so for simplicity, the tables(right) contain ONLY the most regularly requestedcombinations. If your requirement is not catered for in thetables, please contact our sales staff.
Eazistrip Continuity SystemEazistrip Reinforcement Continuity Systems aredesigned to maintain continuity of reinforcement atconstruction joints in concrete. Formwork design issimplified and there is no need to drill shuttering.Each unit consists of a galvanised steel casing which isdimpled to provide an effective concrete bond. Pre-bent barsare housed within the box and are secured by a protectivecover. When the cover is removed the bars can be straightenedready for lapping onto the main reinforcement. Bars must bestraightened only once, using an Eazistrip re-bending tool.When the potential for water ingress through the constructionjoint is a major concern, Eazistrip can be supplied with aPentaflex hydrostatic seal which provides protection againstmoisture permeation along the joint face.
Eazistrip Reinforcement Continuity systems are CARES approved. The grade of reinforcing barused is Grade 500B, minimum yield 500N/mm2, minimum uniform elongation Agt 5%. Thebars are bent in accordance with BS8666.
Standard Range SpecificationsThe following tables give details of the Eazistrip standard ranges. Many customers requirepurpose-made units to suit their particular application. In order to meet this requirementAncon will manufacture according to your specific bar arrangement. The most commonshapes are shown overleaf. We can provide custom-built shapes to meet your configuration.For further details please contact your local branch.
Notes:1. Dimensions shown are nominal. Heights and lengths may typically vary by one bar diameter.2. On 16mm diameter Type U boxes, the stirrup may be achieved by using two shape code
21 bars. These are referenced DH.3. Boxes containing 16mm bars are nominally 40-50mm deep.4. Maximum box length is 3m dependant upon weight.
h l h l
b
h l
b
h l
b
h l h l
b
h l
b
h l
b
h l
b
b c
h l
b
c
b
h l
b
b c
Type H Hook(60mm and 80mm box)
Type RU U Bar Type U U Bar
Type S Straight Bar
Type SH Angle with legin horizontal plane
Type RA Angle
Type RA1 Double Angle
Type RA2 Double Angle
Type S2 DoubleStraight Bar
Type 2H Double Hook(not available in 60mm and80mm box)
Type RA3 Double Angle
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
67
Reinforcement Continuity Systems Enquiry Form
Please photocopy this page and use it to detail your enquiry/order, please faxto your local branch.
Date: Order Enquiry
Company:
Address:
Town:
Post Code:
Contact: Tel: Fax:
Delivery date:
Delivery address
Town:
Postcode:
Contact: Tel: Fax:
Project:
1 Standard box widths 60, 80, 110, 140, 160, 190 and 240mm.2 Variable stirrup spacing available. Standard spacing 150 and 200mm.3 Box lengths up to 3000mm available in certain sizes dependent upon weight. Standard length 1200mm.4 Stirrup width b is 20mm less than box width as standard. Special spacing for all types available on request.5 For types RA1, RA2 and RA3, please state dimension c.Note: Bars must be stra ghtened using an Eazistr p re bending tool. Do not stra ghten bars more than once.
Item Quantity Box Bar dia 10, Stirrup Stirrup type Box Stirrup Stirrup Anchoring Stirrup width1 (mm) 12, 16 mm spacing2 (mm) (see illus.) length3 (mm) width4 b (mm) height h (mm) length l (mm) width5 c (mm)
Custom Built UnitsBelow are examples of some of the many configurations available,custom built to your specification.
Bar Diameter (mm) Thread Metric Length (mm) Length (mm)
10 12 400 400
12 16 400 375
12 16 600 575
12 16 800 800
12 16 1000 1000
12 16 1500 1500
16 20 550 520
16 20 800 770
16 20 1020 1020
16 20 1440 1440
16 20 2200 2200
20 24 700 665
20 24 1000 965
20 24 1280 1280
20 24 1800 1800
20 24 2200 2200
25 30 1000 1000
*Items shown in bold show preferred sizes.
Bar CouplersIn addition to the straight bar couplers listed below, we are also able tosupply a range of special bar couplers. These include bent bar couplers,double male and double female couplers as well as custom length couplers.
Female Coupler Male Coupler
Bar Couplers
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories70
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Bar Diameter (mm) Thread Metric Length (mm) Length (mm)
25 30 1500 1500
25 30 2260 2260
28 36 400 400
28 36 1790 1790
28 36 2530 2530
32 42 1440 1400
32 42 2000 2000
32 42 2300 2300
40 48 1600 2000
40 48 2600 2600
*Items shown in bold show preferred sizes.
Female Coupler Male Coupler
Bar Couplers (continued)
Position CouplersThe position coupler is assembled from a threaded bar with a nut and an internally threadedcoupler sleeve with a lock nut. The position couplers are suitable for a bent or straightreinforcement bar, of which neither can be rotated, and where the space for the connectedbar is limited. Please refer to data sheet for correct installation instructions.
Bar Diameter Thread (mm)
10 12
12 16
16 20
20 24
25 30
28 36
32 42
40 48
Position Couplers
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
71
MBT CouplersThe MBT range of couplers provides a cost-effective methodof joining reinforcing bars, particularly when the fixed bar isalready in place and there is insufficient space for a hydraulicswaging press. They are easy to install and achieve failureloads higher than 115% of the characteristic yield strengthof grade 500 reinforcing bar. Neither bar end preparation toform threads, nor bar rotation are required. MBT couplerscan also be used to join imperial, plain round or deformedreinforcing bars.
When the pre-determined tightening torque for the bolts isreached, the heads shear off leaving the top of the installedbolt slightly proud of the coupler. This provides an instantvisual check of correct installation.
MBT ET SeriesET series couplers are used to connect reinforcing bars of the same diameter. They can beused when neither bar can be rotated and are available in sizes 10mm to 40mm.
MBT Transition SeriesMBT Transition couplers connect reinforcing bars of different diameters and are suitable for applications when neither bar can be rotated. They are available to suit bar sizes 12mmto 40mm.
ET Series Bar Diameter (mm)
ET10 10
ET12 12
ET14 14
ET16 16
ET20 20
ET25 25
ET28 28
ET32 32
ET34 34
ET40 40
Sizes: To join bars of a similar sizefrom 10 – 40mm diameter.
MBT ET SeriesTransition Series Bar Diameter (mm)
ET20/12 20/12
ET20/16 20/16
ET25/16 25/16
ET25/20 25/20
ET32/20 32/20
ET32/25 32/25
ET40/32 40/32
MBT Transition Series
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories72
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Continuity Series Bar Diameter (mm)
C12 12
C16 16
C20 20
C25 25
C32 32
C40 40
MBT Continuity Coupler
MBT Continuity SeriesThe MBT Continuity coupler allows reinforcement to beextended at construction joints in concrete without theneed to drill or otherwise damage the formwork at theconstruction joint locations. They are available to suit barsizes 12mm to 40mm.
MBT Headed Anchors Bar Diameter (mm)
ETHA10 10
ETHA12 12
ETHA14 14
ETHA16 16
ETHA20 20
ETHA25 25
ETHA28 28
ETHA32 32
ETHA34 34
ETHA40 40
MBT Headed Anchors
MBT Headed Anchors MBT Headed Anchors are designed to provide deadend embedment for bars in concrete. This helps toreduce congestion and simplify the placement of rebarsby removing the need for hooked ends. The anchorcomprises half an MBT coupler with a plate welded toone end which carries the full tension load of the barwhen it is bearing against the concrete. The MBTHeaded Anchor also has the added advantage ofrequiring no special bar end preparation.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
73
Shear Load ConnectorsAncon shear connectors offer significant advantages overconventional single dowels. The two-part constructionmeans that the sleeve component can be simply nailed tothe formwork, drilling or either formwork or concrete is notrequired. The dowel unit can then be inserted into thesleeve. The engineered nature of the two componentsensures alignment, vital where movement is required.
DSDThe DSD is the original two-part, double dowel, shear loadconnector. The dowel component can move longitudinallywithin the sleeve to accommodate movement.
DSDQThe DSDQ shear load connector uses the same dowelcomponent as the DSD, but the cylindrical sleeve iscontained within a rectangular box section to allow lateralmovement in addition to the longitudinal movement.
ESDThis single dowel shear connector is available in three sizeswith each size available in two lengths. ESD shearconnectors are used where the slab or wall is too thin forDSD, and where loads are small.
ESDQThe ESDQ shear load connector uses the same dowel as theESD, but the cylindrical sleeve is contained within arectangular box section to allow lateral movement inaddition to longitudinal movement.
Insulated & Reinforced Balcony Connectors
Ancon IsolanThe Ancon Isolan system joins external concrete balconies tointernal concrete floor slabs. It provides continuity to boththe reinforcement and the thermal insulation of the wallprotecting the building against the effects of cold bridging.Standard systems, comprising rigid CFC-free polystyreneinsulation and stainless steel shear reinforcement, areavailable in five heights to suit different slab depths.Conventional reinforcing bars (supplied by others) provide the tension and compressionreinforcement.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories74
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
System BenefitsAncon Isolan connectors use conventional reinforcing bars (grade 500B to BS4449: 2005) toprovide the tension and compression reinforcement. When compared to systems where thisreinforcement is an integral component, the Ancon Isolan solution can provide substantialcost savings and simplify specification, scheduling, transportation, handling and installation.
MV SystemThe Ancon Isolan MV system is used for the transfer of moment and shear forces incantilevered balconies.
V SystemThe Ancon Isolan V system is used for the transfer of shearforces in simply supported balconies.
Design InformationDesign graphs are used to select the most appropriate Isolan element, and the diameters ofthe shear, tension and compression reinforcement.
Example Isolan Reference:
Product Insulation Unit Shear Bars Supplied Length of Other ReinforcementCode Dimensions Shear Bars Required
2MV6 2 x 6mm diameter 530mm
5 x Tension Bars4MV6 Height: 4 x 6mm diameter
5 x Compression Bars4MV8 160, 180, 4 x 8mm diameter 670mm
4MV10 200, 220 4 x 10mm diameter 810mm
2V6 or 240mm 2 x 6mm diameter 530mm 4 x Compression Bars
4V6 4 x 6mm diameter
4V8 Length: 750mm 4 x 8mm diameter 670mm 5 x Compression Bars
ComFlor 70ComFlor 70 is designed for optimum performance in spancapacity, economy, composite performance and concreteusage. The economy and spanning capacity of a trapezoidalprofile is combined with the interlocking shear performanceof a re-entrant to give major performance advantages.
Code Size (mm)
CF70 900
ComFlor 70
Floor Decking
ComFlor 100ComFlor 100, has a very strong profile shape and offers thecapability to span up to 4.5 metres without props. Designedparticularly for Continental European application, theComFlor 100 also brings considerable benefits to the Britishdesigner looking for longer unpropped spans. The profile isnot suitable for use with shear stud connectors.
Code Size (mm)
CF100 700
ComFlor 100
Ancon ShearfixAncon Shearfix is used within a slab to provide additionalreinforcement around a column head or base. The systemcomprises double-headed studs welded to flat rails. Studs are manufactured from high strength steel bar insix diameters and in lengths to suit the depth of slab.Shearfix rails are manufactured from strips of steel,16mm wide. The quantity of studs and rails, their dimensions and spacings, and the layout patternaround the column is determined by calculation.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories76
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Deep Composite Floor Decks will be considered where longer span (4m plus) floor slabs arerequired. When combined with Corus Slimdek system, deep decks are designed to achieve avery shallow overall structural floor-hence the term Slim Floor Construction. Please contact usfor design advice, pricing and delivery.
ComFlor 210The original SlimFlor long span steel deck, ComFlor 210 hasthe capability to span up to 6 metres in unproppedconstruction. Suitable for use in Corus Slimdek construction,which offers minimal structural depth, fast construction andmany other benefits.
Code Size (mm)
CF210 600
ComFlor 210
Deep Composite Floor Decks
SD225SD225 is the latest addition to PMF’s flooring range.Developed specifically for Corus Slimdek system, SD225offers up to 6.5 metres unpropped span. Corus Slimdekengineered flooring solution is a unique structural floorsystem which uses Asymmetric SlimFlor Beams, where thebottom flange is wider than the top flange. The SD225steel deck bears on the lower flange of the beam whichresults in a minimal overall floor depth, the concrete thatsurrounds the beam provides composite action withoutthe need for shear studs, and fire protection to the beam.The Slimdek system is fast, eliminates temporary props, isstructurally optimized and saves on cladding costs. Thesystem also reduces building height or enables extrafloors to be built.
Code Size (mm)
SD225 800
SD225
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
77
A special developed matt finish waterproof pressure-adhesive PVC tape,for use on all types of concrete formwork in climate conditions rangingfrom cold to tropical. It has excellent adhesion even where residualrelease agent is present on form face, retains flexibility at lowtemperatures and thinner so as to not mark concrete.
Accessories
PVC Groutcheck Tape
Roll Size Pack
50mm x 33m Roll
75mm x 33m Roll
100mm x 33m Roll
PVC Groutcheck Tape
Size (mm) Box qty Pack
6 x 12 x 1200 40 rolls Per Box
Groutcheck Foam Tape
Groutcheck Foam TapeA foam groutcheck tape which provides a tight seal to buttjoints in formwork that are unable to be sealed with PVCGroutcheck Tape.
Expanding Foam (Handyfoam)Handyfoam Plus is a one component aerosol-packed foamwhich expands on release to form a semi-rigid sealer and fillerwith adhesive and insulation properties. Supplied in a cannister.
Silicone SealantSilicon sealant supplied in 310ml cartridges is a high modulus silicone sealer.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories78
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Turks Head BrushA fine haired brush for the easy application of formworkchemicals and brush applied waterproof membranes.
OD Size (mm)
45
60
Formwork Magnets
Formwork MagnetsHeavy duty ring magnets for removing wire and nails from shutters prior to concreteplacement.
ThermometersMaximum-Minimum Thermometer with Quick set press button.Digital Dial Thermometer. -40/+150 x 0.1ºC, Integral probe, protectivesleeve with pocket clip.
Concrete ScoopAluminium hand scoop for use with cube moulds and testing equipment.
Wire BrushConstruction duty wire brush with scraper back edge.
Tell-TaleProduced in durable acrylic plastic. Monitors horizontaland vertical movements across cracks.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
79
Its purpose is to use the Blue Glider as a vehicle to extenda broom effortlessly across wide slabs of uncured concretewithout lifting or reaching.
The trowel supports the weight of the broom, while thevariable pitch bracket allows the broom to be lifted clearof the surface during extension by turning the handle tolift the leading edge of the trowel. Simply turning thehandle the opposite direction engages the broom andcontrols downward pressure during retrieval.
The broom itself is mounted on an adjustable pivotingarm, which allows the user to determine the workingangle of the broom from 45º to perpendicular.
Type
1200 x 300
1500 x 300
Pitch Bracket
Handle
Spare Handle Clips
Blue Glider (“Big-D”) Blue SteelLarge bladed Blue Steel finishing trowel reduces workingtime and eliminates power trowelling. Used withvariable pitch bracket makes work easier. Snap-lockaluminium handles.
Blue Glider (“Big-D”) Blue Steel
Type
Big-D
Pitch Bracket
Broom
Adaptor Bar
Handle
Spare Handle Clips
Blue Glider with Brush Finish Attachment
Blue Glider with Brush Finish Attachment
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories80
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Type
1200 x 200
1500 x 200
Pitch Bracket
Adjustable Bracket
Handle
Spare Handle Clips
Construction Duty Magnesium Round Ended Bull FloatHeavy duty ribbed magnesium float with rounded ends to prevent gouging.
Construction Duty Magnesium Round Ended Bull Float
Description Size (mm)
Toothed one side, plain other side 560
Plain blade with hook 495
Handles 1370
Concrete Placer and Rakes
Concrete Placer and RakesFor rapid placing and raking of freshly poured concrete.Supplied with handle, replacement handles available.
Straight EdgesA robust aluminium construction straight edges with grips for tamping and levelling concrete. Lengths from 2-6 metres.
Also handles are available to give comfort and firm control. Supplied in pairs.
Material Finish Size (mm)
Stainless Steel Turned up ends 150 x 75
Blue Steel 10mm radius 150 x 100
Blue Steel 10mm radius 150 x 150
Blue Steel 13mm radius 150 x 100
Edging Tools
Edging ToolsFor finishing of concrete edges, adding strength and improvesweather resistance.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
81
Concrete Finishing BrushSteel bristle concrete finishing brushes to the latest DOT specifications.
Type Size (mm)
Plain 400 x 85
Plain 600 x 85
Double Round Ended 400 x 85
Plastic 140 x 280
Hand Floats
Hand FloatsMagnesium Hand Floats for initial concrete floating, strong,light yet hard wearing.Plastic economy floating tool.
Plastering TrowelBanana shaped handle with 280mm hardened and tempered blade. 8 rivet fixing.
Size m
120 x 280
Plastering Trowel
Steel Hand TrowelCarbon steel. Strong and light.
Type Size (mm)
Plain 275 x 114
Flat Back Round Nose 350 x 100
CFlat Back Round Nose 400 x 100
Flat Back Round Nose 450 x 100
Double Round Ended 450 x 100
Blue Steel - Plain 300 x 100
Blue Steel - Plain 400 x 100
Blue Steel - Plain 450 x 125
Blue Steel - Double Round Ended 500 x 125
Steel Hand Trowel
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories82
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
GrooverDurable bronze groover, for 38mm deep groove.
Size (mm)
187 x 112
Groover
Carborundum Rub-BlockCarborundum rub-block complex with plastic handle for greater comfort.
Size (mm)
150 x 75
Carborundum Rub-Block
Frost BlanketsApplication: Laying concrete at temperatures below 5ºC generally requires special precautions(such as special concrete additives, heating devices, hot vapour equipment etc.). An easy andinexpensive solution is the use of Frost Blankets. The thermal insulation effect of the FrostBlanket significantly reduces the loss of natural concrete hydration heat and thereby keepsthe concrete warm long enough for a safe curing.
Benefits: Concrete laying in summer and winter season. The combination of their excellentthermal insulation performance, their negligible water absorption and their flexibility makeFrost Blankets ideal for improved concrete curing.
• negligible water absorption.• excellent thermal insulation.• excellent chemical resistance.• fast laying from the roll.• lightweight, easy to handle and cut.• good mechanical resistance.• flexible at very low temperatures.
Frost blankets from SIG Construction Accessories can bedirectly rolled onto the wet concrete. Wind conditionsmight necessitate the mats being held in place bysuitable loading at the contractor’s discretion. Bewarenot to walk on the mats during installation and beforehardening of the concrete.
Available in roll size 2m x 75m x 7.5mm (+/-5% tolerance on width and length).
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
83
Size (m)
1, 1.5 x 100
Bubble Wrap
Size (m)
1.37 x 46
Hessian
Bubble WrapA versatile bubble film sheeting on a roll. Used for a lowcost concrete curing blanket/frost blanket and protectionmembrane.
HessianHessian Rolls for frost protection and curing of concrete and brickwork.
Reinforcement, Formwork & Accessories84
Reinforcement, Form
work &
Accessories
Notes / Calculations
Waterproofing
Waterproofing
There are many forms of sheetmembranes used to protect structuresfrom water ingress. We pride ourselveson stocking a full range from theimportant manufacturers in this sector,Fosroc, Grace, RIW, Ruberoid and Sika, to name but a few. We have beenstocking these products for many yearsand are well able to give advice on all the systems.
Our range includes:
• Pre-applied• Post-applied• Bentonite carpets• Bentonite / HDPE combinations• Geotextile / HDPE combinations• Cavity forming membranes• Plus all the ancillaries to go with the
systems including protection boards,sealing tapes, detailing accessories andwhere required primers.
PRODUCTS PAGE
Waterproofing Membranes 86
Liquid Membranes 104
Waterstops & Waterplugs 111
Joint Sealers 120
Cementitious Waterproofing 128
Liquid Additive Waterproofing 135
Waterproofing86
Waterproofing
Proofex 3000Proofex 3000 is a high performance self-adhesive membranefor a range of waterproofing applications includingbasements and substructures. Proofex 3000 provides avapour and waterproof membrane to water excludingstructures and protects concrete from attack by aggressiveground salts.
Type Width (m) Length (m) Roll Area (m2) Edge Laps (mm) End Laps (mm)
3000 1 20 20 50 min 150 min
Proofex 3000
Type Size (m) Thickness (mm)
Proofex Protection Board 2 x 1 2
Proofex Protection Board 2 x 1 3
Proofex Protection Board
Waterproofing Membranes
Proofex Cavity Drain This provides a continuous water and damp proof drainageformer to connect with drainage channels or outlets castinto floor slabs. These drainage channels or outlets connectwith the site drainage system to provide a high level ofwaterproofing security.
Code Description Size
PRO-CAVHC Cavity drain HC 970mm x 50m
PRO-CAVFX Cavity fixings 100
PRO-DTS Detail strip 200mm x 10m
Proofex Cavity Drain
Thickness Roll Width (m) Roll Length (m)
8mm 1.1 25
16mm 1.1 25
Proofex Sheetdrain
Proofex SheetdrainA geocomposite HDPE drainage sheet with thermobondedpolypropylene filter.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
87
Type Thickness (mm) Width (m) Length (m) Edge Laps (mm) End Lengths Weight (kg)
Engage 4 - 5 1.27 30 68 Butt jointed 58
Detail Strip 1.5 0.2 10
LM 3.3 - 6.7 28
LM Mesh Nominal 100 50
Proofex Engage
Proofex EngageProofex Engage is a pre-applied waterproofing membranewhich mechanically bonds to poured concrete, remaining inplace if settlement of substrate occurs.
Proofex LMTwo-component bituminous liquid membrane forwaterproofing of underground structures and intricatedetails in conjunction with Proofex waterproofing systems.
Proofex Ancillaries
Size (kg) Yield
28 7m2 at 4mm thick
Proofex LM
Proofex LM MeshA reinforcing mesh used in conjunction with Proofex LM forareas of extreme loading (covings, edges and pipepenetrations).
Proofex Engage Detail StripA reinforced, double sided waterproof adhesive tape forsealing and jointing roll ends, cut edges corner pieces. Itconsists of a strong synthetic fibre fabric impregnated andcoated both sides with a butyl adhesive which is protectedby a removable siliconised paper.
Proofex HydromatProofex Hydromat is a bentonite waterproofing membranewith unique surface bentonite impregnation forimpermeable lap joints.
Roll Size (m) Roll Weight (kg) Thickness (mm)
1.2 x 2.42 18 7 dry
2.42 x 15 210 7 dry
Proofex Hydromat
Waterproofing88
Waterproofing
Hydromat PowderTo ensure watertight continuity during detailing work and for sealing around awkwardgeometrical shapes, it may be necessary to cover an area with loose natural sodium bentonite powder.
Size (kg)
25
Hydromat Powder
Famguard GS100Famguard GS100 is a bridge deck waterproofingmembrane. It is a hot-applied pour and roll sheet system foruse on podia, hard standings and local authority bridges.
Type Size (m) Thickness (mm) Weight (kg) Laps (mm)
Famguard GS100* 1 x 8 3 38 Side lap: 100End lap: 150
*Requires Proofex Primer.
Famguard GS100
Bituthene®
Bituthene® MembranesBasement/substructure waterproofing and vapour proofing.Bituthene® is a range of flexible preformed post-appliedbasement waterproofing and vapour proofing membranes.Bituthene membranes are available in all grades to suit allclimates, damp surface or green concrete application.Chemically resistant to provide effective external protectionagainst aggressive soils, contaminated water, dilute acidsand alkalis.
Bituthene® MRXMethane, CO2 and Radon resistant grade of Bituthene.Suitable for dry surface applications only.
Bituthene® 2000For use below screeds as a vapour barrier. Suitable for drysurface applications only.
Bituthene® 3000For basements and substructures. Externally appliedwaterproofing membrane for CO2 and radon gas protection.Suitable for dry surface applications only.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
89
Bituthene® 4000For basements and substructures. Externally applied waterproofing membrane for CO2 andradon gas protection. Suitable for application to damp surfaces and green concrete.
Bituthene® 8000A Superior performance externally applied waterproofingmembrane for basements and substructures. 70mhydrostatic pressure resistance with ultra low moisturetransmission rate. Methane CO2 and radon gas protection.Suitable for application to damp surfaces and greenconcrete.
Bituthene® 4000 DWDesigned specifically for waterproofing roofs of drinking water structures. Suitable forapplication to damp surfaces and green concrete.
Type Roll Size (m) Primer Application Temp Range (ºC)
Bituthene MRX 1 x 20 (20m2) B1 +5 to +35°C
Bituthene 2000 1 x 25 (25m2) B1 +4 to +35°C
Bituthene 3000 1 x 20 (20m2) B1 +4 to +35°C
Bituthene 4000 1 x 20 (20m2) B2 -10 to +35°C
Bituthene 8000 1 x 20 (20m2) B2 -10 to +35°C
Bituthene 4000 DW 1 x 20 (20m2) B2 -10 to +35°C
Bituthene®
Bituthene® PrimersSpecially formulated one-part primers for sealing concreteand masonry surfaces to promote adhesion of Bituthenemembranes.
Type Size (litres)
Primer B1 - dry surface application only 5, 25 litres (Approx 10m2/litre)
Primer S2 - dry/damp surface and green concrete application 5, 25 litres (Approx 10m2/litre)
Bituthene Primers
Waterproofing90
Waterproofing
Type Size
Bituthene Protection Board 3mm x 1m x 2m
Servipak Protection Board 6, 12mm x 1m x 2m
Bitustik™ 4000 (Adhere board to Bituthene) 150mm x 12m rolls
Bitutape™ 4000 (tape for over laps) 70mm x 20m rolls
Bituthene Protection Boards
Preprufe®
Pre-applied external waterproof membranes for basementsand substructures Preprufe develops a continuousmechanical bond to poured concrete preventing watermigration between the structure and the membrane,substantially reducing the risk of leaks. Preprufe 300R &160R also provide protection against methane, CO2 andradon gas. For use below slabs and on reinforced concrete basement walls. Preprufemembranes are composite sheets comprising a robust HPDE backing, a pressure sensitiveadhesive and a trafficable weather resistant coating.
Preprufe 300R – under slabs greater than 350mm thick.Preprufe 160R – under slabs less than 350mm thick and vertical applications.
Type Thickness (mm) Roll Size (m) Roll Area (m2) Roll Weights (kg)
300R 1.2 1.2 x 30 36 50
160R 0.8 1.2 x 35 42 42
Preprufe
Bituthene® LMTwo component elastomeric cold applied liquid detailingcompound. For use with Grace waterproofing membraneswhere liquid applied waterproofing is necessary to ensurewatertight continuity, such as pile terminations, pipepenetrations, internal corners and membrane continuitythrough masonry walls. Bituthene LM cures to form atough seamless rubber-like waterproof layer.
Type Size (litres)
Bituthene LM 5.7
Bituthene LM
Bituthene® Protection Boards and TapesRobust, non-degradable bitumen boards to provideprotection to Bituthene membranes against backfill.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
91
Preprufe® 160 Flex
Type Size Roll Area (m2) Weight (kg)
Preprufe 160 Flex 1.2m x 35m roll 42 42
Store upright in dry conditions below +30°C.
Preprufe® 160 Flex
Type Size
Preprufe 300R 1.2m x 30m
Preprufe Tape LT 100mm x 15m
Adcor 550MI 8 x 5m rolls
Adcor 500S 6 x 5m rolls
Bituthene LM 5.7 litre packs
Preprufe® 160 Flex Ancillary Products
Pre-applied flexible waterproof membrane that develops an adhesive bond to pouredconcrete. It composes of a robust flexible backing, a pressure sensitive adhesive and atrafficable weather resistant coating.
Preprufe® 800PA
Type Size Weight Minimum overlap
Preprufe® 800PA 1.2m x 35m roll 35kg/roll 50mm
Store upright in dry conditions below +30°C.
Preprufe® 800PA
Self-adhesive Preprufe membrane for basement walls in open excavations.
Preprufe 800PA is a cold-applied, self-adhesive waterproofing membrane, composed of areinforced cross laminated HDPE film, and a synthetic non-bituminous adhesive. Preprufe800PA incorporates the Preprufe Advanced Bond Technology™.
Preprufe® SC1
TType Size Coverage (m2/l)
Preprufe SC1 20 litre can 10 – 12*
*Depending upon method of application, surface porosity and ambient temperature.
Preprufe® 800PA
All surfaces should be primed with one coat of Preprufe SC1 primer.
Waterproofing92
Waterproofing
Preprufe® TapeFor sealing overlaps at Preprufe roll ends and cut ends.
Type Thickness (mm) Roll Size Roll Weight (kg)
LT 0.7 100mm x 15m 2
Preprufe Tape
Hydroduct®
Hydroduct® Vertical Drainage SheetsCreep resistant drainage sheets are prefabricatedgeocomposites comprising studded polystyrene drainagecores covered with polypropylene filter fabric. They providecost effective alternatives to traditional aggregate drainage.To be used in conjunction with Grace waterproofingmembranes.
Hydroduct® 200Polypropylene spun bonded filter fabric on one face of a 11mm studded drainage core.Applied to walls of basements that have been waterproofed with Bituthene membranes andprotected with Bituthene Protection Boards.
Hydroduct® 220Polypropylene spun bonded filter fabric on one face of a 11mm studded drainage core witha bonded plastic film on the other. Applied to walls of basements that have beenwaterproofed with Bituthene membranes. Also applied to existing basement walls andpermanent shuttering prior to the application of Preprufe membranes.
Hydroduct® Coil 150Polypropylene non-woven filter fabric encapsulating a 25mm studded drainage core. Installedat the bottom of basement walls and linked to the Hydroduct drainage sheet.
TType Size
Bituthane LM 5.7 litre packs
Grace Protection Board 3mm x 0.9m x 2.03m (±6%)
Adcor 500S 6 x 5m rolls
Hydroduct 1.25m x 32m, see product details below
Preprufe® SC1 Ancillary Products
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
93
Type Thickness (mm) Roll Size Roll Area (m2) Roll Weight (kg)
Hydroduct 200 11 1.25m x 32m 40 40
Hydroduct 220 11 1.25m x 32m 40 40
Hydroduct Coil 150 25 150mm x 30.5m
Hydroduct
Hydroduct CFHydroduct CFA highly efficient, cost effective drained cavity former.When installed against the internal face of concretefloors and walls Hydroduct CF will provide acontinuous drainage path that must link with the siteinternal drainage system.
Hydroduct CF 20Forming drained cavities horizontally and vertically.
Hydroduct CF 08Used for drained cavities vertically in lower riskapplications.
Code Description Size
HYD-CF20 Hydroduct CF 20 20m x 2m
HYD-CF08 Hydroduct CF 08 20m x 2.4m
SERV-TAPE Servitape 4000 30mm x 12m
HYD-STRIP Hydroduct Strip 4000 150mm x 20m
Hydroduct CF
Hydroduct Ancillaries
Hydroduct® Ancillaries
Type Roll Size
Cut fasteners (jointing) Strip 8 x 4 dimples, 5 supplied per roll
Bitutstik™ 4000 (jointing) 150mm x 12m long
Bitutape™ 4000 (jointing) 70mm x 20m long
Hydroduct Tape
End Outlet
Straight Connector
Tee Connector
Waterproofing94
Waterproofing
Type Thickness (mm) Roll Size Weight (kg/m2)
226 1.6 1050mm x 19.05m 1.7
226 1.6 300mm x 20m 1.7
226 1.6 150mm x 20m 1.7
Sheetseal
SheetsealSheetseal is a cold applied, self adhesive bitumen sheet waterproofingmembrane. It is typically used as an external basement tanking system orground floor DPM, particularly where large unobstructed areas are to bewaterproofed.
Membrane PrimersSheetseal primer is a bitumen solution.
Sheetseal Ancillaries
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre)
Sheetseal Primer 5 6
Sheetseal Primer 25 6
Sheetseal Primers
Type Size (m) Thickness (mm) Weight
Bitumen Protection Board 0.9 x 2.02 3 3kg/m2
Adhesive Tape 0.15 x 15 2 4kg/roll
Bitumen Protection Board/Adhesive Tape
Membrane Protection BoardsBitumen Protection Board is a tough, flexible bitumenimpregnated board used for the protection of waterproofmembranes against mechanical damage, pedestrian orvehicular traffic and abrasion caused by backfilling.
Adhesive TapeAdhesive Tape is a double-sided tape, designed to be usedin conjunction with the Bitumen Protection Board to adhereit to dry surfaces of bituminous type membranes. It may beused in ‘pads’ 150mm square, or in strips of suitable length.It can also be used to adhere to other materials, such aspolyethylene sheets or similar, to most ‘dried’ RIWmembranes.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
95
Double Drain
Double DrainDouble Drain is an impermeable high density polyethyleneprofiled sheet incorporating a permeable geotextile filterfabric designed to prevent ground water reaching astructure and to protect and enhance the performance ofthe waterproof membranes.
Thickness Roll Size (m) Weight (kg/m2)
8mm 2 x 15 0.62
RIW Top Edging StripA high-density profiled polyethylene sheet which protects the top edge of the RIW DoubleDrain and prevents clogging. 2 metre strips.
RIW X CrampsA fixing aid for locating and mechanically securing the system to the substrate. Bags of 60.
Thickness (mm) Roll Size (m) Weight (kg/m2) Overall Thickness (mm)
0.5 2 x 20 0.48 5
Plaster Drain
Plaster DrainPlaster Drain is an internal drainage system manufacturedfrom clear high density polyethylene with 5mm undercutstuds in a dovetail shape which forms the key for plasterand render finishes in above and below ground situations.
RIW Plaster Drain OvertapeButyl rubber tape, with a nonwoven polypropylene surface, for sealing over joints in themembrane. 25 metre rolls.
RIW Plaster Drain PlugsA plastic plug for fixing membrane to structure. Boxes of 500.
Waterproofing96
Waterproofing
Type Roll Size (m) Weight (kg/m2) Overall Thickness (mm)
P5 2.07 x 20 0.48 5
P20 2 x 20 0.95 20
RIW Cavity Drain
RIW Cavity DrainCavity Drain is an internal tanking drainage system used tocollect water entering the basements and sub-structuresand channel it to a sump or collection point for disposal.P20 is used mainly on floors but can also be used for walls.P5 is used only for walls.
RIW Sealing TapeA self-adhesive tape to seal joints between the RIW Wall / Floor Junction and membrane. 20 metre rolls.
RIW Sealing RopeA self-adhesive rope for sealing between individual sheets and around services, fixings etc.5 metre length.
RIW Brick PlugsA fixing plug for vertical fixing of the Cavity Drain. Boxes of 100.
RIW Wall / Floor JunctionA pre-formed corner piece for assisting in sealing around corners and services. 20 metre rolls.
RIW Adhesive TapeA double-sided tape for adhering the RIW Wall / Floor Junction. 15 metre rolls.
RIW Ancillaries
Type Thickness (mm) Roll Size (m) Roll Weight (kg)
Structureseal 6.4 1.1 x 5 35 - 40
Structureseal
StructuresealStructureseal is waterproofing composite of high swellingSodium Bentonite encapsulated between a non-woven andwoven geotextile. When confined under pressure within astructure the swelling is controlled, forming a dense,monolithic, impervious waterproofing membrane.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
97
Sealing CompoundSealing Compound is a trowel-grade, sodium bentonite / butyl-rubber based sealant,designed for a variety of surface preparation and waterproofing detail work, for use with theRIW Structureseal system. Being a bentonite based material, Sealing Compound swells uponcontact with water to seal against water intrusion. With the consistency of thick grease,Sealing Compound is easy to apply and bonds to most materials.
Type Size (litres) Weight (kg)
Sealing Compound 14.25 18
Sealing Compound
WaterstopWaterstop is an active bentonite based waterstop that is designed to replace passivePVC/Rubber type waterbars thereby eliminating the requirement of special pieces and seamwelding. Waterstop is not designed for, or intended to function as an expansion joint sealant.
Structureseal Ancillaries
Type Size (mm) Supplied as
RIW Waterstop 25 x 19 6 x 5m long coils per box
Waterstop
GranulesGranules are chemically treated sodium bentonite granules, which are used as a detailingaccessory product, with the RIW Structureseal system. When hydrated and in containment,the Granules form into a dense, impermeable material, that combines with the sodiumbentonite in Structureseal to form a seamless waterproof membrane.Available in 20kg tub.
Washers40mm hardened nail with 30mm premounted washer for securing the RIW Structurseal toconcrete by hand nailing or shot firing.
Staple GunA manual stapler and staples box of 2500 for fixing sheets of Structurseal together at laps etc.
Waterproofing98
Waterproofing
Hyload Tanking MembranesA range of SBS polymer modified bitumen waterproofingsystems for use in cast concrete, brick and blockworkconstructions, both internally and externally, to protectbuildings against water from the ground. All Hyload TankingMembranes have BBA certification.
Hyload Tanking Membrane - 3100A high performance torch applied tanking membrane, ideally suited for tanking in cold anddamp conditions. Excellent lap adhesion and security is achieved by torch application.
Hyload Tanking Membrane - 3100HDA high performance torch applied tanking membrane, ideally suited for tanking in cold anddamp conditions. It has a tough, non-woven polyester fibre facing, which eliminates theneed for a separate protection board when externally tanking. Excellent lap adhesion andsecurity is achieved by torch application.
Type Size (m) Thickness (mm)
1000SA 1 x 20 1.5
2000SA 1 x 15 2.0
3100 1 x 10 3.0
3100HD 1 x 10 3.7
Hyload Tanking Membranes
IKOpro SA Bitumen PrimerA rubber-modified bituminous priming solution designedto seal and prepare surfaces for the application of self-adhesive damp proofing or tanking membranes. It is fast-drying and is ideal for ensuring a long-term bond betweenthe surface and subsequent membranes being applied. It may be applied to many substrates including concrete,wood, brickwork, blockwork and metal.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
99
Type Size (litre cans) Coverage (m2/litre)
IKOpro SA Bitumen Primer 5, 25 Concrete 3 - 4, Metal 10 - 15
IKOpro Quick Dry Primer 5, 25 Concrete 3 - 4, Metal 10 - 15
Liquid Primers
IKOpro Quick Dry PrimerA quick-drying and deep-penetrating priming solution designed to seal and prepare surfacesfor the application of torch applied tanking membranes. IKOpro Quick Dry Primer dries inapproximately 30 minutes at 20°C, depending on the substrate, and leaves no residual tack.Suitable for use on dry or slightly damp surfaces. It may be applied to many substratesincluding concrete, wood, brickwork, blockwork and metal.
Type Thickness (mm) Size (m)
Hyload Protection Board 1.5, 3.0 1 x 2
Hyload Protection Boards
Hyload Protection Board A tough, flexible polymeric board for protecting tankingmembranes against mechanical damage, pedestrian orvehicular traffic and abrasion caused by backfilling. HyloadProtection Board also protects against ground salts andmost corrosive chemicals.
Hyload PlasDrain.12 and Hyload PlasFlow.25 StructuralDrainage SystemsHyload Plasdrain is a high performance geocomposite drainage layer that offers distinctbenefits over aggregate filter beds. Hyload Plasdrain.12 structural drainage systems havebeen specifically developed to provide high flow capacity while offering protection to HyloadPlasprufe tanking membranes. Hyload PlasDrain.12 should be used in conjunction withHyload PlasFlow.25 flow drain.
Type Size (m)
Hyload PlasDrain.12 1.1 x 50
Hyload PlasFlow.25 0.1 x 50
Structural Drainage Systems
Waterproofing100
Waterproofing
Bitusheet XL
Type Size (m)
Bitusheet XL 1.05 x 19.05
Bitusheet XL
Bitusheet waterproofing membranes consists of a self bondingpolymer modified bitumen which is covered on one side by atough two ply cross laminated polythene film and protected onthe other side by a release sheet which is removed prior to thebonding of the material on to a suitably prepared substrate.Once the release sheet has been removed the membrane can beeasily applied by roller pressure.
SBS Protection Board
Used in conjuction with sheet membrane and liquid membrane tanking systems. 2 x 1 metrebitumous board.
Bitusheet Ancillaries
Reinforcing (XL) Tape
Bitusheet Self Adhesive Reinforcing Tape comprises of a cross-laminated high-densitypolyethylene sheet coated with a Bitumen Polymer Adhesive faced with a release sheet. 20 metre roll.
Double Sided Tape
Self Adhesive Double Sided Tape comprises of a Polymer Modified Bitumen 1.5mm thickfaced on both sides with a release sheet.
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litres)
Bitusheet Primer 5, 25 12
Bitusheet Primer
Type Roll Width (mm) Roll Length (m)
Reinforcing Tape 100, 150, 200, 300 20
Double Sided Tape 50, 75, 100, 150 15
Tapes
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
101
Dual SealDual Seal is a high performance self swelling, self healingwaterproofing membrane comprising of a thick, tough, highdensity polyethylene sheet laminated to 4kg/m2 of qualityBentonite granules. The Bentonite used in the manufactureof Dual Seal is capable of repeated cycles of wetting anddrying without deterioration of its sealing properties andhas a life expectancy measured in thousands of years. It hasWRAS approval for use with potable water and is BBACertified.
Type HDPE Thickness (mm) Membrane Thickness (mm) Roll Width (m) Roll Length (m) Coverage Per Roll (m2)
HDPE 0.5 4.0 1.22 7.32 8.93
Dual Seal
Dual Seal MasticA trowelable mastic comprising of a special formulation of expandable minerals andelastomeric compound which expands and stiffens in the presence of water to form animpervious barrier to water penetration. Size: 19 litres.
Dual Seal GranulesA high swelling sodium bentonite in granular form which reacts when in contact with waterand forms an impervious gel. Size: 23kg bags.
Bitusheet XL TapeUsed as an overband tape for the sealing of membranes to membranes. Size: 100mm x 20m.
Fixing Strip3 metre long (galvanised), holes punched every 300mm.
Dual Seal Ancillaries
Waterproofing102
Waterproofing
Roll Size (m) Thickness (mm)
1 x 50 20
Slabdrain
Roll Size
12mm x 1m x 50m
Walldrain
WalldrainWalldrain consists of a cuspated lightweight plastic core bonded to a geotextile fibre filter.The fibre will permit free entry of water, but not soil, and so prevent soil particles fromclogging drainage systems. Walldrain is designed to be placed with the geotextile filter layerfacing the direction of the water seepage or backfill.
SlabdrainSlabdrain is a cavity drain former manufactured from a dimpled H.D.P.E, designed to providea drainage channel beneath the concrete in floor and wall construction. The former isprovided with selvedges to enable joints to be sealed to give a water and gas tightmembrane.
Soft Washer FixingFast, reliable fixing for membranes, mesh or insulation.
Anchor PlugDrill 8mm hole and set with hammer. Use mastic tape to form a washer seal under head.
Walldrain Ancillaries
Size (mm) Box Quantity
Nail 37 Washer 36 150
Soft Washer Fixing
Size Box Quantity
8 x 75 100
Anchor Plug
Size Box Quantity
25, 30, 40 500
Washered Nails
Size (mm) Box Quantity
19, 32 100
Membrane Washers
Washered Nails
Membrane WashersFor use with washered nails.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
103
Bentonite Geotextile Waterproofing
Bentonite has been used by the construction industry in waterproofing systems for morethan 30 years. Naturally occurring sodium bentonite has exceptional waterproofing qualities,with its ability to swell when in contact with water and convert from dry clay to imperviousgel. Manufacturers have harnessed this waterproofing power by containing sodium bentonitebetween two layers of geotextile, creating the ideal system for sealing reinforced concretestructures. Can be installed in virtually any weather condition.
Bentonite membrane forms a continuous mechanical bond to concrete. This bond is createdwhen the strong geotextile fibres are encapsulated by poured concrete as shown in theillustration.
Type Pack
Voltex 1.10m x 5m Per roll
Soft Fixing Washer Box of 150
Fixing Stapler Each
Staples Box of 2500
Voltex
Type Pack
Bentoseal Pail 14.25 litres
Bentoseal Cartridge 0.95 litre
Volclay Granules 20kg
Bentoseal
Voltex
Soft-washer FastenerAllows direct shot-fired application to steelpiling, sheets, concrete etc.
Bentoseal®Patented trowel grade sodium bentonite compound used to detail around penetrations, cornertransitions and terminations.
Volclay® granulesPure granular Volclay® bentonite used dry, or as paste by adding water at detail areas requiringadditional protection.
Applications:• Under structural slabs.• Sheet piling.• Tunnels.• Concrete walls.
Waterproofing104
Waterproofing
Mulseal DPMulseal DP is a bitumen rubber/latex compound designedfor use in waterproofing applications. Mulseal is suitable foruses such as waterproof membrane to retaining walls, as avapour barrier to panels and repairing fine cracks in asphaltsurfaces.
Fosroc Primer 3Metal and timber surfaces must be primed with a coat of Primer 3 before applying Mulseal DP.
Type Size (litre)
Fosroc Primer 3 5, 25 litres
Fosroc Primer 3
Proofex LMTwo-component bituminous liquid membrane forwaterproofing of underground structures and intricatedetails in conjunction with Proofex waterproofing systems.Yield: 7m2 at 4mm thick.
Size (kg) Yield
28 7m2 at 4mm thick
Proofex LM
Eurotec 1000Eurotec 1000 is an advanced performance, cold applied, polymer waterproofing which dries toform a tough elastomeric seamless membrane. Waterproofing integrity assisted by two colourcoat applications, providing visual assurance of application. Applied in two coats (red first) withbrush, roller or airless spray, to various substrates, including concrete, masonry, steel or timber.No primer required. Eurotec 1000 offers levels of protection for below ground structures inaccordance with BS 8102. Best applied between +5°C to +35°C.
Applications: Waterproofing and Vapour proofing Ground Floors, Basements, Sub Structures,where movement is anticipated.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
105
Code Size (litre) Coverage per Coat (litre/m2)
EURO/1000/5/Y 5 0.8 - 1.5
EURO/1000/5/R 5 0.8 - 1.5
EURO/1000/20/Y 20 0.8 - 1.5
EURO/1000/20/R 20 0.8 - 1.5
Eurotec 1000
Code Size (litre) Coverage per Coat (litre/m2)
EURO/GARDHD/5 5 0.25
EURO/GARDHD/20 20 0.25
Eurogard HD
Eurogard HDEurogard HD is a cold applied, solvent free, durable, epoxy resin coating for internal orexternal use. Applied in two coats with brush, roller or airless spray. Anti-Skid is achieved bybroadcasting Bauxite into the second coat. No primer required. Best applied between +5°C to +35°C.
Applications: Uses include High Risk Waterproofing, Chemical Resistant Applications,Hygienic areas and Trafficable and Anti-skid Surfaces. For example; Computer Floors, BundWalls, Balconies and Walkways. Applications can be steam cleaned.
Colour - Light brown.
Eurocote is a cold applied, UV light resistant, bitumen solution reinforced with mineral fibres.Easily applied with minimum preparation. No primer required. Apply in two coats using roller orbrush. Best Applied between +5°C to +35°C.
Applications: Water and Vapour Proofing, Non-Potable Water Tanks, Ponds, Plinths, ExposedMetal, Wood and Concrete. Will encapsulate Asbestos.
Colours - Black, Aluminium.
Code Size (litre) Coverage per Coat (litre/m2)
EURO/COTE/5 5 0.5
EURO/COTE/20 20 0.5
Eurocote
Eurocote
Procor® is a two-component, synthetic rubber, externallyapplied liquid waterproofing membrane. It cures to form aresilient, fully bonded elastomeric sheet. Procor will protectstructures against water and water vapour ingress. At a singlecoat thickness of 1.5mm, Procor will resist a hydrostatic headin excess of 20m when fully loaded. Damp surface tolerant,can be applied to green concrete and damp to touch surfaces.
Procor® 10Trowelling grade for horizontal surfaces. Also recommendedfor vertical application at temperatures less than 12°C.
Procor® 20Trowelling grade for vertical surfaces at application temperatures above 12°C.
Waterproofing106
Waterproofing
Bituthene® LMTwo component elastomeric cold applied liquid detailingcompound. For use with Grace waterproofing membraneswhere liquid applied waterproofing is necessary to ensurewatertight continuity, such as pile terminations, pipepenetrations, internal corners and membrane continuitythrough masonry walls. Bituthene LM cures to form atough seamless rubber-like waterproof layer.
Type Size (litres)
Bituthene LM 5.7
Bituthene LM
Procor®
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/unit)
Procor® 20 7.5 4.5
Procor® 10 20 12
Procor® 10 7.5 4.5
Procor®
Type Size
Grace® Protection Board 1.0m x 2.0m
Armourtape™ 75mm x 10m roll
Hydroduct® 200 1.25m x 32m
Preprufe® Tape 100mm x 15m roll
Servijoint® One 310ml
Adcor® 500S 6 x 5m rolls
Bitutape™ 4000 70mm x 20m roll
Procor® Ancillaries
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
107
Type Size (litre buckets)
Procor Concrete Sealer 18.9
Procor® Conrete Sealer
Procor® Concrete SealerProcor® Concrete Sealer is a water-based surface conditioner designed to mitigate problemsassociated with the application of Procor® applied to cast concrete and masonry substrates inconditions where an air or vapour drive is likely to cause blistering or pin-holing of theProcor® surface.
Sizes (litre) Coverage (m2/litre)
5, 25 approx 6.5
Aquamac
Aquamac Bituminous Black PaintA solvent-borne bituminous black paint. For the protection of ferrous andnon-ferrous metals, concrete roofing felt, fibre cement, corrugated iron,asphalt and wood against water.
Type Size Coverage
RIW Flexiseal 6, 25kg 2m2/kg/coat
RIW Flexiseal Primer 5, 20 litres 8m2/litre
Flexiseal
FlexisealFlexiseal is a two colour, seamless and fully bonded liquidapplied waterproof coating based on polyurethanetechnology. RIW Flexiseal cures by drawing moisture fromthe air to form a highly flexible but durable barrier to waterand water vapour and is typically used where a highperformance tanking system is required. Available in blackor grey.
Type Size
RIW Protection Board 3mm x 0.9 x 2.02m
RIW Sheetseal 9000 DPC Available in standard sizes
Protection Board/Sheetseal
Flexiseal Ancillaries
Waterproofing108
Waterproofing
Type Size (litre) Coverage (m2 per litre/coat)
Heviseal 5, 20 1.5
Heviseal
HevisealHeviseal is typically used to provide a protective coating toconcrete or steel superstructures or other structures such asretaining walls, plinths etc. RIW Heviseal is suitable as awaterproof membrane, for periodic maintenance ontoexisting flat roof area. The membrane can also be used onparapet walls, gutters, planters, ponds and water storagetanks. Heviseal has excellent U.V. resistance.
Type Size (litre) Coverage (m2/litre in 2 coats)
RIW Hydrocoat 5 3
25 3
205 3
Hydrocoat
HydrocoatHydrocoat is an easily applied, high build black bitumen paint, which dries to a water andwater vapour proof finish. It may be easily applied to most building substrates.
LACLiquid Asphaltic Composition is typically used as a dampproof membrane to ground floors, as a vapour barrierbehind cladding and for tanking of basements. It is alsosuitable for waterproofing foundation walls, ducts, lintels,columns, beams and similar structures at, above and belowground level and as a radon barrier.
LAC Ancillaries
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
109
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre/coat)
Toughseal 5, 20 litres 4
Toughseal
ToughsealToughseal is typically used to provide a water and watervapour proof barrier, or to give protection against abrasion,fresh and salt water, carbon dioxide, alkalis and dilutemineral acids. It is resistant to U.V. light and atmosphericattack. Suitable uses for Toughseal include raised accessfloors, ground floor slabs, swimming pool wet areas andshower areas, plant rooms, sewage plants and marineapplications. When dressed with a suitable aggregate it willprovide a slip retardant wearing surface or a waterproof keyfor tile bedding or renders. Toughseal is a two part mix andalways requires two coats it is normal to do first coat in adifferent colour to the 2nd and for this purpose is availablein grey and black.
Type Size
Aggregate, Grade 1 25kg
Aggregate, Grade 2 25kg
Cleaning Solvent 5 litres
Flexiseal 6, 25kg
Aggregate/Solvent
Toughseal Ancillaries
SynthaprufeSynthaprufe OriginalIKOpro Synthaprufe Original is a high performance, brushapplied damp proofing emulsion containing syntheticrubber latex which provides a waterproof and vapourresistant, black elastomeric membrane.
IKOpro Synthaprufe Original exhibits low odour, withexceptional flexibility and crack resistance, even at lowtemperatures and offers excellent resistance to sulphatesand other soil salts. When suitably protected, Synthaprufewill be effective through the life of the building.Synthaprufe bonds with great strength to a range ofbuilding materials.
Waterproofing110
Waterproofing
For use as damp proofing of concrete, brick, blockwork and masonry,with vertical surfaces being finished with a gypsum based plastersystem. Adhesive for unsealed wood block flooring (min 10mmthick). Suitable for tanking of basements.
Synthaprufe LAC High performance liquid damp proofmembraneIKOpro Synthaprufe LAC is a high performance waterproofing liquidused as a damp proof membrane and water-repellent coating, priorto the erection of masonry. It forms a flexible membrane when curedand provides an effective barrier to water and water vapour.
IKOpro Synthaprufe LAC is easy to apply and is suitable for use in the most demanding sitelocations. For use in waterproofing of foundations, retaining walls, abutments, steel columns,beams, lintels and structures where cladding is to form the outer leaf.
Type Sizes (litre cans) Coverage for two coats (m2/litre)
Bitumen EmulsionA rubberised bitumen emulsion, cold applied as a protective damp proof membrane toconcrete and brickwork. It can be applied by brush or roller but NOT SPRAY as a generalwaterproofer. Supplied in 5 litre, 25 litre or 205 litre.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
111
Type Size
Supercast Hydrofoil Section width (mm) Roll weight (kg) Roll length (m)
250 27.1 12
200 27.3 15
Supercast Rearguard S 250 33.4 12
200 24.0 12
Supercast XHD Hydrofoil 250 42.9 10
Other sizes available on request.A range of prefabricated junctions and intersections is available, also see generic profiles andaccessories on page 128.
Supercast Hydrofoil and Rearguard
Supercast HydrofoilSupercast Hydrofoil PVC waterstops are suitable for use inwater retaining structures. When positioned centrally withinthe thickness of the concrete components they prevent theloss of water from within the structure and the ingress ofground water.
Supercast RearguardRearguard PVC waterstops are designed for use in vertical and horizontal joints in both waterretaining and water excluding structures.
Waterstops & Waterplugs
Type Size (mm)
Supercast Rearguard TS 250
Supercast Hydrofoil TS 250A range of prefabricated junctions and intersections is available,also see generic profiles and accessories on page 128.
Supercast Twinstop
Supercast TwinstopSupercast Twinstop is a PVC waterstop incorporating twohydrophilic elements for use in water excluding and waterretaining structures. The hydrophilic elements provide extrasecurity over standard PVC profiles.
Waterproofing112
Waterproofing
Type Size Coverage
Supercast SW10 5mm x 20mm x 15m rolls Usually single run of strip per joint
Supercast SW20 10mm x 20mm x 5m rolls Usually single run of strip per joint
Supercast SW10 and SW20
Supercast SW10 and SW20 Supercast SW10 and SW20 are hydrophilic waterstops foruse in water retaining and water excluding structures. TheSW10/20 waterstops are fixed into place using eitherSupercast SW adhesive or SWX hydrophilic adhesive.Supercast SWX can also be used as a problem solvinghydrophillic waterstop in difficult access areas and detailing.
Type Size (ml) Coverage
Supercast SWX 310 cartridge 1.5m @ 16mm bead per cartridge
Supercast Butyl-NekSupercast Butyl-Nek is a rubber/bitumen pre-formed flexiblesealing strip specifically used to provide a permanentwatertight joint for pre-cast units which are jointed togetheron site. Applications include joints in manholes, inspectionchambers, box culverts and concrete pipes. This easilycompressible product is designed to completely seal and fillthe annular space between pre-cast units regardless of shapeor size. Supercast Butyl-Nek associated products have a 50-year proven track record in the most extreme situations and are specified and used by pre-casters and contractors worldwide.
Type Size (litres)
Supercast Butyl-Nek Primer 5
Supercast Butyl-Nek - Primer
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
113
Supercast Synkoflex Supercast Synkoflex is a unique non-swelling, pre-formedplastic adhesive waterstop that bonds fast to cured concretesurfaces and fuses with fresh concrete. Supercast Synkoflexoffers a host of practical advantages in application. Itprovides watertight integrity for construction joints inconcrete structures in places where swellable waterstops arenot best suited, such as bund walls and thin section wallsand slabs. It has exceptional adhesion and malleability, making it an excellent choice for steelsheet piling/floor slab joints. Supercast Synkoflex comes with an extensive track record ofmore than 30 years proven reliability on major projects in the USA - now extending toScandinavia, the UK and other major European countries.
Type Size (mm) Coverage
Supercast Synkoflex 25 x 25 Box of 25mm x 1m strips
Supercast Synkoflex FR 12 x 30 Box of 6mm x 5m roll
Supercast Synkoflex
Type Size (litres)
Supercast Synkoflex Primer 3.79
Supastik E10 Adhesive 2
Supercast Synkoflex Ancillaries
Supercast Synkoflex Ancillaries
Type Size
Supercast Joco 10 14mm x 20m coil
Supercast Joco 10
Supercast Joco 10Multiple injection hose for protection against potential andactive leaks in concrete structures.Supercast Joco 10 is a resin injection system developed toprovide increased water integrity for construction joints inwater retaining and excluding structures i.e. tanks andbasements.
XHD HydrofoilIncreased web thickness gives a much stiffer section.The stiffened profile is used where large volumes ofconcrete are being placed. They are used whereconcrete is being placed from a great height such asdeep wall shutters.
Waterproofing114
Waterproofing
Supercast - SWSupercast SW is a swellable Waterstop for integral sealing of construction joints in concretecast in-situ.
Supercast - SWXSupercast SWX is grey, elastomeric water-swellable paste which is applied like a sealant. Thehydrophilic properties of Supercast SWX display good consistency in swell rate duringrepeated wet/dry cycling. Expansion of the product on contact with water creates a positivepressure against the faces of the concrete joint, thus preventing the passage of water.
Supercast - SW AdhesiveSupercast SW Adhesive is used to fix Supercast SW10 and SW12 to substrate.
A range of factory welded intersections for Hydrofoil (prefixH), XHD Hydrofoil (prefix X) and Rearguard S (prefix R).
Jointing JigsUse to produce accurate square cuts in Fosroc waterstopsand to hold ends to be welded in precise alignment.Contact us for details.Heater Blades
Type
(prefix) MOF
(prefix) 3 WAY
(prefix) 4 WAY
(prefix) T-PCE
(prefix) MOEINT
(prefix) MOEEXT
Factory Welded Intersections
Flat on mitre 3 way on flat
4 way on flat
90 mitre on edge 270 mitre on edge
Used to weld PVC waterstops and intersections. 110v and220v x 350w blades are available. Non-electric blades arealso available. Contact us for details.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
115
Adcor® 500SA conformable, swellable polymer/butyl rubber waterstopstrip for construction joints that expands in contact withwater. When fully encapsulated by poured concrete, theexpansive forces form a seal against concrete faces. The sealresists hydrostatic pressure, stopping water from enteringsub-structures. Adcor® is a unique product that has beenspecifically developed to provide better performance thanconventional swellable rubber waterstops.
ServisealServiseal is an externally cast passive PVC waterstop systemmanufactured in a range of sizes for the protection ofexpansion, construction and contraction joints in reinforcedconcrete basements and substructures.
ServititeServitite is a specially formulated PVC, internally cast, heavyduty waterstop system manufactured in a range of sizesand grades for use in reinforced concrete structures.Servitite is cast into the centre of the concrete memberwhere it provides resistance against high hydrostaticpressure from both faces.
PVC EdgetiePVC Edgetie is an internally cast passive waterstop systemmanufactured in a range of sizes for sealing joints inconcrete structures subject to water pressure. Centrallyplaced.
Waterproofing116
Waterproofing
AT SystemAT System waterstops have been specially developed forwater excluding and retaining structures such as basements,reservoirs or sewage treatment works. The AT System is animportant advance in concrete joint protection thatcombines 'active technology' with the conventionalmechanical properties of internally or externally placed PVCwaterstops.
A range of factory welded intersections, a fullrange of Grace Waterstops are available to order.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
117
Ancillaries
Description Pack
Jointing Jigs Each
110V knife Each
220V knife Each
Servistrip® AH205Servistrip® AH205 is a hydrophilic solid rubber strip that exceeds the performance of thinlycoated or hollow swellable strips. Servistrip AH 205 can be cast into insitu concrete or usedbetween new and existing concrete sections to provide a highly effective watertight seal. Therate of swelling is controlled to allow installation and exposure to rain. The swelling pressuredoes not cause spalling or damage to freshly poured concrete before it has time to reach itsdesign strength. The simple, solid form also allows it to be used in difficult locations such asdiaphragm and secant piled walls. Also concrete surfaces where other sealing methodswould be impractical.
Type Size (mm) Weight (m)
Servistrip AH205 5 x 20 10
Servistrip AH205
PVC Waterstops ProfilesSCP PVC Waterstops are available in various profiles for different concrete joint situations. Flat Dumbell and Centrebulb types are used for internal waterstop details and have beenindependently tested to prevent the ingress of water, up to 27m head in construction andexpansion joints in water retaining and excluding structures.
Extaseal external PVC Waterstop is a high performance heavy duty profile specificallydeveloped to seal joints in concrete structures at the outside surface.
Pilecap waterstop has been specifically developed to provide a watertight seal between thepilecap and floor slab in concrete structures.
Type Width
Construction Joint 200 250mm -
Expansion Joint 200 250mm 320mm
Kicker Joint - 250mm 320mm
Roll Size 15 10m 10m
Extaseal
Type - Pilecap Width (mm) Roll Size (m)
Construction Joint 125 x 125 25
Expansion Joint 125 x 125 25
A range of prefabricated junctions & intersections are available, alsosee generic profiles & accessories on page 128.
Pilecap
Waterproofing118
Waterproofing
Type Width x 5mm web (Eyeletted) Width x 10mm web (Heavy Duty)
Flat Dumbell Construction Joint 150, 200, 260mm 150, 250mm
Dualtite Hydrophilic Expansion Joint WaterstopDualtite Waterstop consists of a PVC profile manufactured from weldable waterstop gradematerial incorporating Dual Seal Hydrophilic Bentonite Waterstops, which swell in contactwith water, to form a totally watertight seal. The lug on either side of the central section,ensures that Dualtite is fully embedded into the adjacent concrete surface, and its uniquecentral core design allows the joint to open up to 50%. When Dual Seal BentoniteWaterstop is installed in Kicker or Construction Joints, it is simply butt joined to the integralDual Seal Waterstop, in the Dualtite, to create a totally watertight system.
Type Roll Length (m)
Dualtite Hydrophilic Expansion Joint Waterstop 8
Dualtite Hydrophilic Expansion Joint Waterstop
Dual Stop Bentonite Waterstop Dual Stop Waterstop is a Bentonite based waterstop which reacts in contact with water byswelling to form a watertight seal in concrete structures. It has been independently tested upto 30 metre head of water. It has full WRAS approval for use with potable water. Dual StopWaterstop has been specifically designed to seal construction joints against the ingress oroutgress of liquids in water retaining or excluding structures. It is fixed by nailing to the faceof the existing pour prior to placing the next pour. It is installed directly onto scabbledsurfaces and will swell into voids up to 12mm deep. Changes of direction and end joints aresimply achieved by butting together, no welding or adhesives are required.
Type Size (mm) Roll size (m)
Dual Stop Waterstop 7 x 25 8
Dual Stop Bentonite Waterstop
Superstop Self Swelling Waterstop SCP Superstop has been developed to provide a watertight seal in construction joints, and isparticularly effective when used in ‘box out’ applications. When water comes into contactwith Superstop the bentonite expands to form a pressure seal which has been successfullytested to withstand a 33 metre head of water without leakage.
Type Size (mm) Roll Length (m)
Superstop 12 x 25 6
19 x 25 3.9
Superstop Self Swelling Waterstop
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
119
Uraswell Hydrophilic Sealant Waterstop SCP Uraswell is a polyurethane based sealant which swells in contact with water and forms apermanent waterproof seal. Uraswell is solvent free and non-toxic and is easily applied with abarrel gun, it provides excellent adhesion on many materials including uPVC.
Description Size (ml)
Uraswell Hydrophilic Sealant 600 sausages
Barrel Gun 600
Uraswell Hydrophilic Sealant Waterstop
Swelltite Hydrophilic Self Swelling Waterstop SCP Swelltite Hydrophilic Waterstop is manufactured from a neoprene polymer basedhydrophilic compound and high water absorbent resins. Swelltite has been specificallydesigned for use in sealing construction joints between pre-cast concrete units, steel and in-situ concrete. Unlike traditional waterstops Swelltite is centrally placed and bonded flat in thejoint prior to making the second pour, activated by water Swelltite will swell up to five timesit’s volume and seal the passage of water by exerting pressure across the joint. Swelltite rollsare self adhesive. Porous Surfaces should be sealed with Primer P.
Type Size Roll Size (m)
Swelltite Hydrophilic 20mm x 5mm 15
Primer P 1 litre cans
Swelltite Hydrophilic Self Swelling Waterstop
WaterstopWaterstop is a sodium bentonite based material, designed tostop water infiltration through insitu concrete constructionjoints. Sodium bentonite swells when in contact with water,forming an impermeable barrier. This swelling property allowsthe Waterstop to form a permanent pressure seal within theconcrete joint, thus eliminating water migration over or alongthe waterstop. The key to the product’s effectiveness is its75% sodium bentonite content, which provides superiorexpansion, to seal and fill voids and cracks within theconcrete. Waterstop is an active bentonite based waterstop, that is designed to replacepassive PVC / Rubber type waterbars, thereby eliminating the requirement of special piecesand seam welding. Waterstop is manufactured in light - weight, flexible coils that are easilyinstalled in hot or cold weather conditions, by a single worker.
Type Size
RIW Waterstop 25m x 19mm, supplied in 5m long coils.
RIW Mesh A box of 50 600mm lengths including fixing nails 30 linear metres per box
Waterstop
Waterproofing120
Waterproofing
Bentorub+Joint Sealers
Bentorub is a green flexible hydrophilic strip made of natural bentonite clay and syntheticrubber. It is designed for the sealing of concrete joints, cold joints and working joints inconcrete, around pipe penetrations, in sewer joints, against slurry walls and sheet piling.
Bentorub Salt A Red flexible hydrophilic strip made of natural bentonite clay and synthetic rubber. It is hasthe same applications as Bentorub+ except Bentorub Salt may only be used in contact withsalt and Brackish water.
Type Size (mm) Roll Size (m)
Bentorub+ 20 x 25 5
Bentorub Salt 20 x 25 5
Hydophilic Waterstop
Swellseal JointSwellseal Joint is a flexible co-extruded vulcanised strip made out of a combination ofchloroprene rubber and a hydrophilic resin.
The orange part has a swelling capacity of up to 600% in contact with water. The black part (= compression zone) has a swelling capacity of 150%. The ridged finish assures a better adhesion to concrete.
Advantages:• Swellseal Joint has a proven track record in concrete structures subject to high water pressure.• Reversible vulcanised rubber swelling strip in contact with water.• Will not sag when correctly placed.• Can be easily installed by nailing or glueing with Swellseal Mastic.• Has a good all-round chemical resistance and can resist to petroleum, mineral and vegetableoils and greases.
• Swellseal Joint can also be installed between smaller pre-cast elements and/or joints where oneexpects smaller settlements.
Description Size
Swellseal Joint 7mm x 25mm x 10m
Contact Adhesive 1ltr
Swellseal Joint
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
121
Swellseal 3VSwellseal 3V is an elastic strip made out of a combination of rubber and a hydrophilic resin.Enclosed between prefabricated concrete elements, it will expand in contact with water andin this way seal the joint. Swellseal 3V has a swelling capacity of up to 300 times when incontact with water.
Type FFor sealing construction joints between pre-cast elements.
Type SFor sealing joints between pre-cast tunnel segments.
Swellseal 3VCan only function properly in a confined space.
The expansion of Swellseal 3V will create a certain pressure. Installation in the middle of thejoint is preferred.
Description Size
Swellseal 3V Type F 20mm x 5mm x 15m
Swellseal 3V Type S 20mm x 5mm x 15m
Swellseal 3V Type S 20mm x 10mm x 5m
CON5 Contact Adhesive 5 litre
Swellseal 3V
Swellseal 8VSwellseal 8V is an elastic strip made out of a combination of rubber and a hydrophilic resin.Enclosed between prefabricated concrete elements, it will expand in contact with water andin this way seal the joint. Swellseal 8V has a swelling capacity of up to 800 times when incontact with water.
Thanks to its high swelling capacity Swellseal 8V is extremely appropriate for applicationswith polluted water, in case of higher water pressure in zones with changing water table(wet/dry cycles).• Type F: For sealing construction joints between pre-cast elements• Type S: For sealing joints between pre-cast tunnel segments• Swellseal 8V can only function properly in a confined space
The expansion of Swellseal 8V will create a certain pressure. Installation in the middle of thejoint is preferred.
Description Size
Swellseal 3V Type F 20mm x 5mm x 15m
Swellseal 3V Type S 20mm x 5mm x 15m
Swellseal 3V Type S 20mm x 10mm x 5m
CON5 Contact Adhesive 5ltr
Swellseal Joint
Waterproofing122
Waterproofing
Swellseal Mastic Swellseal Mastic is a one-component, polyurethane based, solvent free, hydroswelling mastic,supplied in cartridges and aluminium sausages, for the sealing of construction joints and aroundpipe penetrations
Swellseal Mastic cures and swells in the presence of moisture. Curing time depends ontemperature and humidity conditions, i.e. curing time will reduce if RH and C° are higher.Swellseal Mastic will become firm in 24-36 hours. Performance is not affected by the curing time.
Description (ml)
310 Cartridges
600 Sausages
Swellseal Mastic
BentojectBentoject is the combination of a hydrophilic bentonite strip and a post-injectable injectiontube into one system for the sealing of construction joints in concrete.
Bentoject is manufactured out of three layers: • A reinforced spiral of steel wire• A filtrating membrane• Bentonite rubber outer skin
Description Size
Bentoject 40m kit inc. accessories
Bentoject
Waterstop RX®Waterstop RX® 101/Revofix
Waterstop RX® is a specially formulated mixture of natural sodium bentonite and butylrubber. On contact with water penetrating the joint, the material swells to form a tightcompression seal.
Revofix RX®
Revofix® is an overlay mesh strip, used to hold Waterstop RX® in place centrally, suppliedcomplete with fixing nails.
The Waterstop RX® is held in place by the use of Revofix, or by using RXWB Adhesive.
Description Size
Waterstop RX 20mm x 25mm x 5m
Revofix 30m Box
RXWB Adhesive 3.8ltr
Waterstop RX
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
123
HydrotiteHydrotite is the original expanding rubber used in a varietyof applications for sealing joints against water penetration.Initially developed for sealing segmental concrete tunnellinings, Hydrotite is a compound of polychloroprene(Neoprene) and hydrophilic resin, which expands when incontact with water, providing a self-sealing and easy to usealternative to traditional methods. Ideal for water retainingstructures to achieve watertight insitu concrete joints.
Description Size
CJ-0725 10m coil
Contact Adhesive 1 litre
Hydrotite
LeakmasterLeakmaster is a one-component, water-swelling elastic sealant, with excellent adherence.Supplied in 310ml cartridges for use with standard applicator gun.
Description Size
Hydrotite CJ 7mm x 25mm x 10m
Contact Adhesive 1 litre
Super Glue 20g
Leakmaster Cartridge 310ml
Leakmaster
Sika 2, 3, 4 & 4ASika 2, 3, 4 & 4A are all purpose waterproofing liquids with various settingtimes and/or waterproofing properties. Setting time dependent onconcentration.
Sika 2Sika Plug, is Sika’s fastest setting point leak plugging product when usedneat, for point leak plugging where high water ingress is present.
Sika 3All purpose setting and hardening accelerator also repairing cracks and joints (containscalcium chloride). A mortar accelerator for sealing joints in brickwork, blockwork, masonryand rock fissures.
Sika 4Accelerator, waterproofer, also for oil resistant renders and underwater concreting. For pointand surface waterproofing against seepage, particularly sea water and sewage.
Waterproofing124
Waterproofing
Sika 4AQuick setting waterproofer for renders and leak sealing, setting in about 45 seconds. Forpoint and surface waterproofing against general seepage (should be covered with Sika 1render).
Type Set Time Consumption per kg Cement Pack Size
Sika 2 10 to 20 seconds 0.7 5
Sika 3 20+ seconds 0.23 - 0.7 5
Sika 4 25+ seconds 0.15 - 0.7 5
Sika 4A 45 seconds 0.18 - 0.35 5, 25
Note - all consumption rates vary on set time and required use.
SIKA 1 is diluted 1:10 with water and added to a pre-batched mortar. Also available inprebag system, see page 134.
SikaSwellThree joint sealing profiles that swell in contact with water. They are permanently waterresistant, highly elastic and pretreated to prevent premature swelling on site.
Type Width (mm) Thickness (mm) Box (m)
2003 20 3 140
2010H 20 10 50
2507H 25 7 50
SikaSwell Sealant 600ml sausage 20
SikaSwell
Sika InjectoflexSika Injectoflex System (type HP) is an expanding, reinjectable hose for producing waterproofconstruction joints.
Uses: Providing watertight joints for:Grade 2, 3 and 4 basements. Underground car parks. Water retaining structures.
Components:Inner tube of non expanding blackneoprene.3 red external hydrophilic swelling strips.3 yellow compressible sealing cords of foam rubber
Type Size (m)
Injectoflex 40
Sika Injectoflex
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
125
Type Size (kg)
Thoro Waterplug 5, 25
Coverage: 1kg powder will yield 0.585 litres.
Thoro Waterplug
Thoro WaterplugThoro Waterplug is a blend of hydraulic cements, wellgraded sands and chemical additives supplied in a drypowder form. It requires only the addition of clean water toproduce a ready to use, ultra rapid setting plugging mortar.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Fastfill WP 8 4.25 litres per 8kgCoverage: 1kg powder will yield 0.53 litres.
Fastfill WP
Fastfill WPFastfill WP is a safe and simple to use ultra-rapid setting mortar for arresting water seepageand infiltration under pressure through cracks, joints and voids in concrete and masonry priorto the application of cementitious coatings and mortars. It is a single component, polymermodified, fibre reinforced mortar based on shrinkage compensated Portland Cement, whichis non caustic in use.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (litres)
Renderoc Plug 1 6 3
Renderoc Plug 20 25 12.5
Renderoc Plug
Renderoc PlugRenderoc Plug is a rapid setting mortar which is easy toapply to horizontal, vertical or overhead surfaces at a widerange of thicknesses. There are two grades available:Renderoc Plug 1 with an initial set time of approximatelyone minute, and Renderoc Plug 20 with an initial set time ofapproximately 20 minutes. (Set times are based onambient/substrate temperatures of 20°C).
Waterproofing126
Waterproofing
PlugA cementitious ready-mixed and rapid setting compound toplug leaks and stop water. DWI approved for use in contactwith drinking water.
Type Size
Vandex Plug 15kg plastic, re sealable bucket
Plug
Cementfill WP Cementfill WP is a single component, polymer modified, fibre reinforced, Portland cementbased plugging and sealing compound. When mixed with water it exhibits unique hydraulicproperties to produce a rapid setting mortar.
Type Size Yield Coverage
Cementfill WP 8kg bag 4.25 litres 2.15kg/mm/m2
Cementfill WP
Cementfill FCCementfill FC is a single component, thixotropic, polymer modified, cement based,waterproof fairing coat and repair mortar for concrete and masonry.
Type Size Yield Coverage
Cementfill FC 20kg bag 12 litres 4m2 at 3mm thickness
Cementfill FC
Cementfill HBCementfill HB is a single component, thixotropic, polymer modified, cement based,waterproof, rapid hardening, high build repair mortar for concrete and masonry.
Type Size Yield Coverage
Cementfill HB 20kg bag 13.2 litres 2.64m2 at 5mm thickness
Cementfill HB
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
127
CementflexCementflex is a two component, polymer modified, flexible, cement based, waterproofcoating for concrete and masonry.
Type Size Yield Coverage
Cementflex 15kg bag (2-part) 9.4 litres 1.6kg/mm/m2* & 4.7m2 at 2mm thickness
*On repaired and normal concrete surfaces
Cementflex
CementjointCementjoint is an advanced, elastomeric, highly tear resistant, breathable, waterproofcomposite tape.
Type Size
Cementjoint 120mm x 10m rolls
Cementjoint
CementsealCementseal is a two component, polymer modified, cement based, waterproof coating forconcrete and masonry.
Type Size Yield
Cementseal 15kg (2-part) 7.9 litres of slurry, sufficient to treat 4m2 at 2mm thickness
Cementseal
Cementseal PrimerCementseal Primer is a multi-functional, water based primer/curing agent, formulated on anaqueous acrylic copolymer.
Type Size Yield
Cementseal Primer 5 litre 5 – 7 m2/litre
Cementseal Primer
Waterproofing128
Waterproofing
PVC Internal and External ProfilesPVC Waterstop profiles are designed for the use in basement,foundation and floor slab construction in both horizontal andvertical joints.
External ExpansionIncorporates a flat top centre box.
External ConstructionPlain web section for use in contraction and construction joints.
CentrebulbFor use in expansion or contraction joints.Reinforced eyeleted outer flanges.
DumbellPlain web sections for use in construction and contractionjoints, also incorporating eyeleted outer flanges.
H.D. Centrebulb Range10mm thick plain web sections for use in construction and contraction joints, also incorporating eyeleted outer flanges.
Jointing PiecesA full range of junction pieces are available.
Tools
Jig and KnifeTypeJointing Jig110V Hot KnifeGas Heated Hot Knife
Cementitious Waterproofing
Aquatek Elastic 2C Aquatek elastic 2C is a two-component coating containing cement, selected silicas, fibres,modifiers and a water-based acrylic liquid. Aquatek Elastic 2C cures into a flexible, waterproofcoating which allows a movement up to 0.6mm and up to 1.2mm if reinforced withReinforcement Mesh.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
129
Type Size (kg) Roll Length
Aquatek Elastic 2C 32 Grey
Aquatek Elastic 2C 32 White
Aquatek Brush
Aquatek Elastic 2C
AquatekAquatek super XA is a waterproofing powder product composed of Portland cement,selected silicas, chemically reactive ingredients and modifiers. When broadcasted onto thesurface, Aquatek Super XA reacts with the moisture in the concrete and forms awaterproofing barrier through reaction of the active chemicals with the free-lime, to formlong chained insoluble crystalline complexes which block the capillaries and micro-fissures inthe concrete, stopping water penetration even under negative water pressure.
Description Size (kg) Colour
Aquatek Super XA 25 Grey
Application Brush
Aquatek Super XA
OmnitekOmnitek RM Fiber is a cement based powder containing selected silicas, fibres and modifiers.When mixed with clean water Omnitek RM Fiber provides a rapid setting, polymer modified,waterproof repair mortar.
Omnitek XL Fiber is a cement based powder containing selected silicas, fibres and modifiers.When mixed with clean water Omnitek XL Fiber provides a fast setting, polymer modified,waterproof repair mortar.
Description Size (kg) Colour
Omnitek RM 25 Grey
Omnitek XL 25 Grey
Omnitek
Aquatek PlugAquatek Plug & Aquatek Plug X are powders composed out of cement, selected silicas andmodifiers. When mixed with clean water Aquatek Plug & Aquatek Plug XF provide rapid settingplugging mortars.
Aquatek Plug has a final setting time of three minutes, Aquatec Plug XF of thirty seconds. Can be applied even under water.
Description Size (kg) Colour
Aquatek Plug 10, 25 Grey
Aquatek Plug XF 10, 25 Grey
Aquatek Plug
Waterproofing130
Waterproofing
Aquatek Mastic PAquatek Mastic P is a one-component, polyurethane sealant and adhesive which can be usedas a durable, flexible sealant or for bonding applications on most building materials.
Description Size
Aquatek Mastic 310ml
Application Gun
Aquatek Mastic P
ThorosealThoroseal®, when mixed with water or a THORO ACRYL 60/water blend (one part THORO ACRYL 60 to three partswater) to a lump free consistency, provides a waterproofcoating that is easily applied by brush or spray to concreteand masonry above and below ground level.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
Thoroseal 25 1st coat: 1.52nd coat: 1.0
Thoroseal
Size (litres)
5, 20
Thoro Acryl 60
Thoroseal Ancillaries
Thoro Acryl 60 Thoro Acryl 60 is an acrylic polymer liquid additivefor cement mixes, designed to enhance their physicalcharacteristics, ease application and increase wearand weather resistance.
Thoroseal SuperWhen mixed with clean water Thoroseal Super forms anextremely durable waterproof coating for concrete andmasonry. Applied with a brush or spray. Available in whiteand grey and in bags or pails. Resists both positive andnegative pressure.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Thoroseal Super 25 2.5 - 3.5kg/m2 for two coats
Thoroseal Super
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
131
TarmacLimelite PlastersModern gypsum based plasters should not be used inconnection with cementitious waterproofing products.Limelite Renovating plaster and Tarmac High Impact FinishingPlaster have been formulated to compliment cementitiouswaterproofing systems.
Limelite Renovating PlasterIdeal for plastering on a range of substrates during renovation work and specificallyfollowing the installation of a new damp-proof course or system.
Tarmac High Impact Finishing PlasterA hard durable finishing plaster specifically designed to complement Limelite Backing Plasters.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Limelite Renovating Plaster 25 3m2 @ 11mm / bag
High Impact Finishing Plaster 25 10m2 @ 3mm / bag
Tarmac
Cementitious Coating 851A 2mm coating which cures to form a hard, highly alkalinefilm with a degree of flexibility. This versatile coatingproduces a complete barrier to chlorides and has a range ofuses including potable water (DWI Approved), basements,tunnels and other underground structures. BBA certified.
Cemprotec Elastic Elastomeric grade of waterproof coating for the treatment ofcracked or crazed surfaces.
Cemprotec E-942 Epoxy modified waterproof coating for enhancing the chemical resistance of concrete,blockwork and brickwork. Ideally suited for dirty water applications.
Flexcrete Cementitious Coating Range
A range of twin component cementitious modified polymer coatings which resist a 100 metrehydrostatic head to waterproof concrete and other mineral substrates against both positiveand negative pressure. The products are CE Marked in compliance with EN 1504-2 and havea variety of performance characteristics.
Fosroc Integra Integra is an economic cementitious coating system for waterproofing concrete againstpositive and negative hydrostatic heads of water. Its uses include: sewage treatment andwater treatment tanks, pipes, tunnels, manholes and below grade basements includingretaining walls.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
Integra 25 By brush: 1 - 1.5, By trowel: 2 - 2.5
Fosroc Integra
Nitocote CM210Nitocote CM210 is a flexible cementitious coating, used for waterproofing water retainingstructures and water excluding structures. It provides a flexible waterproof coating suitablefor use in potable water tanks, reservoirs, canals and culverts. The material can be used onconcrete, brick and blockwork substrates.
Type Size Coverage
Powder component (grey or white) 18.2kg bag
Liquid polymer component 5kg plastic container
Proofex LM mesh 100mm x 50m
Nitocote CM210
1mm - 12.5m2 per packwet film thickness:
0.54m2/kg
Waterproofing132
Waterproofing
Type Size (kg) Yield (litres) Coverage
Cementitious Coating 851 30 kg 16.67 8.33m²/30kg @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec Elastic 30kg 18.8 9.4m² @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec E-942 30kg 16.2 8.1m² @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec E-Floor 30kg 16.2 8.1m² @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec E-Floor HB 30kg 15 5m² @ 3mm thickness
Cemprotec EF Primer 5L & 25L 5 & 25 3-10m² per litre
Flexcrete Cementitious Coating 851
Cemprotec E-Floor Available as a standard 2mm product or a 3-6mm variable formulation for the waterproofingof floor and deck areas. Overcomes the risk of osmotic blistering on damp substrates.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
133
SikaTop Seal 107SikaTop Seal 107 is a two-component polymer modified cementitious waterproof mortarcomprising of a liquid polymer and a special cement based mix incorporating admixtures.
Type Size (kg) Colour Average Coverage (kg/m2/mm)
SikaTop Seal 107 10, 25 Cement 2.0
SikaTop Seal 107
SikaTop 121SikaTop 121 is a two-component thin layer waterproofing, levelling and bonding mortar.
Type Size (kg) Average Coverage (kg/m2/mm)
SikaTop 121 25 2
SikaTop 121
Sika Damp Proofing SlurrySika Damp Proofing Slurry is a one-component flexible polymer modified cementitious damp-proof product comprising of special cement based components and admixtures. When usedwith water a slurry or mortar material is produced for direct application to a variety ofconstruction substrates, available in Grey and White.
Sika 1 – Structural Waterproofing SystemIntegral liquid waterproofing admixture component for structural waterproofing.SIKA 1 is diluted 1:10 with water and added to a pre-batched mortar.
Waterproofing134
Waterproofing
Vandex BB 75 EVandex BB 75 E is a cementitious two-component polymer-modified and efflorescence-free surface waterproofer withhydrophobic properties, resistant to water and moisture.Made of Vandex BB 75 as a dry component and VandexElasticizer PK 75 as a liquid component, which provideselasticity and crack bridging properties.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/3mm)
Vandex BB 75 (dry component) 25 6
Vandex Elasticizer PK 75 10
Vandex BB 75 E
Sika 1 Pre Batched MortarsSika Prebag System
Sika 1 Pre Batched Mortars are blends of specially graded aggregates, sand and cementsmanufactured to the correct mixing ratio, given below.The four graded bags (Spritz, Render, Finish, and Screeding) make up the Sika 1 Pre BaggedTanking system.This consists of a three-coat render for the walls and a 35mm thick floor screed. The Sika 1additive is first diluted with clean water at a 1:10 ratio, and then mixed with each bag.Sika 1 Pre Batched Mortars can be used in the following uses, structural waterproofing toresist water pressure below ground, moisture and dampness above ground level and internalwaterproof tanking. This system has been BBA Certified, Certificate no. 00/3761.
Type Gauging Liquid (litres) Size (kg) Coverage
Spritz & Bonding Coat Mortar 5.7 25 2m2 @ 6mm per bag
Render Mortar 3.3 25 2m2 @ 6mm per bag
Finishing Mortar 3.3 25 2m2 @ 6mm per bag
Screed Mortar 2.5 25 2m2 @ 6mm per bag
Consumption/Dosage of Gauging Solution
Vandex BB 75Vandex BB 75 is a cementitious, ready for use (just add water),efflorescence-free surface waterproofer with hydrophobic properties,resistant to water and moisture.
BBA approved (certificate no. 90/2516) and approved for use incontact with drinking water.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/3mm)
Vandex BB 75 25 6
Vandex BB 75
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
135
Vandex Super / Super WhiteVandex Super is a capillary-active cement basedwaterproofing slurry specifically designed for concretewaterproofing applications. It is based on grey Portlandcement and is applied to concrete to provide in-depthwaterproofing protection.
BBA approved (certificate no. 04/4188) and approved foruse in contact with drinking water.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
Vandex Super/Super White 25 1.5kg/m2
Vandex Super/Super White
SBRSBR is a high performance but economic water resistant bonding agent for externalrendering and screeds. It can be used as an admixture for concrete repair, brick slip and tilefixing mortars as well as an improving agent for resistance to abrasive chemicals and oils.
Type Size (litre)
SBR 5, 25
SBR
Liquid Additive Waterproofing
Nitobond SBRAdditive for improving mortars for waterproofing repairs. Also used asa bonding agent for slip bricks, ceramic tiles etc.
Type Size (litre) Coverage
Nitobond SBR 2, 5, 10, 25 As Slurry Primer = 2 to 3m2/litreFor other uses SBR coverage is dependant on mix design.
Nitobond
Febond SBRBonding and waterproofing admixture to add to screeds, renders andrepair mortar mixes.Available in 5 litre and 25 litres.
Waterproofing136
Waterproofing
Sika 1Sika 1 is an integral liquid waterproofing admixture which when dilutedwith clean water swells and blocks the pores and capillaries within sand& cement renders and screeds, supplied in 5 and 25 litre containers.It is also part of the Sika 1 Pre Batched Mortar System, (please seedetails on page 120).
ConsumptionAs a general waterproofing admixture - approx 0.75 litre/25kg cement.
SikaCem 810SikaCem 810 is a patented one component water based acrylate bonding agent and integralmortar admixture. When diluted it produces a gauging solution for improving cementitiousmixes. It should be added to water then mixed with cement and sand/aggregate to produce:Bond coat/slurry, Pourable micro concrete, Renders, Screeds with enhanced mechanicalproperties.
Type Size (litre)
SikaCem 810 25
SikaCem 810
Ronafix for WaterproofingRonafix is a high performance site batched, water based,polymer for producing waterproof renders. The curedmortar bonds monolithically to concrete and other surfacesand will resist both positive and negative pressure. Ronafixis used in swimming pools, tanks and basements to containor exclude water.
Type Size (litres) Coverage
Ronafix 5, 25, 220, 1000 See Mix Design Table
Ronafix
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Waterproofing
137
Mix Designs Cement Medium 6-3mm 10-5mm 10-5mm Ronafix Water Yield m3 Coverage Sharp Granite Pea Granite (approx) (approx) (approx)Sand Chips Shingle Chips
A By weight 50kg 125kg - - - 9 litres 9 litres 0.1 10m2 @10mm
Adhesives & SealantsFrom low tech gap filling mastics tohyperlon strips we have the sealant todo the job.
Our range includes:• Low and high modulus silicone sealants.
• One and two-part polysulphides.• Polyurethane & modified polyethers.• Fire retardant and intumescents.• Foams & fire foams.• Hot pour bitumens for pavements.• Cold applied sealants for pavements.• Epoxy sealants for high chemicalresistance.
• Bitumen rubber sealants andbituminous putty.
• Hypalon and butyl strips.
Filler Boards and CorksTo complement our wide range ofsealants we can supply filler materialsfor every purpose:• Closed cell polyethylene in sheets,strips and cords.
• Fibreboard in sheets and strips.• Bitumen cork in sheets.
PRODUCTS PAGE
Sealants & Joint Fillers 140
Fire Protection Products 152
Chemicals for Formwork 154
Admixtures 157
Concrete Curing, Hardening & Sealing 158
Brick & Concrete Cleaning Material 162
Formwork Chemical Applicators 163
Sealants & Fillers140
Sealants & Fillers
Compriband SuperExpanded polyurethane foam impregnated with waxes and neoprene to form a high quality,low cost and efficient strip sealant.
• Joints for thermal or differential movement. • Seals for curtain walling and cladding panels. • Perimeter seals for window and door frames. • Abutment seals for conservatories and canopies. • Tunneling and guttering seals.• Seals for ductwork and air conditioning. • Joints for portable or sectional buildings. • Seals for rooflights, windows and timber framed buildings. • Automotive and highway applications.
Size Ref. Gap Size (mm) Tape Width / Joint Depth (mm) Expanded Thickness (mm) Roll Length (m)
2 2 10 10 8
3 2 3 10 15 6
4 3 4 15 20 6
5 4 5 15 25 4
6 5 6 15 30 4
8 7 8 20 40 4
10 9 10 25 50 4
12 10 12 30 60 3
16 14 16 40 80 3
20 17 20 50 100 3
25 22 25 60 120/125 3
Compribrand Super
Aerofil®
Aerofil 1Aerofil 1 is a low compression natural white, inert, preformed, closed cell, polyethylenejoint filler in sheet and strip form suitable for structural movement joints in concrete, brickand blockwork.
Aerofil 2A high density closed cell polyethylene filler for critical movement joints in civil / structuralworks and water retaining structures.
Type Size (m) Thickness (mm)
Aerofil 1 0.8 x 2 (1.6m2) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25
Aerofil 2 0.8 x 2 (1.6m2) 10, 15, 20, 25, 50
Aerofil®
Sealants & Joint Fillers
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
141
Closed Cell PolyethyleneClosed Cell Expanded polyethylene foam is supplied in roll, sheet or strip form. Highperformance expansion joint fillerboard, for concrete slab construction and brickwork joints,which is supplied with an undercut to the depth of sealant for controlled void formation andeasy removal.
Sheet Size Thickness (mm)
1.5m x 2.2m = 3.3m2 10, 12, 15, 20, 25
1m x 2m = 2m2 10, 12, 15, 20, 25
Closed Cell Polyethylene Sheets
Width (mm) Thickness (mm)
100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 20, 25
Supplied in 2.2m strips.
Closed Cell Polyethylene Strips
Width (mm) Thickness (mm)
100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 10, 12, 15
Supplied in 10m rolls.
Closed Cell Polyethylene Rolls
Bitumen Impregnated BoardsBitumen Impregnated Boards are used as a general purpose expansion joint filler in noncritical joints and brick wall construction.
Width (mm) Thickness (mm)
100, 150, 175, 200, 250 10, 12, 20, 25
Standard length 2440mm.
Bitumen Impregnated Boards
Sheet Size (m) Thickness (mm)
1.22 x 2.44 = 2.98m2 10, 12, 20, 25
Bitumen Impregnated Sheets
Slab Depth (mm)
75, 100, 150, 200
Expandafoam
ExpandafoamA closed-cell polyethylene joint filler for use as an expansion joint filler in brick andblockwork, isolation joints and hinge joints where a readily compressible low load transferjoint filler is required. Available in 10, 12, 20 and 25mm thicknesses.
Type Size (m) Supastik E10 requirements (mm)
Hydrocell XL 1 x 2 10, 15, 20, 25
Hydrocell XL
Hydrocell XLHydrocell XL is a polyethylene sheet material used for forming or filling expansion joints inconcrete, brickwork and blockwork. It gives excellent support to sealants subject tohydrostatic pressure. Hydrocell XL is WRAS approved and is typically used in potable waterreservoirs, culverts and canals, sewage tanks, roadways and hardstandings, retaining walls,basements structures, subways, runways, taxiways and aprons.
Hydrocell XL supplied in the following sheet sizes and can be easily cut to the required sizewith a Stanley knife or saw.
Type Size (kg)
Pliastic N2 15
Pliastic 77 15
Pliastic
PliasticPliastic N2 and 77 are hot-poured rubber bitumen joint sealants. Pliastic N2 is a lowextension grade for sealing joints in concrete pavements, floor slabs, water retaining andwater excluding strucutres. Pliastic 77 is a hard grade for sealing low movement joints infactory floors and areas where joints are closely spaced and resistance to grit and traffic is ofprime importance.
Sealants & Fillers142
Sealants & Fillers
Fibreboard StripA compressible, non-extruding, bitumen impregnated,fibreboard expansion joint filler strip suitable for formingjoints between in-situ and pre-cast concretecomponents. Available in 12, 20 and 25mm thicknesses.
Slab Depth (mm)
100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250
Sheet Size (mm)
1200 x 2440
Fibreboard Strip
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
143
NitosealNitoseal MS100 Nitoseal MS100 is a one-part primerless non-staining façadesealant. It is used for sealing joints in and around concrete,brick, masonry, pre-cast panels, stone cladding, windows,doors and fibre cement sheeting. MS100 is available inwhite, grey, black, portland, buff and rustic red. Damptolerant application.
Nitoseal MS300Nitoseal MS300 is a one-part, abrasion resistant floor jointsealant. It is used for sealing movement joints in factoryfloors, sports stadia terracing, shopping centres, warehouseand distribution depots and concrete hardstanding areas.MS300 is fast curing and is ideal for trafficked joints.Available in grey only. Damp tolerant application.
Nitoseal MS50 Nitoseal MS50 is a one-part general purpose buildingsealant. It is suitable for sealing joints in concrete brickwork,blockwork, perimeter sealing around doors and windowsand for non-trafficked floor joints. MS50 is available inwhite, grey, black, magnolia, buff, portland, rustic red,brown and anthracite. Damp tolerant application.
Nitoseal MS600 Nitoseal MS600 is a one-part civil engineering sealant forimmersed conditions. It is suitable for sealing movementjoints that will be intermittently or permanently underwater. MS600 is typically used in reservoirs, sewage tanks,non-tidal sea walls, basements, subways, parapets, bridgesand superstructures. Available in grey. Damp tolerantapplication.
Type Size (ml)
MS100 380 cartridges
MS300 600 sachets
MS50 600 sachets 380 cartridges
MS600 600 sachets
Nitoseal
Sealants & Fillers144
Sealants & Fillers
Type Size (litre)
Expoflex 800 2
Expoflex 800
Expoflex 800Expoflex 800 is a two-component epoxy urethane joint sealant. It is used for sealing internaljoints where chemical resistance is required. Expoflex 800 is suitable for use in factories,warehouses and distribution centres, particularly where there is forklift truck traffic.
Type Size (ml)
Hilastic LM 380
Hilastic
HilasticHilastic LM is a one-part, low modulus silicone sealant suitable for sealing around uPVCwindows and movement joints in concrete, brickwork and a variety of other substrates.Hilastic LM cures on exposure to air and humidity to form a flexible seal that requires nomaintenance throughout its service life.
Type Size (ml)
Plastiseal 380
Plastiseal
Plastiseal Plastiseal is a flexible rubber-bitumen gun-applied joint sealant. It is used for sealing joints inflashings, guttering and sheet laps. Plastiseal is an integral part of the Proofex waterproofingsystem. Usage: 10mm x 10mm joint requires 0.1 litre/metre.
Type Size (litre)
Nitoseal 12 2
Nitoseal 12 accelerator One per 2 litre tin of Nitoseal 12
Nitoseal 12
Nitoseal 12Nitoseal 12 is a two-part, elastomeric joint sealant designed for use in the water industry. It isresistant to abrasion and bacterialogical attack making it ideal for ‘dirty’ water storageapplications. Nitoseal 12 is typically used in sludge digestion tanks,filtration and aeration tanks, culverts, raw water reservoirs, sea walls.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
145
Type Size (litre)
Plastijoint 5
Plastijiont
PlastijointPlastijoint is a hand-applied flexible bituminous putty used for sealing joints in ‘dirty’ waterretaining structures. Plastijoint is particularly suitable for vertical and inclined joints and istypically used in sewage disposal works, culverts, sea walls, retaining walls, subways andbasement structures. Plastijoint is not suitable for use in potable water retaining structures.
Thioflex 600Multi-component polysulphide sealant available in twogrades; Gun Grade, produced in a range of colours forapplication in both vertical and horizontal situations.Pouring Grade, only in grey for joints in floors or otherhorizontal surfaces.
Joints which are expected to experience cyclic movementsshould be designed to an optimum width:depth ratio of2:1, subject to the overriding recommended minimumsealant depths set out below: • 5mm for metals, glass and other non-porous surfaces;• 10mm for all porous surfaces;• 20mm for trafficked joints and those subject to hydrostatic pressures.The use of a primer is always required on porous surfaces.
Type Size
Thioflex 600 gun grade 2.5 litre tin
Thioflex 600 pouring grade 5 litre tin
Primer 7* 500ml, 5 litre tins
*1 litre of Fosroc Primer 7 is sufficient for 30 litres ofThioflex 600
Thioflex 600
Sealants & Fillers146
Sealants & Fillers
Joint size 10 x 10 10 x 20 10 x 25 15 x 15 20 x 20 25 x 25
M.P.L. 10 5 3.5 4.45 2.5 1.6
Colpor 200PFCold applied, high performance, pitch free pavement joint sealant, for the sealing andmaintenance of joints in concrete roads, concrete runways and hard standings. Colpor 200PFis particularly suitable for sealing areas where fuel and oil spillage might occur such as aircraftfuelling areas, oil terminals, garage forecourts, parking and cargo areas. Application bypouring or bulk gun.
AccessoriesFosroc Primer 20Concrete joint faces should be primed with Fosroc Primer 20.
Type Size
Colpor 5 litre tins
Primer 20* 500ml tins
*1 litre of Fosroc Primer 20 is sufficient for 25 litres of
Colpor 200PF
Colpor 200PF
Vertiseal CE Vertiseal CE is a two-part, cold applied, gun grade polysulphide sealant for sealing verticalmovement joints in buildings, and civil engineering structures.
Type Size (litre)
Vertiseal CE 2.5 litre mixed volume
Vertiseal CE
ParasealParaseal is a two-part, cold applied, pouring grade polysulphide sealant for critical horizontaljoints in buildings, bridges, concrete storage tanks and similar structures and is resistant toenvironmental pollution, weathering and immersion.
Type Size (litre)
Paraseal 5
Paraseal
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
147
Servijoint One Servijoint One is a cold-applied, one-part polyurethane sealant developed for critical joints inreservoirs containing potable water and is UK Water Bylaws Scheme listed. Servijoint Oneprovides a durable, damage resistant surface sealant to protect steel reinforcement inconcrete structures from corrosion. Servijoint One is also suitable for factory floors, culverts,spillways and car park decks.
Type Size (ml)
Servijoint One 310
Servijoint One
Servijoint Two Servijoint Two is a chemically curing, pitch free polyurethane sealant specially formulated toprovide a durable seal in movement or construction joints in concrete subject tocontamination by oil and fuel spillage. It can be used in concrete roads, hard standings,runways, petrol filling stations and industrial production areas.
Gripfill™ is a solvent-borne, filled rubber resin adhesive, developed to bond virtually any rigidmaterials together, regardless of the evenness of the surface.
Available in 310ml cartridges.
Sealants & Fillers148
Sealants & Fillers
Type Size Coverage
Sikaflex-1A+ 600cc Sausage
Sikaflex Pro 2HP 310cc Cartridge 12 x 12mm joints: approx 2.1m
SikaflexSikaflex-1A+A single component gun grade polyurethane based sealant for both building and civilengineering structures. It cures under the influence of atmospheric moisture to form a toughelastic seal with excellent adhesive properties and resistance to ageing and weathering.
Sikaflex Pro 2HP High performance one-part polyurethane joint sealant, in a range of colours. Sealingexpansion joints in all types of structures which are subject to movement.
Sikaflex PRO 3WF One-part chemical resistant polyurethane sealant. The unique two stage cross linking processeliminates many of the problems associated with conventional single stage cross linkingsealants.
Sikaflex 11FC+Sikaflex-11FC+ is a one-part, gun grade dual purpose adhesive and sealing compound ofpermanent elasticity. Excellent adhesion to most building materials with a fast cure rate, highdurability suitable for potable water contact.
Sikaflex-WindowsealSikaflex-Windowseal is a specially developed one-part, low modulus, gun grade polyurethanebased elastomeric joint sealant. It cures rapidly under the influence of atmospheric moistureto form a highly elastic material with excellent adhesion, resistance to weathering andcapable of being overpainted.
Sikaflex Construction A one-part general purpose polyurethane permanently elastic joint sealant for use in mostconstruction joints.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
149
SikaDur-Combiflex Jointing SystemSikaDur-CombiflexThe SikaDur-Combiflex Jointing System consists of a Sika Hypalon Strip and SikaDur31DWI/Rapid epoxy resin adhesive. Combiflex Hypalon Sheet is a highly elastic, rot-proof andchemically resistant sealing sheet with a thickness of 1mm or 2mm. Sikadur 31DWI/Rapidadhesive is epoxy resin based and establishes a strong bond to the substrate. The systemresists water pressure and can be used on wide joints without the need to remove anyexisting failed sealant, is suitable for potable water and has high joint movement capacity.
The hypalon strip is activated by the use of Sika Thinners C being wiped on both sides. Thinners C is also used to remove any uncured resin from tools etc.
Sikadur 31DWI/RapidTwo pack epoxy thixotropic adhesive for bonding building materials. Fast setting and nonshrinking. For bedding tiles, wood etc. DWI certified for contact with potable water.
Only DWI approved when SikaDur-Combiflex and SikaDur 31DWI are used together as specified.
*SikaDur 31DWI/rapid per linear metre of Combiflex (using 100mm wide Combiflex).
SikaDur-Combiflex Jointing System
Type Coverage
Sika Primer 3N Average 150-250g/m2 depending on substrate
Sika Primer 3NFor SikaFlex Pro 2HP, PRO 3WF, 11FC.
Type Size (ml) Coverage
SikaBoom S 750 34 litre of expanded foam*
SikaBoom N+ 750 44 litre of expanded foam*
*Coverage approx + or - 3 litres.
Sika Foams
Sika FoamsSikaBoom S A general purpose expanding polyurethane foam in a can used for fixing and filling gaps inmany applications.
SikaBoom N+ A B2 rated fire resistant expanding polyurethane foam in a can.
Sealants & Fillers150
Sealants & Fillers
Thoroflex 200Thoroflex 200 is a Hypalon based, pre-formed membrane system for waterproofing overjoints or cracks where a high degree of movement is expected in both vertical and horizontalapplications. The material is suitable for use on a number of different substrates includingconcrete, brick, block and metals.
Type Size Thickness (mm)
Thoroflex 200 100, 200mm x 20m rolls 1
100, 200 mm x 15m length 2
Thoroflex 200 Adhesive 5kg, 2 component N/A
Thoroflex 200
Size (mm) Roll Size (mm)
150 25
300 25
Slip Membrane
Slip MembraneHeavy Duty Slip Membrane comprises of a tough, dense sheet of specially formulatedpolyethylene having a very low friction surface.Uses: Heavy Duty Slip Membrane is designed for use in sliding joints in reinforced concretestructures where load bearing characteristics are present, and low friction resistance isrequired. The strip is used in two layers to form a load bearing, low friction sliding joint.
High quality adhesive for bonding filler boards, polystyrene, insulation and protection boardsto a wide range of surfaces. 5 litre cans.
Polystyrene Sheets
Size (m) Thickness (mm)
2.44 x 1.22 25, 50, 75, 100, 150
Other sizes available on request.
Polystyrene Sheets
Size (ml)
310 tube
Polystyrene Adhesive
Polystyrene AdhesiveHigh quality adhesive for bonding filler boards, polystyrene, insulation and protection boardsto a wide range of surfaces.
Denso TapeDenso TapeIdeal for protection against the corrosion of pipe work, metal surfaces and cable below groundor under water. Also for the temporary sealing of fractured mains and cable joints.
Denso PasteA primer for Denso Tape and a rust preventative for exposed metal.
Denso MasticA mastic for all sealing, filling and caulking purposes.
Vitaseal Expanding Foam TapesVitaseal expanding foam tapes are manufactured using an opencell polyurethane foam heavily impregnated with acrylics. Whenthe impregnated foam is compressed, the cells close and at only20% compression provide a complete primary weather seal. The importance of a breathable and weatherproof seal isessential in view of the new proposals in Part L of the BuildingRegulations - Conservation of Fuel & Power in dwellings.Vitaseal foam tapes offer a highly effective seal whilst allowingthe structure to breathe at the same time.
The unique cell structure and impregnation of the foam allowsmoisture to evaporate externally and prevents warm airescaping in this way not affecting the insulation propertiesrequired under Part L.
Vitaseal is available as 300kPa (Vitaseal 300) and 600kPa(Vitaseal 600), both tapes provide excellent sealing propertiesagainst weather. The 600kPa product is recommended for usein more extreme weather applications and is resistant to UV.The 300kPa product is more suitable for partial weather exposure.
Vitaseal expanding foam tapes are used extensively in roofing, glazing and general buildingand construction applications as a primary weather seal. The expanding foam tapes are usedto seal uneven gaps between a variety of structures and surfaces.
Sealants & Fillers152
Sealants & Fillers
• Responds continually to expansion andcontraction cycles without failure
• Remains flexible for the duration of its life• Forms a complete primary weather seal• Joints for portable or sectional buildings• Construction• Side/end laps on roofing sheets
• Expansion joints• Perimeter seals for windows and doors• Gutter seals• Abutment seals for conservatories• Perimeter seals for curtain walling• Sealing roof lights• Ductwork
Characteristics / Applications include;
Type Expanded thickness (mm) Length of roll (m)
Vitaseal (300kPa) (600kPa)
5 15 15
9 10 12.5
13 8 10
17 5 8
26 4.5 5.6
35 4.5 4.3
44 3 3.3
53 3 3
* Please note this product is supplied from factory where all thicknesses
available ex-stock except Vitaseal 600 17-53mm.
Vitaseal Expanding Foam Tapes
Type Size (ml)
Aerosol Foam FR 750
Silicone Sealant FR 310
Applicator Gun N/A
Fire Rated Aerosol & Foam Silicone Sealants
Aerosol Foam FR A one component PU foam aerosol gap filler. Expands and cures on application bonding.Excellent sealing and insulating properties combined with outstanding fire resistance.
Silicone Sealant FR A one component low modulus neutral cure silicone sealant. Can be used externally and internally. Excellent resistance to fire. Colour: White.
Fire Protection Products
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
153
Depth (mm) Width (mm)
3 4 6 8 10 12 15 20 30
4 25 18 13 10 7 6 5 3.50 2.50
5 20 15 10 7 6 5 4 3 2
6 17 13 8 6 5 4 3.25 2.25 1.50
8 13 10 6 5 4 3 2.50 1.75 1.25
10 10 8 5 4 3 2 2 1.50 1
15 6.5 5 3.25 2.5 2 1.50 1.25 1 0.50
Estimating Requirements Approximate yield of a 310ml cartridge in linear metres.
Type Size (ml)
Promaseal Intumescent Sealant 310
Promaseal Silicone Sealant 310
Promaseal
PromasealPromaseal® Intumescent Sealant is a white or grey waterbased acrylic intumescent sealant. Promaseal® Silicone Sealant is a silicone-based fireprotection sealant, available in white, grey or black.Adhesion is excellent to most types of surface. The sealantscure in air to form a nonhardening, tack-free seal,preventing the passage of smoke, toxic gases and fire.
AccessoriesPromaseal Fire Barrier, Compound, Pillows, Foam, Expansion Joint Strip, Unicollar and Pipe Wrap.
Flamex Fire ProtectionFlamex One Flamex One is an intumescent sealant used for lowmovement joint sealing and gap filling applications suchas door and window frames.
Flamex TwoFlamex Two is a polysulphide intumescent sealant suitablefor expansion joints in building superstructures and maybe used in both internal and external joints.
Flamex S Flamex S is a fire rated silicone sealant which cures quickly and gives excellent adhesion tomost building materials. It is suitable for the fire protection of curtain walling, buildingfacades, expansion joints and penetration seals, where pipes and cables pass through firerated structures. Flamex S is heavily used in the protection of stadia terracing.
Sealants & Fillers154
Sealants & Fillers
Type Size
Flamex One 380ml cartridges
Flamex Two 2.5 litre tins
Flamex S 380ml plastic cartridges
Flamex Fire Protection
Sika Fire StoppingSika FirestopA one-component Intumescent fire proof sealant.
Sika Firesil-NA one-part neutral curing, flame retardant silicone sealant suitable for indoor and outdoorapplications.
Type Size
Sika Firestop 310cc cartridges
Sika Firesil-N 300ml cartridges
Sika Fire Stopping
Chemicals for Formwork
Type Size (litres)
Nulease Standard 5, 25
Nulease Matt 5
Nulease WB 5
Formwork Polyurethane Sealer
Formwork Polyurethane SealerNulease StandardA new concept in polyurethane chemical engineering. Is ideal for use on timber, metal andconcrete surfaces.
Advantages:• Extended mould and formwork usage, by deep sealing of wood fibres and providing a
highly abrasive, chemically resistant coating.• Promotes good quality concrete finishes ensuring uniformity of colour and density of
concrete surfaces, with minimal plywood grain pattern transfer.
ChemleaseA Chemical Release Agent providing a stain free concrete finish of high quality due to itsblend of fatty acids. Has excellent release properties. Dries rapidly and should be used whereforms are struck in not less than 12 hours.
Chemlease OFAn odour free version of the popular chemical release agent is available to order on requestwhich is suitable for use in confined areas or in areas with poor ventilation.
Usage rate: Approximately 20-50m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes. 1000 litreIBC available to order on request. Both Chemlease products are WRAS/WRc approved.
Formstrike Mould OilA versatile neat oil with surfactant which is designed to giveoptimum release and surface finish for a wide range offormwork materials. Complies with the British CementAssociation, Category 2.
Formstrike produces a uniform stain free concrete surface,Effects a positive release hence reducing cleaning time, Protectsboth metal and timber forms and is economical in use andeasily applied.
Usage rate 15-30m² per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litresizes.
Aquatard Surface RetardersSurface Retarders are used to provide an attractive exposed aggregate finish for concrete or akey for subsequent pours or renders.
Aquatard FWFor treatment to mould face prior to placing of concrete. Coverage: 3-4m2 per litre. Available in 25 litre size.
Aquatard TFFor treatment to topface of freshly cast concrete. Coverage: 3-5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Formfil – Formwork Repair PasteDesigned to produce a fast setting compound which is resistant to impact, abrasion, oil,water and concrete alkalis. Available in 1.5 and 7kg pack sizes.
Sealants & Fillers156
Sealants & Fillers
ChemshieldA formulation based on high quality petroleum waxes for application to metal formwork,moulds, concrete plant and equipment. Chemshield, having removed any surface water bydisplacement, then deposits a highly anti-corrosive film giving long term protection for up totwo years in the storage and shipping of metal components.
Advantages:• High anti-corrosive rating. Metal is protected for up to two years in normal conditions.• Chemshield may be used as a release agent, therefore it need not be removed prior to
initial casting unless it is of prime importance.• A flexible and highly adhesive film, not easily removed in transit.• Excellent de-watering properties, eliminates moisture retention problems.• A quick drying one coat system easily applied by dipping or spraying.• Facilitates easy removal of concrete or mortar contamination.
Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Type Size (kg)
Grey 2, 8
Adofill
AdofillTwo-part formwork filler paste.
Mould OilA high quality non-staining release mould oil for use on all types of shuttering andformwork.
(BCA Category 2)It incorporates active ingredients which allows forms to remain in place longer thantraditional Mould Oils. Gives a lighter and more uniform colour of struck concrete.
High coverage per litre.Usage rate: Approximately 15-30m2 per litre.
Available in 5, 25 and 210 litre sizes.
AdostrikeA high quality concrete mould release oil.
Type Sizes (litres) Usage (m2/litre)
Adostrike 25, 205 20 - 30
Adostrike
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
157
Type Size (litres)
Safetard 5, 25, 210
Adotard MF 5, 25
Safetard
Adotard (Mould Face)Concrete surface retarder.Available in 5, 25 litre sizes.
AdosealAdosealPolyurethane formwork sealer.Available in 1, 5 and 25 litre sizes.
Size (litres)
5, 25, 210
AdoleaseAdoleaseConcrete chemical release agent.Available in 5, 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Sika RugasolRugasol C and Rugasol MH+ Rugasol C is a Surface Retarder liquid for horizontal use, Rugasol MH+ is gel for vertical use.
Type Sizes (litres) Usage (m2/litre)
Rugasol C 25 5 - 10
Rugasol MH+ 25 5 - 10
Rugasol
Sika AdditivesWintermix A winter working admixture for concrete.
AcceleratorChloride free Sika Accelerator cold weather and rapid hardening admixture for mortars andconcretes.
Type Size (litres) Usage (m2/litre)
Sika Additives 5 3 - 6
Sika Additives
Admixtures
Sealants & Fillers158
Sealants & Fillers
Chemcure R75 Resin-Based (75%)Inert resin-based curing membrane which gives 75% efficiency when tested toDOT specification.
Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Chemcure S – Concrete Curing LiquidAn aqueous solution of metallic silicates which when applied to fresh concrete forms a microcrystalline seal in the pores, reducing the evaporation of moisture. Compatible with Silane.Chemcure S is WRAS/WRc approved.
Coverage 5.5-6m2 per litre. Available in 20 and 210 litre sizes.
Chemcure R90 Resin-Based (90%)Inert resin-based curing membrane which gives 90% efficiency when tested toDOT specification.
Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Concrete Curing, Hardening and Sealing
Chemcure R90 Aluminised Resin-Based (90%)90% efficiency as resin-based 90, aluminised to give increased light reflectancyreducing the effect of solar heat.
Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Chemcure R90 WB – Water BasedFormulated with inert hydro carbonation resins which give an excellentfilm and water retention efficiency in excess of 90%, complying withASTM C309.66 and Department of Transport Specification for HighwayWorks Clause 1027.
Coverage 5.5-6m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Curecote Super – Curer/Sealer and HardenerCurecote Super is a clear acrylic polymer resin solution whichimpregnates concrete surfaces to combine all the benefits of curing,hardening and sealing. Curecote Super is a non-degrading andpermanent material.
Coverage: 5-9m2 per litre. Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
159
Adotuf Concrete Surface Hardener and Dustproofer
The application of Adotuf to an existing cement-bound floor will significantly improve theproperties of the floor to render dustproof, oil and grease proof, case hardened, resistant todilute acids, more durable longer lasting and easier to clean.
Surface preparation:Cement bound floors must be sound, clean, dry and free from oils, greases, fats etc. Newfloors require at least 10 days to thoroughly dry out before treatment.
Covering capacity:Depends upon floor but average guide is 8m2 per litre of Adotuf per coat and generally twocoats are required for best results.Available in 5, 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Adocure Sealer
A clear acrylic polymer resin solution primarily for application to surfaces of freshly laidconcrete where it has a double function, firstly to form a highly effective curing membranethat conforms to ASTM. C309, and secondly to act as an in-depth sealer for the hardenedconcrete rendering its surface dustproof and extremely hard wearing. Its secondary functionand benefits are also applicable when the material is applied to existing concrete surfaces.
Benefits:• Cures and seals in one operation saving time and labour.• Ideal for use in fast track construction.• Curing efficiency 75% in accordance with ASTM. C390.• Provides abrasive resistant hard wearing easy-clean surface.• Effective anti-carbonation coating.• Permits bond of most subsequent coatings intended for concrete.
Adocure Sealer PFAvailable in PF grade for Power Floated floors.
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre)
Adocure Sealer 25, 210 6
Adocure Sealer PF 25, 210 6
Adocure Sealer
Ronafloor Concrete Dustproofer
RonaFloor Concrete Dustproofer is a liquid surface hardener and dustproofer for thetreatment of new and old concrete floors. It reduces dusting and wear and enhances theperformance of the floor surface.
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre)
Ronafloor Concrete Dustproofer 16.5, 205 30
Ronafloor Concrete Dustproofer
Sealants & Fillers160
Sealants & Fillers
Adocure WWA white, aqueous silicate solution, designed to deposit alayer of firmly bonded, high cohesive strength, minutecrystals within the top surface of the concrete to form anintegral membrane which fills all surface pores andcapillaries to reduce moisture evaporation. Coverage: 5.5m2 per litre.Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Water retention tests on Adocure WW treated cubes andcontrol cubes stored for 24 hours at 30°C showed thefollowing results.
Adocure WW
Treated (%) Control (%)
Water retention 80.4 54.2
Water retention 78.3 54.8
Water retention 78.9 54.4
Avg. water retention 79.2 54.5
The moisture retaining properties of the Adocure WW will reduce over the first few weeksafter application so that the subsequent application of penetrating treatments will beunaffected.
Adocure StandardResin based curing compound of 75% efficiency. Solution of inert resins in evaporativesolvents for use in general construction projects. WBS listed for drinking water projects.Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Adocure WWTFugitive dye is added to Adocure WW to aid visual identification of areas of application.Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Adocure SuperResin based curing compound of 90% efficiency. Complies with Clause 1027 of theDepartment of Transport’s specification for Highway Works similar to Adocure Standard butwith a higher curing efficiency. WBS listed for drinking water projects.Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
Adocure Super ALAluminised for use in strong sunlight conditions and where DTp stipulate aluminised forhighways, bridges, runways etc.Available in 25 and 210 litre sizes.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
161
Fosroc Concure WBConcure WB is a water based concrete curing compound based on a low viscosity waxemulsion. It is supplied as a white emulsion which forms a clear film on drying.
Type Sizes (litres) Usage (m2/litre)
Concure WB 20, 200 3.5 - 5
Concure WB
Sika DustprooferAn economical ready to use dustproofer and hardener for concrete paths and slabs.
Type Size (litres) Usage (m2/litre)
Sika Dustproofer 5 3 - 6
Dustproofer
Sika HardenersSikafloor CureHard 24 One-component silicate based hardener, dustproofer and curing liquid.
Sikafloor ProSeal Pro One-component economical curing and hardening liquid with low odour.
Sikafloor ProSealOne-component high performance curing, sealing and hardening liquid the original and best.
Sikafloor ProSeal W One-component high efficiency curing, sealing and hardening liquid water based.
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre) Cleaner
Sikafloor CureHard 24 25, 200 10 Water
Sikafloor ProSeal Pro 25, 200 10 Thinner C
Sikafloor ProSeal 25, 200 10 Thinner C
Sikafloor ProSeal 90 25, 200 10 Thinner C
Sikafloor ProSeal W 25, 200 10 Water
Hardeners
Sealants & Fillers162
Sealants & Fillers
weber.tec acrylic sealer (Dust Proofer)A weber.tec acrylic sealer is a low-viscosity, colourless, penetrating sealer. The product is based on a pure acrylic resin in aromatic solvents. Theconcept is to achieve an in-surface seal with no material build-up. Forseverely exposed surfaces, one coat of weber.tec aquapel WR prior to twocoats of weber.tec acrylic sealer is recommended.
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre/coat)
weber.tec acrylic sealer 5, 25 and 200 16
weber.tec acrylic sealer (Dust Proofer)
Brick & Concrete Cleaning MaterialChemclean A specially selected blend of inhibited inorganic acids, ideal for the removal of all cementbased contamination and rust from a wide range of surfaces.
Chemclean is ideal for the easy removal of concrete laitance from plant and equipment.Rust stains are quickly removed from all concrete surfaces. Ideal for descaling and rustremoval from metal components. Excellent for final washing of newly exposed aggregatepanels and ideal for etching concrete prior to application of subsequent treatments.Economical to use, can be diluted with water for many applications.
Available in 5 and 25 litre sizes.
Concrete RemoverCure Chemicals Concrete Remover is designed exclusively to cleanconcrete construction equipment and does not contain any Muriatic,Phosphoric or Citric acids and is therefore non-corrosive. It is safe touse on painted surfaces, aluminium, glass and rubber. It is safe for both human handlingand for the environment. Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover is biologically degradable andcan be discarded in the normal sewage system (EAK 17 09 04).
How it works: Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover contains active substances that break down the moleculesthat bind the cement together with sand and water. Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover is mixed with water to the desired strength and appliedas a foam to the item concerned, using for example, a handheld foamer. The foam shouldbe left to act on the concrete for 20-45 minutes. Then clean off the item thoroughly with ahigh-pressure cleaner or with water and a stiff brush. In cases where there is heavy buildup,the treatment can be repeated. Since the product is not harmful to the environment, it canbe drained directly into the public sewer system (EWC 17 09 04).
Collectively these extra benefits make for optimum utilisation of time and equipment. It isfinancially sound, saving you money as well as preserving your equipment and extending itslife. You can use Cure Chemicals Concrete Remover on hand tools, mixers, scaffolding andaluminium sections.
Available in 5 and 20 litre sizes. Plus Hand Foamer.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Sealants & Fillers
163
AdocleanA specially selected blend of inorganic acids for the removal of cementitious contaminationsand efflorescence from brickwork. Removal of rust staining from concrete.The cleaner can be further diluted depending upon application. In all cases of staining thecause should be identified.
Application Instructions;To remove stains or mortar. Thoroughly saturate the area with water. Apply by brush a 50/50solution of Adoclean and water, scrub lightly with a hard brush followed by rinse of water.Heavy mortar deposits may require repeated applications of Adoclean whilst lightly wirebrushing and rinsing with water. Available in 5 and 25 litre cans.
Brick Cleaner Removes heavy deposits of rust, scale, cement, concrete and mineral deposits from mosthard surfaces. Contains Hydrochloric acid and can be used neat up to 1:20 dilutiondepending on application. Available in 5 and 25 litres.
Janitol Plus A non caustic, high performance degreaser for the effective removal of heavy deposits ofoils, greases and other stubborn soilings. An effective alternative to hazardous solvent andcaustic cleaners. Dilution rate 1:10 to 1:40 depending on application. Available in 5 and 25 litres.
JizerWater rinsable degreaser solvent action removes oil, grease, tar, bitumen and waxes usedneat. Available in 5 and 25 litres.
SprayersSprayers: 8 litre metal, knapsack or 8 litre plastic. All sprayerssold as complete units.
Sprayer for applying release agents and concrete curingcompounds etc.
Formwork Chemical Applicators
CodeDescription Capacity (litre)
Heavy Duty Metal 8
Standard Duty Metal 7.5Plastic 7
Knapsack 14
Sealants & Fillers164
Sealants & Fillers
IMPORTANT: We recommend that cleaning solvent is used with allsprayers and the responsibility for maintenance lies with thepurchaser. We accept no responsibility for badly maintained sprayers.
Spares for SprayersQuality spares readily available to fit sprayers.A telescopic sprayer lance to fit all sprayers. Operatinglength 0.9m-1.5m.
Description
Maintenance Kit for SM8H Sprayer
Maintenance Kit for SP7H Sprayer
Lance and Nozzle Assembly for Sprayer
Nozzle Assembly for SprayerWashers for SM7.5C Sprayer
Telescopic Sprayer Lance
Trigger and Hosetail
Turks Head BrushA fine haired brush for the easy application offormwork chemicals.
Flooring & Tiling
Flooring & Tiling
PRODUCTS PAGE
Ardex 166
Denso 173
Fosroc 173
Ronacrete 175
RIW 177
Sika 177
Weber 180
Industrial Flooring 180
Landscape Products 181
Flooring TreatmentsFrom the simplest floor leveling compoundto very specialist MMA products we canoffer advice and support for your project.We supply products from the leading qualitymanufacturers and carry large stocks forboth commercial and industrial flooringproducts, to include:• High early strength and fast drying
cementitious screeds (for both pump andhand application), leveling compounds,tile adhesives and screed additives.
• Fast curing, high strength, pre-batchedcementitious and resin based repairmortars.
• Synthetic resin flooring, based on epoxy,polyurethane and methacrylate systemsto provide sealers/coatings, high buildcoatings, multi-layer quartz broadcastsystems, flow applied (self-smoothing)flooring, trowel applied screed and heavyduty systems.
• Fully compatible surface DPM andbonding agents for concrete, screeds andresin flooring; along with surfacehardeners, specialist impregnation andpriming systems.
TilingOur tiling products range is based round theleader in innovation Ardex UK. Ardex supplyeverything that the professional tiler would need.
Flooring & Tiling166
Flooring & Tiling
Tile Adhesives Ardex
Ardex X 7 Extremely versatile adhesive for internal/external applications, swimmingpools, etc., suitable for walls and floors.
Ardex X 7 G PlusArdex X 7 G Plus is specifically formulated to have a very high yield perbag (Ceram Research has confirmed approximately 20% more coverageper kg compared to traditional tile adhesives) along with enhancedproperties of adhesion and flexibility. Ideal for fixing fully vitrified orporcelain tiles (internal areas only) and other tiles with low porosity as wellas glass and porcelain mosaics without the need for an admixture.
Ardex X 7 R / X 7 R WUse with all tile types including fully vitrified, porcelain and mosaics. Forinternal and external applications including swimming pools, etc. Suitablefor walls and floors, built-in admix. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked only2 hours after fixing.
Ardex S 16 Grey & White White or grey rapid hardening and drying wall and floor adhesive for fixing ceramic andnatural stone tiles, glass mosaics, porcelain and fully vitrified tiles in internal dry orintermittently damp locations. Can be grouted or trafficked 2-3hours after fixing. Ardex S 16 W is ideal for fixing translucentmarble and glass mosaics.
Ardex S 21For large format tiles. Pourable consistency. May be used tosmooth rough bases and make up screed levels. Forinternal/external applications including swimming pools. Tiles canbe grouted and trafficked 3 hours after fixing.
Ardex X 77 / X 77 WExceptionally long open time. Heavier, larger tiles can be used without slipping. Fibrereinforced, flexible tile adhesive for internal/external use, swimming pools, etc., use with alltile types including fully vitrified, porcelain and mosaics. Suitable for walls and floors, built-inadmix.
Ardex X 78 S / X 78 SWFibre reinforced rapid setting floor tile adhesive. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked 90minutes after fixing. For fixing all types of ceramic floor tiles, mosaics, etc. Its enhancedadhesion properties and easily workable consistency make it ideal for solid bedding fullyvitrified and porcelain large format tiles. For internal/external applications.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Flooring & Tiling
167
Ardex X 77 S / X 77 W SFibre reinforced rapid setting adhesive. Tiles can be grouted and trafficked only 90 minutesafter fixing. Use with all tile types including fully vitrified, porcelain and mosaics. For internaland external applications including swimming pools, etc. Suitable for walls and floors, built-inadmix.
Ardex X 7001 / X 7001 WFibre reinforced pourable adhesive. Specifically designed for fixing all types of floor tiles,including porcelain, to various surfaces including wood-based sheets and boards. Tiles can begrouted and trafficked 2 hours after fixing. Ardex X 7001 W white is ideal for fixing light andtranslucent marble and limestone.
Ardex D 20 Ardex D 20 is a ready mixed adhesive for fixing ceramic tiles and mosaics to all internal wallsin dry or intermittently wet locations, e.g. domestic showers, kitchens and bathrooms. Noprimer required, easy to apply with excellent slump resistance and offers up to 20 minutesopen time and 40 minutes tile adjustability. Tremendous adhesion strength and reliability.
Type Size Coverage
Ardex X 7 11kg, 22kg 1.3kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex X 7 G Plus 18kg 1kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex X 7 R 20kg 1.4kg/m2mm of bed thickness
Ardex S 16 Grey or White 11, 22kg 1.35kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex S 21 22kg 1.8kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex X 77 / X 77 W 20kg 1kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex X 78 S / X 78 SW 20kg 1.2kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex X 77 S 20kg 1.2kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex X 7001 20kg 1.4kg/m2/mm of bed thickness
Ardex D 20 2.5, 5, 10 litre 10m2/10 litres for 1mm bed thickness
Tile Adhesives
Grouts
Ardex C 2 Available in grey, white, limestone, sandstone, beige or anthracite – for joint widths from2mm upwards, suitable for wall and floor tiling in internal/external locations, swimmingpools, etc.
Ardex-Flex FLFor wall and floor tile joints from 3-15mm wide in internal/external locations, includingswimming pools. Built-in admix. Available in 32 colours.
Flooring & Tiling168
Flooring & Tiling
Ardex-Flex FSWater repellent and dirt resistant flexible tile grout for tile joints up to 4mm wide. Easy toapply and clean off, suitable for use in internal/external locations, swimming pools, etc.Suitable for walls and floors. Built-in admix. Available in 32 colours.
Please visit www.ardex.co.uk for a product coverage calculator.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)*
Ardex C 2 5, 11 0.25 - 2
Ardex GK 11 0.25 - 2
Ardex F 4 11 0.25 - 2
Ardex-Flex FL 2.5, 10 0.4 - 2.2
Ardex-Flex FS 2.5, 10 0.25 - 2
*Depending on tile size and joint width
Grouts
Sub Floor SmoothingArdex K 11With Ardex K 11, floorcoverings can be applied the next day, and its rapid hardeningproperties mean that it is walkable in 21⁄2 hours. Ardex K 11 is suitable for use over traces ofadhesive residues, and can be applied from 1.5mm-10mm.
Ardex K 15Especially useful where the installation time of the floor finish must be kept to a minimum,Ardex K 15 can be applied up to 35mm thick with the inclusion of ARDEX Coarse Aggregate.Ardex K 15 is rapid hardening, walkable after 2 hours, and regardless of thickness, floorcoverings can be applied the next day. Suitable for floors with under floor heating.
Ardex K 15 HBRapid hardening and drying pump or hand applied levellingmortar which can be tiled on 4 hours after application. Idealfor interior, fast track tiling.
Ardex A 55Ardex A 55 is extremely quick drying which makes it idealfor areas that require rapid repair and renovation work i.e.hospital wards that need to remain open. The sub-floor isready to receive floor coverings after only 11⁄2 hours andthe adhesive can be applied whilst Ardex A55 is still damp.
ArditexFor over 40 years Arditex has offered unbeatable performance. Partially self-smoothing, floorcoverings can be applied after 4 hours and it is suitable for use over most old adhesiveresidues, and under DPMs.Arditex can be applied up to 30mm with the inclusion of Ardex Coarse Aggregate.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Flooring & Tiling
169
Arditex NA Arditex NA is a self-smoothing, protein free, low odour latex levelling compound. It is usedfor the preparation of cement/sand and concrete screeds, metal, quarry tiles, asphalt flooring(grade 1), granolithic or terrazzo floors, prior to applying the floor tiles. May also be used forpre-smoothing timber floors prior to oversheeting with plywood and can be used under adamp proof membrane, such as Ardex DPM. Also used to encapsulate under-tile heatingcables to concrete, screeds and thermal tilebacking boards.
Type Size Coverage
Ardex K 11 22kg pack 1.6kg/m2/mm
Ardex K 15 22kg bag 1.5kg/m2/mm
Ardex K 15 HB 25kg bag 1.84kg/m2/mm
Ardex A 55 22kg bag 1.5kg/m2/mm
Arditex 4.8kg bottles, 22kg powder 1.9kg of powder/m2/mm
Arditex NA 4.85kg bottles, 20kg powder 1.7kg of powder/m2/mm
Arditex RS 4.8kg bottles, 20kg powder 1.9kg of powder/m2/mm
Arditex RS Plus 4.8kg bottles, 20kg powder 1.7kg of powder/m2/mm
Sub Floor Smoothing
Fast Track Floor ScreedingArdex A 35 Used in place of Portland Cement in cement/sand screeds, Ardex A 35produces a floor screed that can be walked on after 3 hours and is dryenough to receive tiling after 24 hours regardless of thickness. After 1 day the compressive and tensile strengths of an Ardex A 35 screedexceed the acceptable minimum attained by a conventional screed after28 days.
Ardex A 35 MixUnique ready-for-use, rapid drying, pre-blended, screeding and screedrepair mortar that just requires water to produce a screeding mortarwith rapid strength development for receiving tiling after 24 hours,regardless of thickness.
Ardex PSRSA two component epoxy resin designed for strengthening and restoringpoorly compacted and low strength cement/sand screeds. Ensure ArdexPSRS is always keyed with Ardex Fine Aggregate.
Flooring & Tiling170
Flooring & Tiling
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Ardex A 35 25 approx 2.3m2 per 25kg bag for 30mm 1:4 screed
Ardex A 35 Mix 25 approx 1.85kg/m2/mm
Ardex PSRS 10kg two Dependent on porosity component tin and depth of the screed
Fast Track Floor Screeding
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/mm)
Ardex K80 25 1.65
Ardex SD-T B 25 1.87
Fast Track Industrial Topping / Wearing Surface
Fast Track Industrial Topping / Wearing SurfaceArdex K80Ardex K 80 is a cement based compound for resurfacing and levelling existing concrete floorsto give a hard, smooth, flat wearing surface, or as a base suitable for paint and resincoatings.
Ardex SD-T BArdex SD-T B is pre-blended with graded aggregate which gives significant cost savings onfloors that require greater application thicknesses, and is designed to pre-level concretesurfaces prior to applying Ardex K 80.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/mm)
Ardex K 301 25 1.6
Renovation
RenovationArdex K 301A fast setting cost effective solution for smoothing rough ordamaged concrete or cement/sand screeds and is suitablefor internal and external applications prior to tiling. Ardex K 301 is walkable after 2-3 hours and can be tiledonto after 24 hours. Use to level uneven surfaces, such aspaths and patios.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Flooring & Tiling
171
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Ardex AM 100 25 approx 3.2m2 @ 6mm thick
Tiling Renders
Tiling RendersArdex AM 100Specially formulated pre-blended cement/sand render, requiring only the addition of water toproduce a slump free mortar which can be applied 2-20mm and is ready to receive wall tilingonly 2 hours after application.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Ardex P4 8 40m2 per unit on most typical substrates
Ardex P 51 1, 5, 25 up to 100m2 per 5kg bottle diluted 1:3
Ardex P 82 2, 6 approx 30 - 60m2 per 6kg
Ardex E 90 2, 4 4kg per 22kg bag of Ardex X 7 / S 16
Ardex E 101 1, 5 1kg per 11kg bag of Ardex grout
Aggregate / Fine Aggregate 25 1m2 @ 20mm thick
Primers & Admixes
Primers & AdmixesArdex P 4Ardex P 4 Primer is a ready mixed, rapid drying, solvent free primer, it’s consistency has beenoptimised so that dripping and splashes are virtually eliminated. It can be used on internaland external walls, ceilings and floors. It can also be used prior to the installation of floor-levelling compounds.
Ardex P 51Ideal for a wide range of applications, Ardex P51 seals and primes gypsum based plastersand screeds and minimises air bubbles rising through levelling compounds and poroussurfaces. Ardex P 51 provides up to 160m2 per unit and can also be used with Ardex A 35to produce a bonding slurry. Usually brush applied.
Ardex P 82For use on all dense impervious surfaces, including hard flooring grade asphalt, ceramic andquarry tiles and rigid metal sub-floors. Apply by roller or squeegee.
Ardex E 90Mortar admix for use with Ardex cement-based adhesives. Gives elastic and water repellentproperties plus enhanced adhesive strength if fixing to smooth or glazed surfaces.
Ardex E 101Grout admix for Ardex C 2, F 4 and GK cement-based grouts and normal cement/sand groutmortars. For elastic and water repellent tile joints.
AggregateA dry, pre-packed 3mm graded aggregate for use with Ardex sub-floor smoothingcompounds where thick applications are required.
Flooring & Tiling172
Flooring & Tiling
WaterproofingArdex WPCA flexible two-component waterproof coating for use prior totiling in commercial shower situations. Also ideal for use onmoisture sensitive backgrounds prior to tiling. Tiles can beapplied just 90 minutes after application of the second coat.
Ardex DPMA two coat, colour coded, fast curing product ideal for use onvery porous substrates to prevent pinholing. Canaccommodate Hygrometer readings up to 98% RH.
Ardex DPM 1 CProvides a surface damp proof membrane and barrier to risingground moisture. Easy to apply, one coat application thatguarantees the early laying of all floor coverings and canaccommodate Hygrometer readings up to 98% RH and hasexcellent resistance to water, grease, oil etc.
Ardex DPM 1 C RapidA rapid drying, one coat DPM that can be overcoated after 4hours making it ideal for fast track installations. Ardex DPM 1C R can accommodate Hygrometer readings up to 98% RHand has excellent resistance to water, grease, oil etc.
Type Size Coverage
Ardex WPC 5kg bottle 6.6m2 per pack, giving 0.8mm 5kg bag pack coating (2 coats)
Ardex DPM 6kg two component tins 4m2 per kg
25kg pre-gauged plastic containers
Ardex DPM 1 C 6kg and 10kg Approx 1.8m2 per kg i.e. one 10kg unittwo-component tins will cover approximately betweenor 25kg pre-gauged 18 and 25m2 depending onplastic containers application thickness
Ardex DPM 1 C R 6kg and 10kg 2.5m2/kg at 250 microns,two-component tins 1.8m2/kg at 350 microns
Waterproofing
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Flooring & Tiling
173
Sylglas Anti-Slip Tape Denso
A self adhesive slip resistant tape for paths steps and slippery areas. Roll size 50mm x 3m.
Febond SBRBonding and waterproofing admixture to add to screeds, renders andrepair mortar mixes.Available in 5 litre and 25 litres.
NitoflorFosroc
Nitoflor FC130 High performance water dispersed epoxy resin floor coatingfor use where resistance to oils and liquids is required. Suitablefor use on walls and floors in warehouses, garages, lightindustrial and food processing areas, kitchens and other areasof pedestrian and light vehiclular traffic.
Nitoflor FC140 High performance solvent based epoxy resin floor coating foruse where high chemical resistance is required. Suitable foruse in production assembly areas, workshops, dairies,softdrinks and bottling plants, breweries, kitchens, plating shops,processing plants, dye works etc.A fine textured non–slip finish can be achieved with theaddition of nonslip grains to FC130/140.
Flooring & Tiling174
Flooring & Tiling
Nitoflor LithurinHardener and dustproofing compound for concrete surfaces.Typical applications include industrial floors, lightengineering works, warehouses, abbatoirs, car parks, dams,reservoirs, tanks, silos and flues. Nitoflor Lithurin is a white,soluble, crystalline powder. When mixed with water andapplied to the floor, the solution penetrates the concretereacting with lime and other soluble particles to form granitehard crystals, leaving a permanent, hard wearing and dustfree surface.
Nitoflor Hardtop S‘Dry-shake’ floor hardener for new concrete floors. Nitoflor Hardtop S is a ready-to-use factory blended powder that is easily trowelled into fresh concrete and cures to provide adense, non porous surface which is extremely hard wearing and abrasion resistant. Ideal forindustrial areas with heavy traffic, e.g. power stations, agricultural buildings, warehouses andloading bays.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Nitoflor FC130 5 35 - 40m2 pack per coat
Nitoflor FC140 5 35 - 40m2 pack per coat
with nonslip grains – 24 - 30m2 pack per coat
Nitoflor Lithurin 15 1 coat application 200m2
2 coats 150m2
Nitoflor Hardtop S 25 5kg/m2
Nitoflor
CemtopCemtop S A self-smoothing cementitious underlayment for a widevariety of floor finishes, e.g. tiles, carpets and vinyl sheeting.Suitable for residential and commercial buildings, for newconstruction or refurbishment projects.
Cemtop GP30 A general purpose cementitious floor levellingcompound/underlayment for the preparation of floorsurfaces before the application of tiles, carpet, vinyl, etc.
Cemtop GP12 A medium-duty cementitious floor surfacing system suitable for use in areas which will besubject to foot traffic or light commercial use. Also suitable for use as a heavy dutyunderlayment for the preparation of floor surfaces before the application of tiles, carpet,vinyl, etc.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Flooring & Tiling
175
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Cemtop Range 25 1.7kg/m2/mm thick
Cemtop
Cemtop XD A heavy-duty highly abrasion resistant cementitious floor surfacing system for thereinstatement of industrial floor surfaces.
RonacreteRonafixA floor screed admixture for thin levelling and heavy duty wearing screeds and floor repairs.BBA Approved. For sizes and mix designs refer to Mix Design table on page 137.
Ronascreed DB Fastfloor Self smoothing cementitious floor screed supplied in two grades; Base which is used as anunderlayment and Topping which gives a high strength industrial wearing surface. Foot trafficafter 3 hours.
Type Size Coverage
Base 25kg 13.6 litres
Topping 25kg 14.2 litres
Primer 5, 25 litres 0.3 litres/m2 as both primer and sealer
Ronascreed DB Fastfloor
Flooring & Tiling176
Flooring & Tiling
Ronadeck Fast GripRonadeck Fast GripThe Ronadeck Fast Grip system combines a fast curing resin with natural aggregates to givethe look and feel of loose stones and gravel but without the inherent mess. The appliedsurface is safe, slip resistant "non-slip" and decorative. Can be used for pedestrian, industrialand traffic areas giving excellent grip in a variety of colours and texture.
Fast Grip StandardAn ultra rapid curing, self priming, 2 hour to traffic adhesive which is applied to preparedsurfaces prior to blinding with natural or pigmented aggregates.
Seal Coat UVA coating giving increased chemical protection and easier cleaning with UV light stability.
Seal Coat LSA coating giving increased chemical protection and easier cleaning.
Metal PrimerA primer for metal substrates.
Fast Grip XP5 ResinA fast curing solvent free polyurethane 5 hour to traffic adhesive which is applied toprepared surfaces prior to blinding with natural or pigmented aggregates. Ideal forapplication in warmer temperatures.
Fast XP5 PrimerPrimer for above XP resin.
Ronadeck AggregatesA range of coloured aggregates for the Fast Grip system.
Type Size Coverage*
Fast Grip Standard Resin 1.95, 7.5, 20kg 1.0 - 1.8kg/m2*
Fast Grip Seal Coat UV 5, 25 litre 3 - 11m2/litre/coat
Fast Grip XP5 Resin 1.97, 9.5, 19kg 0.8 - 1.5kg/m2*
Fast Grip Metal Primer 5 litre 4 - 4.5m2/litre*Depending on aggregate.
Ronadeck Fast Grip
RonaFloor HB200RonaFloor HB200 is a solvent free high build epoxy resinfloor coating for use on concrete, screeded andgranolithic floors. It provides excellent abrasion andchemical resistance for floors subject to constant traffic.Two coats will provide an easy to clean gloss finish andachieve a dry film thickness of 400 microns.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Flooring & Tiling
177
RonaFloor EWB RonaFloor EWB is a water based epoxy resin coating for use on concrete, screeded andgranolithic floors. It has good adhesion to a wide variety of substrate to produce a tough,hard wearing floor finish in a range of colours.
Type Size Coverage
RonaFloor HB200 5kg, 10kg and 20kg 15m2 per pack per coat - norm 2 coat application
RonaFloor HB200
Type Size Coverage
RonaFloor EWB 5kg, 10kg and 20kg 15m2 per pack per coat - norm 2 coat application
RonaFloor EWB
RIW Tilesafe Kit RIW
RIW Tilesafe Kit comprises of a self-adhesive, cold applied, waterproof membrane whichconsists of a thick rubberised waterproof layer, incorporating a woven glass fibre on oneside. It has been developed for use prior to the application of ceramic tiles, which are appliedusing a conventional adhesive which keys to the mesh. To prevent water penetrationsthrough ceramic tiles in bath/shower room, kitchens and other wet areas.
Type Size
Matting 10m2
Primer 1 litre
Mastic cartridge 310ml
Putty 1⁄2kg
Reinforcing Tape 150mm x 15m
Tilesafe Kit
SikaCem 810Sika
SikaCem 810 is a patented one-component water based acrylate bonding agent and integralmortar admixture. When diluted it produces a gauging solution for improving cementitiousmixes. It should be added to water then mixed with cement and sand/aggregate to produce:Bond coat/slurry, Pourable micro concrete, Renders, Screeds with enhanced mechanicalproperties. Available in 25 litres.
Sikafloor-2 SynTopOne-component synthetic aggregate based dry shake hardener for concrete floors formallyArmorex Armorshield.
Type Size (kg) Yield per pack (m2)
Sikafloor-1 MetalTop 25 3.6
Sikafloor-2 SynTop 25 5Some dry shakes can also be obtained in 1500kg bags.
Sika Dryshakes
Sikafloor-156Sikafloor-156 is a two-part, low viscosity, solvent free epoxy resin for priming concretesubstrates, cement screeds and epoxy mortars.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
Sikafloor-156 2.5, 10 0.3 - 0.4kg/m2
Sikafloor-156
Sikafloor-264Sikafloor-261 is a two-part multi purpose binder based on epoxy resin. Due to its low viscosity,highly filled self-smoothing and broadcast systems as well as textured coatings, mortar screedsand seal coats can be produced.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Sikafloor-264 10 Roller coat 0.3kg/m2/coat
Sikafloor-264
Sikafloor-2530WSikafloor-2530W is a two-part solvent free coloured water dispersed easily applied epoxy coating.Can be subjected to normal up to medium heavy mechanical and chemical loading.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/coat)
Sikafloor-2530W 6, 18 0.2 - 0.3
Sikafloor-2530W
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Flooring & Tiling
179
Sikafloor EpoCem Sikafloor-81 EpoCem
Sikafloor-81 EpoCem is a three-part, epoxy modified cementitious, fine textured mortar for self smoothing floor screeds in thin layers of 1.5 to 3mm. Use 2mm as a damp proofmembrane or for fast track floor application onto newer concrete, use primer Sikafloor 155W.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/mm)
Sikafloor-81 EpoCem 23 2.25
Sikafloor EpoCem
SikaBondSikaBond T2High performance one-part elastic bonding polyurerthane adhesive for the ‘Liquid battern’system of fixing solid wood flooring.
SikaBond T54High build one-part trowel grade polyurethane elastic timber flooring adhesive for bondingsolid wood flooring aplication by notched trowel.
Type Size Coverage
SikaBond T2 310cc 1 x 310cc cartridge per m2
SikaBond T54 13kg minimum 0.6 - 1kg per m2
SikaBond
Sika DustprooferAn economical ready to use dustproofer and hardener for concrete paths and slabs.
Type Size (litres) Usage (m2/litre)
Sika Dustproofer 5 3 - 6
Sika Dustproofer
Sika HardenersSikafloor CureHard 24 One-component silicate based hardener, Dustproofer and curing liquid.
Sikafloor ProSeal Pro One-component economical curing and hardening liquid with low odour.
Sikafloor ProSealOne-component high performance curing, sealing and hardening liquid the original and best.
Sikafloor ProSeal W One-component high efficiency curing, sealing and hardening liquid water based.
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre) Cleaner
Sikafloor CureHard 24 25, 200 10 Water
Sikafloor ProSeal Pro 25, 200 10 Thinner C
Sikafloor ProSeal 25, 200 10 Thinner C
Sikafloor ProSeal 90 25, 200 10 Thinner C
Sikafloor ProSeal W 25, 200 10 Water
Sika Hardeners
Weber
weber.tec acrylic sealer (Dust Proofer)
weber.tec acrylic sealer is a low-viscosity, colourless,penetrating sealer. The product is based on a pure acrylic resinin aromatic solvents. The concept is to achieve an in-surfaceseal with no material build-up. For severely exposed surfaces,one-coat of weber.tec aquapel WR prior to two coats ofweber.tec acrylic sealer is recommended.
Type Size Coverage
weber.tec acrylic sealer 5, 25 and 200 litre 4-8m2 per litre in 2 coatsnon-returnable drums
weber.tec Acrylic Sealer (Dust Proofer)
Industrial FlooringA full range of products & systems are available within each of the listed generic groups. Forspecific information and guidelines, in accordance with individual requirements, pleaseconsult your local Branch.
Ronadeck Resin Bonded Surfacing Winter Grade is a fastcuring resin bonded aggregate surfacing systems forproviding hardwearing slip resistant decorative flooring forfoot, vehicle and heavier traffic. They create the look ofnatural aggregate without the mess of loose gravel.
Geofix
GeofixUsed for the permanent filling of wide joints (>5mm) in external paving and stone surfaces.Available in Buff and Mid-Grey.
Type Size (kg) Usage
Geofix 10, 20 Usage depends on joint size
Sika Block Paving SealEnhances the appearance and provides long lasting protection for block paving, patio slabsand concrete. Protects against weather damage prevents fungal growth and is oil and fuelresistant. Normally requires 2 coats, 5 litre 5-8m2 per coat.
Ronadeck Tree Pit System is a UV Stable, clean, naturalaggregate finish surround for planted trees in public andprivate areas.
Tree pit aggregates available in various colours in 25kg packsize Ronadeck Tree Pit Fine Aggregate in 5kg pack size.
Type Size (kg) Yield (m2)
Ronadeck Tree Pit System 1.5, 6 0.33m2 @ 50mm
Ronadeck Tree Pit
Flooring & Tiling182
Flooring & Tiling
Sika PaveFix PlusSika PaveFix Plus is a ready to use, one-component self-settingjointing compound that gives perfect pointing for paving,paths & patios, suitable for wide joint paving and block sets.Available in Buff and Grey.
Type Size Coverage
PaveFix 7.5, 15kg buckets 12.5m2 paving* per 15kg
*Theoretical consumption based on 450mm x 450mm slabs with the joints
sealed on a ratio of 6mm wide x 25mm deep joints.
Sika PaveFix Plus
Sika Resiblock
Sika Resiblock Superior and Superior NaturalThe original Paving block sealer with no oil stains guarantee, suitablefor new or existing concrete. Resiblock Superior prevents oil diesel andfood staining plus the loss of jointing sand from power washing orthe effect of the weather. It eliminates weeds, grass and ants nestsand enhances appearance, protecting surfaces, binds jointing sands toblocks.
Resiblock Superior provides a gloss finish. Resiblock Superior Natural provides a natural matt finish.
Type Size (litres) Coverage
Superior 5, 25 1st coat = 3m2 per litre, 2nd coat = 6m2 per litre
Superior Natural 5, 25 1st coat = 2m2 per litre, 2nd coat = 4m2 per litre
Sika PatioSeal
Sika PatioSealSealer and appearance enhancer for new and recently cleaned paving.
Type Size Coverage
PatioSeal 5 5 - 6m2 per litre
Concrete Repair & Protection
Conrete Repair & Protection
As distributors for the largestmanufacturers in the concrete repairmarket SIG Construction Accessoriescan offer the solution to all your repairproblems. From large scale renovationsand structures, to restoring kerbs andjoint arises, SIG ConstructionAccessories will have a product orsystem to do the job.
Our range includes:• Primers & steel protection.• Cementitious repair mortars.• Resin repair mortars.• Crack injection and stitching
ArdexArdex A 45 - Internal Repair MortarArdex Ardurapid A 45 is ideal for the rapid repair of internalconcrete, screeds, renders and concrete steps, it can also beused to form ramps, fill cracks and make good aroundfittings and pipework. Ardex Ardurapid A 45 receives finishesafter 90 minutes regardless of thickness and is slump free,making it ideal for vertical and horizontal repairs.
Ardex A 46 - External & Internal Repair MortarArdex A 46 is a slump free repair and patch mortar whichcan be used for both internal and external repairs to stair treads and risers. It is also ideal forinfilling holes around fittings and for patch work on wall and floor areas. Ardex A 46 hasrapid hardening properties that mean it is walkable in just 2-3 hours, as well as beingsuitable for use below a DPM.
Ardex PSRSA two component epoxy resin designed for strengtheningand restoring poorly compacted and low strengthcement/sand screeds. Ensure Ardex PSRS is always keyedwith Ardex Fine Aggregate.
Ardex K 301A fast setting cost effective solution for smoothing rough ordamaged concrete or cement/sand screeds and is suitable forinternal and external applications prior to tiling. ARDEX K 301is walkable after 2-3 hours and can be tiled onto after 24hours. Use to level uneven surfaces, such as paths and patios.
Ardex A 35Used in place of Portland Cement in cement/sand screeds,Ardex A 35 produces a floor screed that can be walked onafter 3 hours and is dry enough to receive tiling after 24hours regardless of thickness. After 1 day the compressiveand tensile strengths of an Ardex A 35 screed exceed theacceptable minimum attained by a conventional screed after28 days.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
185
Type Size Coverage
Ardex A 45 11kg bags 7 litres per bag
Ardex A 46 11kg 8 litres per bag
Ardex PSRS 10kg two Dependent on porositycomponent tin and depth of the screed
Ardex K 301 25kg bag 1.6kg/m2/mm i.e. approx 7.8m2 @ 2mm thickness/25kg bag
Ardex A 35 25kg approx 2.3m2 per 25kg bag for 30mm 1:4 screed
Ardex A 35 Mix 25kg approx 1.85kg/m2/mm
Concrete Repair Mortar
Emaco T545BASF
Emaco T545 is a specially formulated repair mortar, based on magnesia-phosphate cementpre-mixed with selected aggregates, which gives controlled, extremely high early strengths intemperatures ranging from -20°C (or lower) up to over 30°C, making it particularly useful incold store applications.
It provides a repair material for concrete slabs which reaches an adequate strength fortrafficking, or other use, at a very early age. It is also suitable for use as a repair medium atlow ambient temperatures. Used for thicknesses above 20mm only, for depths of 30mm andabove up to 10kg of 10mm single sized coarse aggregate may be added.
Emaco® Nanocrete R2Universal, fast setting, polymer modified, fibre reinforced repair and levelling mortar Emaco®
Nanocrete R2 is a universal, single component, polymer modified, fast setting, repair,reprofiling and levelling mortar.
Emaco® Nanocrete R2 is a ready-to-use material that contains special cements, well gradedsands, carefully selected polymers and fibres to reduce shrinkage and improve physical andapplication properties.
When mixed with water, it forms a mortar with an exceptional wide range of applications.Emaco® Naoncrete R2 can easily be hand and trowel applied in thicknesses from 3 up to 100mm.
Emaco® Nanocrete R3Lightweight, polymer modified, fibre reinforced, structural repair mortar Emaco® NanocreteR3 is a single component, lightweight, polymer modified, high build structural repair mortar.
Emaco® Nanocrete R3 is a ready-to-use material that contains Portland cement, well gradedsands, specially selected polymer fibres and additives.
Applied nanotechnology has been used to significantly reduce shrinkage.
Conrete Repair & Protection186
Concrete Repair & Protection
Emaco® Nanocrete R3 has been specifically formulated to produce a mortar with thecompressive strength and modulus characteristics defined in class R3 of EN 1504 part 3.
When mixed with water, it forms a highly thixotropic mortar that can easily be hand, trowelor spray applied in thicknesses up to 75mm in one layer. It is particularly suited to verticaland overhead work where hand-profiling is required.
Nanocrete R4 is a single component, extra high-strength, high modulus, shrinkagecompensated structural repair mortar that meets the requirements of the new EuropeanNorm EN 1504 part 3 class R4.
Emaco® Nanocrete R4 is a ready-to-use material that contains Portland cement, well gradedsands, specially selected polymer fibres and special additives to significantly reduce the riskand incidence of shrinkage cracking.
When mixed with water, it forms a highly thixotropic mortar that can easily be spray ortrowel applied.
Emaco® Nanocrete APSingle component, cement based, multi-use, bonding and active protective primer Emaco®
Nanocrete AP active primer, not only reinstates a high pH environment it also contains activecorrosion inhibiting additives for the protection of reinforcement steel. It can also be used asan adhesive bonding slurry for subsequent repair mortars.
Emaco® Nanocrete AP is a ready-to-use material that contains portland cement, well gradedfine fillers, redispersible powder and special additives.
When mixed with water, it forms a slurry that can be applied by brush to the clean exposedreinforcement, or directly on the dampened, prepared concrete substrate when used as abonding coat.
Type Size (kg)
Bond-it SBR 5, 25
Bond-it SBR
Bond-it SBRBonding and waterproofing admixture to add to screeds, rendersand repair mortar mixes.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
187
FlexcreteSteel Reinforcement Protector 841 Economic, polymer cement coating to passivate and protectsteel reinforcement. Supplied with a convenient mixing kit.BBA certified and CE Marked in compliance with EN1504-7.
MonoliteLow density, high yield, shrinkage compensated, polymermodified cosmetic repair mortar for concrete, brick or stone. Single component cementitiousformulation, no primer required, simply mixed with water and easily applied in single layers up to100mm. Particularly suitable for vertical and overhead use. CE Marked Class R2 to EN1504-3.
MonomixMedium density, multi-purpose structural grade polymer modified mortar based on Portlandcement and benefitting from shrinkage compensation and fibre reinforcement. No primerrequired other than saturation of substrate. Simply mix with water and apply by hand or trowelto achieve 80mm build even overhead. Special spray grade available. Totally waterproof under a100m hydrostatic head and has DWI Reg 31 approval. BBA Certified and CE Marked Class R3 toEN1504-3.
Monomix HDHeavy duty, high strength polymer modified mortar which is suited for durable structural repairsas well as heavily trafficked areas. No primer required, simply mix with water. High build, up to80mm in a single layer even when used overhead. Compliant with Highways Agency StandardBD27/86, and CE Marked Class R4 to EN1504-3.
FastfillUltra high strength, rapid curing, single component, polymer modified, Portland cement basedmortar giving fast return to service. Shrinkage compensated and fibre reinforced for use inheavy wear applications including industrial floors, runways, roadways and footpaths as wellareas subject to early immersion. No primer required, simply mix with water. Used from 5mm orup to 300mm when bulked out with aggregate for filling of large voids or for beddingapplications. DWI Reg 31 Approved for use in contact with drinking water, compliant withHighways Agency Standard BD27/86, BBA certified and CE Marked Class R4 to EN 1504-3.
MonolevelSingle component, polymer modified mortars for renderingand reprofiling of in-situ and pre-cast concrete and brickworkto produce a high quality, decorative engineering finish.Mixed with water on-site and applied by spray, trowel or bagrubbing techniques. Uses include fairing coats to fill minorvoids and defects on new and existing structures (MonolevelFC Class R2 EN 1504-3), waterproofing of basements andwater tanks including drinking water structures (Monolevel844SP Class R4 to EN 1504-3) and waterproof externalrendering of brick and blockwork (Monolevel RM).
Cementitous Coating 851Twin component, polymer modified cementitious coating which produces a flexible, highlyalkaline film for waterproofing and protecting new and existing structures. It is particularlyeffective at reinstating concrete cover - 2mm is equal to 100mm of concrete cover. It is fullywaterproof against positive and negative pressure, proven under a 100 metre hydrostatic headand protects concrete from the ingress of carbon dioxide and chloride ions (including de-icingsalts). It has excellent freeze thaw resistance and can also be used on brickwork and blockwork.Spray or brush applied, uses include potable water containment (DWI Reg 31 Approved),basement waterproofing and chloride protection for marine and highway structures. BBAcertified and CE Marked in compliance with EN 1504-2.
Other EN 1504-2 certified cementitious coatings include Cemprotec Elastic for crackedconcrete, Cemprotec E-Floor for high performance deck protection andCemprotec E942 in areas where enhanced chemical resistance is required.
Monodex RangeTechnically advanced, low VOC, weatherproof anti-carbonation coatingswhich are independently tested to confirm equivalent protection to anextra 500mm of concrete cover. Applied over Bond-Prime in two coats,Monodex Ultra has a 10 year design life with Monodex Smoothextending to 15 years. Available in an attractive range of colours toproduce a durable, decorative finish which is equally suited for repairedstructures or in new construction.
Conrete Repair & Protection188
Concrete Repair & Protection
Type Size (kg) Yield (litres) Coverage
Steel Reinforcement 5 kg 2.8 45 linear metres of 10mm barProtector 841
Monolite 20 kg 18.5 1.85m² @ 10mm thickness
Monomix 25 kg 16.5 1.65m² @ 10mm thickness
Monomix HD 25 kg 13.1 1.31m² @ 10mm thickness
Fastfill 25 kg 13.3 1.33m² @ 10mm thickness
Monolevel FC 25 kg 15 5m² @ 3mm thickness
Monolevel 844SP 25 kg 15 5m² @ 3mm thickness
Monolevel RM 25 kg 14 1.4m² @ 10mm thickness
Cementitious Coating 851 30 kg 16.67 8.33m²/30kg @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec Elastic 30kg 18.8 9.4m² @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec E-Floor 30kg 16.2 8.1m² @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec E-Floor HB 30kg 15 5m² @ 3mm thickness
Cemprotec E-942 30kg 16.2 8.1m² @ 2mm thickness
Cemprotec EF Primer 5L & 25L 5 & 25 3-10m² per litre
Bond Prime 5L & 25L 5 & 25 5m² per litre
Monodex Ultra 15L 15L 37.5m² per pack
Monodex Smooth 15L 15L 37.5m² per packAll single component Flexcrete mortars require only the addition of clean water. Packs can be spliton site for mixing by volume for economic use.
Flexcrete Concrete Repair and Protection
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
189
FosrocFosroc offers a comprehensive range of concrete repair products. The range includescementitious repair mortars, epoxy mortars, coatings and crack injection systems. From smallpatch repairs to complete concrete rehabilitation, Fosroc has the solution to suit any job.
RenderocCementitious Repair MortarsFosroc’s cementitious repair systems include the world-renowned Renderoc mortars. Theseare pre-bagged, single component products available in various grades depending on theapplication.
Renderoc GP General purpose concrete reinstatement mortar which can also be used as a render as wellas all types of patch repairs. It can be applied up to 20mm thick in overhead and 30mm invertical sections. In horizontal applications 100mm thickness can be obtained.
Renderoc HB Single component lightweight fibre and polymer modified concrete reinstatement mortar forhigh build applications. Renderoc HB can be applied up to 80mm thick in vertical and 50mmin overhead work without the use of formwork. Thicker sections can be achieved by use ofuse of formwork or built up in layers. Thickness range 10mm-50mm.
Renderoc S Structural grade polymer modified concrete reinstatement mortar. Used for repairs of largeareas of concrete and for localised patch repairs. The application range is 5-10mm in verticaland 5-100mm in horizontal situations.
Renderoc LA Single component free-flowing low alkali micro-concrete. The product is highly fluid andobviates the need for compaction and vibration where access is restricted or reinforcementcongested. Renderoc LA is ideal for the reinstatement of large structural sections of concrete.
Renderoc LA55Low alkali, high performance micro-concrete for the reinstatement of large, structuralsections of concrete. Renderoc LA55 is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.
Renderoc DS Polymer modified dry spray repair mortar. DS is designed for large area repairs such asbridges, tunnels, retaining walls, dams etc. Complies with DTp specification series 1700.
Renderoc HB25High performance lightweight concrete repair mortar designed for overhead/soffit repairs. Itcan also be used for non-structural column repairs and where deep pocket repairs arerequired in one application. Renderoc HB25 is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461. Thicknessrange up to 80mm vertical and 60mm overhead.
Conrete Repair & Protection190
Concrete Repair & Protection
Renderoc RP252Cementitious mortar for re-profiling concrete structures. It can be used either to produce afair-faced finish in preparation for a protective coating (see Dekguard range) or as aprotective mortar layer. Renderoc RP252 can also be used to render large sections ofconcrete. Renderoc RP252 is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.
Renderoc FCCementitious fairing coat for filling blowholes prior to coating. It is designed for vertical andoverhead use to infill honeycombing and voids up to 3mm deep in the surface of concrete.Renderoc FC must be overcoated. Renderoc FC is BBA accreditied, cert no. 98/3461.
Type Size Coverage
Renderoc GP 25kg bag 1.6m2 @ 10mm thickness
Renderoc HB 18kg bag 1.5m2 @ 10mm thickness
Renderoc S 25kg bag 1.2m2 @ 10mm thickness
Renderoc LA 25kg bag Approximately 12 litres/25kg bag
Renderoc LA55 25kg bag Approximately 12 litres/25kg bag
Renderoc DS 25kg bag 2m2 @ 10mm thickness
Renderoc HB25 18kg bag Approximately 1.5m2 @ 10mm thickness
Renderoc HB40 25kg bag Approximately 1.5m2 @ 10mm thickness
Renderoc RP252 Kit 3.4 litre liquid Approximately 2.4m2 @ 5mm thickness+ 20kg bag
Renderoc FC 25kg bags 5m2 @ 3mm thickness
Renderoc
NitocoteNitocote EP403Nitocote EP403 is a damp-tolerant protective coating for concrete and mild steel. The cured filmis corrosion, chemical and abrasion resistant and is suitable for application to sewage works,marine environments, basements and tunnels. It is particularly useful where concrete surfaces aredamp and cannot be dried out.
Nitocote EP405Nitocote EP405 is a solvent-free epoxy resin coating used for lining and waterproofing potablewater retaining structures and surfaces subject to contact with foodstuffs. The cured film iscorrosion, chemical and abrasion resistant and is suitable for application to tanks, silos, reservoirs,water treatment works, breweries, dairies and meat and food processing plants. Nitocote EP 405is a WRAS approved product. Available in two colours, blue and white.
Nitocote EP410Nitocote EP410 is a solvent-free epoxy resin coating with high chemical resistance. It is used toprotect to concrete and steel structures in aggressive chemical immersion conditions. Thematerial is particularly suitable for applications in process plants and sewage works.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
191
Nitocote SN502Nitocote SN502 is a high performance silane-siloxane treatment for concrete and masonry. Itis used to protect concrete structures from attack by chloride ions and water. SN502 issuitable for all types of structures, including those in coastal areas.
Nitocote SN511Nitocote SN511 is a high performance water repellant treatment specifically used forprotecting reinforced concrete roads and bridges. SN511 is DTp specified and protectsconcrete from water and chloride ingress whilst still allowing it to breathe.
Type Size Coverage
Nitocote EP403 2.5kg packs (1.5 litres) 3m2 per kg per coat (5m2 per litre)
Nitocote EP405 2.5kg packs (1.5 litres) 3m2 per kg per coat (5m2 per litre)
Nitocote EP410 5.6kg packs 15.68m2
Nitocote SN502 25, 200 litre containers 5m2 per litre per coat
Nitocote SN511 25 litre container 0.3 litres/m2 per coat (minimum)
Nitocote
GalvafroidGalvafroid is an anti-rust coating for iron and steel. It is cold-applied by brush or roller and isused for the protection of structural steelwork, agricultural and construction plant, gates,railings, iron pipework and in-situ weldings. Galvafroid is grey in colour and can be used as aself-finish or as a durable anti-rust coating beneath selected top coats.
Type Size Coverage
Galvafroid 400ml tins 16m2/litre when used as a primer800ml tins 8m2/litre when used as a self-finish1.9 litre tin
Galvafroid
PaverocReinstatement mortar for large area repairs of concretepavements and floors to avoid the total replacement ofbays. Can be used internally or externally in thicknessesbetween 12mm and 100mm in a single application. Primerfor Paveroc is Nitobond EP.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Paveroc 25 0.9m2 @ 12mm thickness
Nitobond EP 2.5, 4.5 2m2 per kg
Paveroc
Conrete Repair & Protection192
Concrete Repair & Protection
Patchroc GPEmergency Fast Setting repair mortar for concretepavements and floors can accept traffic in 2hrs. Foruse at depths from 12mm to 100mm in a singleapplication and a maximum bay size of 4m2. Primedwith Nitobond AR for pedestrian traffic andNitobond EP for vehicular.
Type Size Coverage
Patchroc GP 25kg bag 1m2 @ 12mm thickness
Nitobond AR 5, 25 litre 6-8m2 per litre
Nitobond EP 2.5, 4.5kg 2m2 per kg
Patchroc GP
NitomortarResin Repair MortarsFosroc has a range of epoxy and polyester reinstatement mortars for jobs where highstrength is required quickly. These include:
Nitomortar HB Lightweight chemical resistant epoxy mortar for vertical and overhead applications, thicknessrange 10mm–50mm.
Nitomortar SHigh strength, chemical resistant epoxy mortar, ideal for industrial floors, tanks and sea walls,thickness range 5mm–50mm.
Nitomortar FCEpoxy fairing coat for filling blowholes and surface preparation. Chemical resistant.
Nitomortar PE and PE ConcreteMulti-purpose, rapid setting polyester mortar for precast units and universal repair,particularly kerbs. Nitomortar PE is the standard material for general purpose use andNitomortar PE Concrete is a special grade allowing users to add suitable aggregate, therebysubstantially reducing the cost of infilling larger voids. Both grades are chemical resistant.
Expocrete UAEpoxy repair mortar for underwater applications and reinstating structures exposed to heavybattering from the sea. Minimum thickness 3mm.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
193
Type Size Coverage
Nitomortar HB 2.9, 9.3kg 2.5, 8 litres
Nitomortar S 5, 16kg 2.5, 8 litres
Nitomortar FC 1kg 0.6 litres
Nitomortar PE 14kg 7.5 litres
Nitomortar PE Concrete 11kg 15 to 27.5 litres
Expocrete UA 1.5 litre packs 1 litre/m2 per mm thickness
Yield: Typically 10 litres of product will yield 1m2 @ 10mm thickness.
Epoxy Repair Mortars
NitokitCrack InjectionFosroc supplies crack injection systems for minor concrete repairs, ideal for in-situ or precastconcrete. These are available as pre-packaged kits for fast and easy application or asstandalone injection grouts for bespoke repair.
Nitokit LVPre-packaged, low viscosity epoxy crack injection resin, suitable for cracks down to 0.2mm atsurface or tapering down to 0.01mm.
Nitokit THPre-packaged, thixotropic epoxy crack injection resin, suitable for open-ended cracks wheredepth and quantity needs to be controlled.
The Nitokit systems are ideal for small scale repairs on and are also suitable for the insitu orprecast concrete elements.
NitofilNitofil LVLow viscosity epoxy resin injection grout for cracks between0.25mm and 9mm where both sides of the crack can besealed against resin drainage.
Nitofil THThixotropic epoxy resin injection grout for cracks between0.5mm and 9mm where both sides of the crack cannot becompletely sealed.
Type Size (litre)
Nitofil LV 1.5
Nitofil TH 1
Nitofil LV / TH
Fosroc Primers and Bonding AgentsNitobond ARCuring membrane for Renderoc system and primer for Renderoc S andPatchroc GP.
Nitobond HARConcrete bonding agent, used as primer for Renderoc HB, HB25, HB40and GP.
Nitobond SBRAdditive for improving mortars for waterproofing repairs. Also used asa bonding agent for slip bricks, ceramic tiles etc.
Nitobond EP Standard / SlowsetUsed for bonding old to new concrete. Also primer for Patchroc/ Paveroc and Renderoc cementitious systems.
Nitoprime Zincrich PlusEpoxy zinc primer used as anti-corrosion coating for exposedsteel reinforcement in concrete repairs.
Nitoprime Zincrich Plus 800ml, 1.9 litre 7.4m2 per litre
* HAR/AR as primers, usage varies in other applications.
Primers and bonding agents
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
195
Fosroc CoatingsFosroc's durable and attractive coatings are designed toperform in harsh environments and are chemical, abrasionand carbonation resistant.
Dekguard WDekguard W water-based coloured coating protectsexposed reinforced concrete structures, cementitioussubstrates and masonry from aggressive elements,weathering and rain. It is suitable for use on all types ofstructures, including those in coastal environments.Available in a wide range of colours. Dekguard W is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.
Dekguard SDekguard S is a high performance coating for exposed concrete and masonry that providesoutstanding resistance to aggressive elements, UV light and rain. Available in a wide rangeof colours. Dekguard S is BBA accredited, cert no. 98/3461.
Dekguard ElasticDekguard Elastic is a water-based coloured elastomeric coating for exposed concrete andmasonry. It provides excellent elongation and recovery, low dirt pickup, resistance toaggressive elements, UV light and rain. Available in a wide range of colours. Dekguard Elasticis BBA accredited, cert no, 98/3461.
Dekguard TexturedDekguard Textured is a textured weather-resistant coating for exposed concrete and masonry.It provides low dirt pick-up, resistance to aggressive elements, UV light and rain. Available ina wide range of colours.
Dekguard PrimerA reactive silane-siloxane treatment for use with Dekguard products.
Nitoprime DGPrimer specifically for use with Dekguard Elastic.
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre)
Dekguard W 10 2.75
Dekguard S 10 3
Dekguard Elastic 10 1.25
Dekguard Textured 10 2
Dekguard Primer 25 2.5
Nitoprime DG 25 2.5
Fosroc Coatings
Conrete Repair & Protection196
Concrete Repair & Protection
Ronabond Concrete Cover 150Ronabond Concrete Cover 150 is an enhancement barrier andcoating system for concrete. Two coats creates an equivalentconcrete thickness of 150mm to protect reinforcing steel andextend the life of reinforced concrete.
Ronacrete
Ronabond
Type Size (kg) Coverage (m2)
Ronabond Concrete Cover 150 19 7.6kg per m² for 2 coats
Ronafix pre-packed concreterepair mortar Ronafix Concrete Repair Mortar is a general purposeBritish Board of Agrément approved prepacked concreterepair mortar for repairing concrete and protectingreinforcing steel. The repair mortar will have “at leastthe life of the surrounding concrete” (BBA Cert.90/2421), is suitable for structural repairs and iswaterproof, frost proof and very durable.
Ronabond HB40Ronabond HB40 is a pre-packed high build, highstrength concrete repair mortar for repairing concreteand protecting reinforcing steel. It is used to repairconcrete on vertical surfaces and is particularly suited tothe repair of overhead concrete where ease ofapplication is as important as high strength. It can beapplied in thick-section layers up to 75mm on walls andsoffits, without shuttering.
Ronabond
Type Size (kg) Yield (litres) Coverage (m2)
Ronabond HB40 18 13 1 @ 13mm2
Ronacrete Standard Primer 2 N/A 3 - 4
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
197
Ronabond Lightweight Repair Mortar Ronabond Lightweight Repair Mortar is a pre-packedmortar used for repairing concrete on vertical andoverhead surfaces where ease of application is asimportant as high strength. It can be applied in relativelythick section to walls and soffits and depending on thenature of the repair, in layers up to 75mm deep inpocket repairs. Ronabond Lightweight Repair Mortar issupplied pre-packed requiring only the addition of water.
Ronabond Concrete Repair Mortar Ronabond Concrete Repair Mortar is a general purposeBritish Board of Agrément approved pre-packed concreterepair mortar for repairing concrete and protectingreinforcing steel. The repair mortar will have “at least thelife of the surrounding concrete” (BBA Cert. 90/2421), issuitable for structural repairs and is waterproof, frostproof and very durable.
Ronabond
Type Size (kg) Yield (litres)
Ronabond Concrete Repair Mortar 25 90 packs
Ronabond Easy Skim FC Ronabond Easy Skim FC is a pre-packed polymer modifiedmortar which is applied as a skim coat in thicknesses up to3mm to provide a smooth, hard finish to damaged,blemished and repaired concrete surfaces. Ronabond EasySkim FC is also used as a levelling mortar prior to theapplication of protective coatings and paints. It can also beused to give a “harder than plaster” finish to walls. Thematerial can be mixed by hand or machine. Pack size 25kg
Ronabond
Type Size (kg) Yield (litres)
Ronabond Easy Skim FC 25 77 packs
Conrete Repair & Protection198
Concrete Repair & Protection
Ronabond Joltec Anti Graffiti CoatingPermanent anti graffiti coating system is a completesystem for permanent protection of surfaces againstgraffiti and other surface marks. The permanent anti-graffiti system may be applied internally or externally onto new or old substrates and allow the naturalappearance of the substrate to be retained. It offersefficient protection against graffiti, atmospheric dirt andvarious surface markings.
Ronabond
Type Size (litres) Coverage (m2/litre)
Ronabond Joltec Anti Graffiti Primer 4 6-8
Ronabond Joltec Anti Graffiti Coating 4 10-12
Ronafix Pre-packed Bedding Mortar Ronafix Pre-packed Bedding Mortar is a high strengthpre-packed polymer modified mortar for bedding brickslips and bonding copings and other buildingcomponents to concrete and suitable building surfaces. Itis strong, durable and resistant to water and frost attack.
Ronafix
Type Size (kg)
Ronafix Pre-packed Bedding Mortar 25
MonosetMonoset is a range of Ultra rapid strength gain mortars and fine concrete.
Monoset MortarA bedding mortar for raising manhole frames and ironwork. Traffic after one hour at 20ºC.
Monoset ConcreteA rapid set concrete for application depths between 50mm to 150mm. Traffic after one hour at 20ºC.
Monoset RXFor repairs to floors, roads and carriageways for applications 2mm to 6mm. Traffic after one hour at 20ºC.
RonafixRonafix is a high performance agrement board certified water based SBR polymer forrepairing concrete and protecting reinforcing steel. The product has and BBA certificate andis suitable for structural repairs. Supplied in 5 and 25 litre containers. Mix designs for the useof Ronafix are found on page 207.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
199
Sika MonoTopSika Monotop 610A single component polymer modified cementitious bonding bridge and steel reinforcementprimer.
Sika Monotop 612A cement-based, one component low permeability repair microconcrete, containing silicafume and polymer, thickness range 5mm–30mm.
Sika Monotop 615A one component cement based polymer modified high build repair and re-profiling mortar,thickness range 3mm–30mm.
Sika Monotop 620A one component cementitious polymer modified mortar, thickness range 1.5mm–5mm.
Sika
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Sika Monotop 610 25 1.5 - 2kg/m2/coat
Sika Monotop 612 25 2.11kg/m2/mm
Sika Monotop 615 25 1.65kg/m2/mm
Sika Monotop 620 25 2kg/m2/mm
Sika Monotop
Sika FerroGard 903Sika FerroGard 903 is a surface applied migratory corrosion inhibitor, designed for use as animpregnation of steel reinforced concrete.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
Sika FerroGard 903 25 0.5
Sika FerroGard 903
SikaGardSikagard 62Sikagard 62 is a two-component solvent free, high build coloured epoxy resin coating withhigh chemical resistance and approved for use in contact with potable (drinking) water.
SikaGard 63N 10 0.3 - 1kg/m2 per coat, dependent on substratecondition and required coating thickness
SikaGard
Conrete Repair & Protection200
Concrete Repair & Protection
Sika AdhesivesSikadur 31Two pack epoxy thixotropic adhesive for bonding building materials. Fastsetting and non shrinking. For sticking brick slips, bedding tiles, wood etc.NWC/WRC certified for contact with potable water. Normal grade (N): for5-30°C application, Rapid grade (R): for 0-15°C application.
Sikadur 32Two pack solvent free liquid epoxy bonding agent in 1 and 5 kilo packs. Forbonding similar and dissimilar materials, e.g. concrete, metal, stone, glass,wood and asbestos.
Sikadur 33Sikadur 33 is a two-component epoxy resin adhesive in a cartridge to fitnormal skeleton gun.
Type Size Coverage
Sikadur 31 1.2kg N, 6kg N 1.65kg/m2/mm
1.2kg R, 6kg R
Sikadur 32 5kg 0.7kg/m2 @ 0.5mm thickness
Sikadur 33 250ml 250ml
Sikadur
SikatopSikatop Armatec 110Anti-corrosive coating for steel reinforcement prior toconcrete repair. For protection against corrosion.
Sikatop 121Pre-packed ready for use. Adhesive mortar, two part cement-polymer base used for cosmetic repairs i.e. blow holes etc.and also as a bonding bridge for Sikatop 122 or 122HB.
Sikatop 122High strength repair mortar, two part component cement-polymer base used for waterproof patching repairs toconcrete, stone, mortars etc. Thickness range 4mm – 20mmvertical applications and up to 75mm in horizontal if bulkedout with 3-6mm granite chippings.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
201
Sikatop 122HBPre batched lightweight polymer modified cementitious mortar for repairs to concrete.Adhesive mortar, two part cement-polymer base used for non structural overhead andvertical repairs, very easy to-use. Thickness range 5mm-40mm.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Sikatop Armatec 110 20 2kg/m2/coat
Sikatop 121 10, 25 2kg/m2 per mm thickness
Sikatop 122 10, 25 2.1kg/m2 per mm thickness
Sikatop 122HB 10, 25 1.4kg/m2 per mm thickness
Sikatop
Sika Epoxy Mortars and Crack Repair
Sikadur 41CFTrowel applied epoxy patching mortar in concrete grey colour.For heavy duty repairs in damaged and defective areas inconcrete, mortar, screeds, bridge bearings etc.
Sikadur 52Very low viscosity crack injection non shrink, solvent freeepoxy, for repair by pouring or injection into cracks inconcrete, also for stabilising lifted screeds. Colour: clear.
Type Size Coverage
Sikadur 41CF 10kg N, 10kg R 2kg/m2 per mm thickness
Sikadur 52 1kg 1.1kg/m2 per mm thickness
Sika Epoxy Mortars and Crack Repair
Sikagard 550 W ElasticA one-part, elastomeric coating based on UV-curing acrylicdispersion with excellent crack-bridging properties even attemperatures below 0°C.
Sikagard 680 S Clear GlazeColourless material drying to a glossy coat, suitable asrefresher and protective coating for exposed aggregateconcrete.
Sika Coatings
Conrete Repair & Protection202
Concrete Repair & Protection
Sikagard ElastoColor 675 WA one-part, plasto-elastic water dispersed coating basedon a styrene acrylate dispersion for the protection andenhancement of fair faced concrete.
Sikagard 680 S CosmeticA one-part solvent containing coating, based onmethacrylic resins resistant to weathering, alkalis andageing. Sikagard 680 S protects concrete againstaggressive atmospheric influences and promotes a self-cleaning effect on the treated surfaces. It does notadversely influence the characteristic texture of theconcrete.
Type Size Coverage
Sikagard 550 W 15 litre 0.25 - 0.35kg/m2 per coat
Sikagard ElastoColor 675 W 15 litres 0.2 - 0.25kg/m2 per coat
Sikagard 680 S Clear Glaze 20kg pail 0.15kg/m2
Sikagard 680 S Cosmetic 30kg pail 0.2kg/m2
Sikagard 700 S 20 litre pail 0.25 litre/m2
Sika Coatings
Weber
Sikagard 700 SA one-part water repellent impregnation for absorbent cementitious substrates. It penetrateswell into the open pores of the substrate, providing a durable water repellency, while stillallowing water vapour diffusion in both directions.
weber.cemThe weber.cem concrete repair system is a pre-bagged, multi component system based onpolymer-modified Portland Cement mortars and coatings based on acrylic resins.
weber.cem keycoatA single-component, polymer-modified, corrosion-inhibiting bonding primer for substrateconcrete and steel reinforcement.
weber.cem mortarweber.cem mortar is a general purpose mortar for the repair of concrete, to both horizontaland vertical surfaces.
weber.cem lightweightA polymer modified cementitious mortar mix, with specially selected lightweight fillers. It ispreblended, contains a polymer powder and simply requires the addition of clean water toproduce a mortar suitable for both soffit and vertical repairs in situations where high buildreplacement with conventional concrete is impractical. High-build up to 75 mm in soffitpatch repairs, without formwork.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
203
weber.cem HB30 and HB40Single-component, polymer modified high build mortars forreplacing defective concrete with 30N/mm2 and 40N/mm2
compressive strength, thickness range up to 100mm verticallyand 75mm on soffits.
weber.cem fairing coatA single-component, polymer-modified levelling mortar usedto prevent ghosting of concrete repairs through decorativefinishes.
weber.cem spray DSA ready-to-use, polymer-modified, cement-based concretemix. It contains inert limestone aggregates and dustsuppressants. The formulation has been designed specially fordry process spray application to give high early strength,reduced rebound and maximise application thickness.
weber.cem pyrapatch Is a prepacked product based on hydraulic cements with specially graded non-reactiveaggregates. The product is polymer modified which when mixed with clean water produces afast setting repair concrete, suitable for patch or full depth repairs up to 2m2.
weber.cem pyratopA rapid strength gain repair concrete for thin bond pavement repairs, which is a prepackedhydraulic cement-based product with specially graded aggregates. It exhibits high earlystrength, is dimensionally stable and has excellent abrasion resistance.
Five Star Repair ConcreteA preblended cementitious repair concrete which fully complies with the Highways AgencySpecification for Highway Works and Department of Transport specification BD 27/86 for ahigh strength flowing concrete.
weber.tec EP bonding aidA high-build epoxy resin for priming epoxy repair mortars for bonding to concrete andmasonry structures. Exceptional bond to vertical and soffit applications for priminglightweight repair mortars.
weber.cem HB30 and HB40 20 16 litres per 20kg bagor 0.5m2 at 30mm thickness
weber.cem fairing coat 25 13 litres per 25kg bag or 6.5m2 per bag at 2mm thickness
weber.cem spray DS 25 Approximately 11.5 litres per 25kg bag, allowance must be madefor rebound and profiling
weber.cem pyrapatch 25 approximately 12 litres
weber.cem pyratop 25 approximately 12 litres
Five Star repair concrete 25 12.75 litres
weber.tec EP bonding aid 5.6 1.2m2 - 2.5m2/kg
Weber Concrete Repair Materials
Type Size (kg) Yield (litre)
weber.tec Bonding Aid 0.56 0.55.6 5.0
weber.tec Bonding Aid
An epoxy primer for protection to reinforcement steel prior to application of weber.cemConcrete Repair System and Five Star Repair Concrete.
weber.tec guard MCIIs a clear surface-applied corrosion inhibitor designed to migrate through reinforced concreteand preserve steel reinforcing bars embedded in concrete. It forms a mono-molecularprotective layer around the steel within a week of treatment depending on the permeabilityand moisture content of the concrete.
weber.cem brushcoat 20kg plastic bucket; A + B produces a yield of
15kg bag of powder (Component A) 10.8 litres, sufficient to cover
5 litre bottle of SBR Latex (Component B) 10m2 per 1mm coat.
weber.tec Brushcoat
weber.cem brushcoatIs a two-component, SBR Latex modified, flexible cementitious coating for brush, spray orroller application. It is formulated as a protective, levelling coating to cover non-structuralsurface defects in new and old concrete.
Weber Resin Repair Mortarsweber.tec EP mortarIs a three-component bulk pack or as a two-component handy pack,consisting of epoxy resin, hardener and selected graded aggregates(filler) which when mixed produce a high strength, impermeable andchemically resistant mortar.
weber.tec EP highbuildConsists of epoxy resin, hardener and special lightweight aggregateswhich, when mixed, produces an epoxy mortar of a lightweightthixotropic nature. The mortar has low slump characteristics suitablefor the repair of damaged concrete on vertical and overheadapplications.
weber.tec EP IKContains all materials, application gun, and the ancillary items that will normally be requiredto carry out an efficient on-site repair of cracked concrete at widths down to approximately0.5mm.
weber.tec mortar Is a three-component bulk pack or as a two-component handy pack, consisting of polyesterresin, hardener and selected graded aggregates (filler) which when mixed produce a highstrength, impermeable and chemically resistant mortar.
Conrete Repair & Protection206
Concrete Repair & Protection
Type Size Coverage
weber.tec EP mortar 26kg pack Yield approx 12.5 litres
weber.tec EP highbuild 16kg pack approx. 12 litres
weber.tec EP IK 0.6 litre weber.tec EP IK filler
4 x 0.25 litre weber.tec injection resin
10 x Injection nipples
4 x 320cc plastic cartridges, plungers and nozzles
1 x tube clamp
Applicator gun
300mm x 6.5mm dia. plastic tube
Disposable plastic gloves
Mall jubilee clip to hold tubing on nipples
Detailed instruction sheet
weber.tec mortar 25kg 12.5 litres
Weber Repair Mortars
weber.cote coatingsSingle-component, acrylic anti-carbonation coatings for the long term protection of existingconcrete and new repairs. Available in clear, pigmented smooth, flexible and elastomericversions. weber.cote coatings are applied by brush, roller or airless spray in two coats. Ifstabilisation of the concrete is required prior to application, the surface should be treatedusing weber.cote primer (was sealercoat).
The coverage of weber.cote coatings will vary depending on the type of substrate and thesurface porosity. The following is a guide for brush or roller application two coats on tosmooth surfaces.
weber.cote smoothExternal decorative anti-carbonation coating in a smooth finish.
weber.cote ECElastomeric flexible anti-carbonation coating for concrete.
weber.cote primerStabilises and seals substrate prior to the application of Weber.cote smooth or Elastomeric.
Type Size (litres) Coverage
weber.cote smooth 15 3 - 6m2/litre in 2 coats
weber.cote EC 15 1 - 2m2/litre in 2 coats
weber.cote primer 5 10 - 12m2/litre
weber.cote Coatings
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Concrete Repair & Protection
207
Ronafix Mix DesignApplication Mix Thickness/notes
Floor screeds and screed repairs A 6mm - 50mm
Floor screeds and screed repairs A1 26mm+
Floor toppings and topping repairs B 15mm – 25mm
Floor toppings and topping repairs B1 26mm+
Floating floor screeds F 35mm+
Concrete repair D over reinforcing steel
Concrete repair A no reinforcing steel
Renders E watertight and tanking
Renders A waterproof
Bedding brick slips, copings C 6mm - 12mm typical
Fine concretes G 25mm+ typical
Slurry coats SC 1mm - 3mm typical
Mix Designs Cement Medium 6-3mm 10-5mm 10-5mm Ronafix Water Yield m3 Coverage sharp granite pea granite (approx) (approx) (approx)sand chips shingle chips
A By weight 50kg 125kg - - - 9 litres 9 litres 0.1 10m2 @10mm
Precision GroutingSIG Construction Accessories supplycementitious, polyester or epoxy products for the alignment andlevelling and gap filling in thefollowing and many more applications:
Anchoring & FixingWe offer products to aid the highstrength and corrosion resistantanchoring of bolts and bars in concrete,rock, masonry or brickwork particularlywhere speed of installation and earlyapplication of load is required.
Our range includes cementitious,polyester, epoxy, cartridge systems andcapsules for use in:• Anchoring of bolts.• Anchoring of rebar.• Anchoring of dowels.• Fixing of cavity wall ties.• Fixings to soffits and walls.• Fixing landing lights.• Fixing of threaded studs.
Five Star GroutA standard cementitious grout developed for applications where aneconomical grout with good flow and strength is required. Five StarGrouts are based on specially selected Portland cements, gradedaggregates and admixtures including a special form of carbon.This special formulation produces a grout that conforms to ASTMC827 Early Volume Change of Cementitious Mixtures. Does notcontain iron, aluminium or other additives which eliminates anysubsequent problems of dimensional instability, corrosion or staining. Five Star Grout is designed primarily as a flowing grout but can alsobe used at a trowellable or dry pack consistency. It can be applied inthicknesses from 10 to 100mm.Uses:• Under stanchion plates and machinery (static loads only).• Grouting bearings, precast units, floors etc.• Fixing anchor bolts, ballustrades, crash barriers, starter bars.• Underpinning.• Void filling.
Five Star Grout SPFive Star Grout SP is a special performance, higher flow version of the standard grout. It canbe applied in thicknesses from 10 to 50mm. It has superior properties and complies with HASpec 2601.4 for use in bridge bearings.
weber.cem Grout (Construction Grout)weber.cem grout is a premixed non-shrink cementitious grout developed for applicationswhere an effective grout with adequate flow and strength is required. It is designed primarilyas a pourable grout but can also be used at a plastic or dry pack consistency.This grout can be pumped or poured and can be applied in thicknesses ranging from 10mmto 100mm. It can be used for many general purposes.
weber.cem Grout HF (High Flow)weber.cem grout HF is a cementitious, ‘non-shrink’ grout developed for applications where acost efficient grout with high fluidity and adequate compressive strength is required.weber.cem grout HF is designed primarily as a fluid grout but can also be used at a pourableor dry pack consistency.
Cementitious Grouts
Type Size (kg) Yield / Coverage
Five Star 25 14 litres at pourable consistency
Five Star SP 25 14 litres at pourable consistency
weber.cem grout 25 13 litres at pourable consistency
weber.cem grout HF 25 13 litres at pourable consistency
weber Cementitious Grouts
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Grouts &
Anchors
211
Conbextra GPGeneral purpose, non-shrink cementitious grout for gap thicknesses10 to 75mm. Recommended applications at flowable consistencyinclude stanchion base plates, bolt pockets and void filling. Attrowellable consistency it is recommended for bedding load bearingcomponents. Yield: 25kg produces 12.5 litres. Available in 25kg packs.
Conbextra HFHigh flow, non-shrink, cementitious grout for gap thicknesses 10 to100mm. Recommended applications include:• Large stanchion baseplates.• Joints between pre-cast concrete panels.• Pumped grouting applications.• Grouting applications where pouring access is restricted.Yield: 25kg produces 13.25 litres. Available in 25kg packs.
Conbextra BBNon-shrink cementitious bridge bearing grout. Used for groutingbeneath bridge bearings, parapet posts, flanged lighting columns.
Conbextra TSNon-shrink cementitious grout for thick section grouting of thicknesses 75-500mm. It isideally suited to thick section grouting as it contains aggregates that reduce exothermic heatgeneration and risk of thermal cracking common with gap thicknesses in excess of 100mm.
Conbextra UWNon shrink cementitious grout for underwater applications.
Cebex 100Expanding and plasticising grout admixture used with either neat cement or sand andcement mixes. It is incompatible with High Alumina Cement.Available in 227g packs.
Type Size (kg) Yield
Conbextra GP 25 bags Flowable: 13.25 litres
Conbextra HF 25 bags Flowable: 13.25 litres
Conbextra BB 25 bags Flowable: 13.5 litres
Conbextra TS 25 bags Flowable: 12 litres
Conbextra UW 25 bags Flowable: 14.5 litres
Cebex 100 227g units 1 - 2 units per 50kg of cement
Fosroc Cementitious Grouts
Grouts & Anchors212
Grouts &
Anchors
Sika Grout 212 A high strength pre packed non shrink cementitious grout. Forgrouting bolts, fittings, anchor bolts, machine beds, chain bolts,columns, bridge bearings, holes, cavities, etc. for gap sizes 10 75mm.
Sika Armorex Construction Grout A one component, Flowable, general purpose cementitiousconstruction grout for gap sizes 10 100mm.
Sika Armorex L2 High Flow A one component, high strength, shrinkage compensated cementitious grout for gap sizes10 100mm. Available in grey only.
Type Size (kg) Coverage
Sika Grout 212 25 14 litres at pourable consistency
Sika Armorex Construction Grout 25 14.2 litres
Sika Armorex L2 High Flow 25 13.5 litres
Sika Cementitious Grouts
Anchoring Grouts
Fosroc Grouts
Conbextra EP10 and EPREpoxy resin grouts for use where extremely high strengthand/or chemical resistance is required. Uses include groutingin heavy machinery, crane and transporter rails, high speedturbines, drop forges, refineries, electroplating works andchemical plants.
Masterflow 765A ready to use, non-shrink construction grout for effectivecontact and support. It can be used from fluid to plasticconsistencies for grouting of equipment and machinery,bearing pads, rails and anchoring.• High early strength for rapid installation and use of plant.• Durable, uniform dense structure.• Good workability for up to 1 hour at 20C.• Can be applied in thicknesses ranging from 10-75mm.
Recommended for:• Grouting bearing pads and plinths.• Grouting under machinery base plates, stanchion bases and crane rails.• Anchoring bolts, reinforcing bars and rods.• Underpinning.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Grouts &
Anchors
213
Type Size (litres) Yield (litres)
Conbextra EP10 3 -
Conbextra EPR 8, 16 -
Lokfix S25 2.5 2.5
Lokfix P25 2.5 2.5
Fosroc Grouts
Conbextra EP10 is for grouting gap thicknesses from 0.25 to10mm. It is an all-liquid system consisting of a base andhardener. Conbextra EPR is for grouting gap thicknessesfrom 10 to 120mm and is a three-component systemconsisting of base resin, liquid hardener and specially gradedinert fillers.
Polyester Anchor GroutsHigh-strength corrosion-resistant anchoring of bolts and barsinto concrete, rock, masonry or brickwork where high speedof installation and early application of load is requiredPermanent installation of reinforcement starter bars, MOTbolts, foundation bolts, base plates, balustrading, barriers andsafety fences, railway tracks and tie-back anchors.
Lokfix S25 (pourable grade, 25 minute gel at 20°C):For use where the hole is 8 to 40mm greater in diameter thanthe bar.
Lokfix P25 (pumpable grade, 25 minute gel at 20°C):Used in overhead or horizontal holes where the hole is up to25mm greater in diameter than the bar. The thixotropicnature of Lokfix P25 reduces flow of grout out of the hole.
Fosroc Lokfix usage guideTo determine the quantity of material per 100ml of hole depth
Grouts & Anchors214
Grouts &
Anchors
Sika AnchorFix-1AnchorFix-1 can be injected into most substrates including concrete,brickwork, blockwork, hollow and solid masonry, solid rock and natural stoneand is suitable for practically every type of anchoring and fastening method,such as threaded rods, steel reinforcement, masonry wall ties and anchorsockets. Supplied in a single 300ml cartridge that fits into a standard sealantgun, the two-component styrene free polyester resin Sika AnchorFix-1 is mixedin the nozzle for simplicity and error free operation.
Sikadur 42 Pourable epoxy grout. Cures down to 5°C. Fast setting.
Type Size Coverage
Sika AnchorFix-1 300ml standard cartridge -
Sika AnchorFix-2 300ml standard cartridge -
Sikadur 42 24kg 6 litres (grout) per 12kg
Sika Anchoring Grouts
Chemical Fixings
Hole (mm) Bolt sizes12mm 16mm 20mm 25mm
16 180 - - -
20 80 150 - -
25 30 40 60 -
32 20 22 26 40
Bar Grout EstimatorGuide for number of bolt with 2.5 litre pack based on hole depth 150mm.
Fischer FIPC 700The fischer FIPC 700 is two-part chemical anchoring cartridge system based on a polyesterresin. Versatile in use, FIPC 700 is suitable for fixing studs, bolts, wall ties, starter bars in awide range of substrates such as concrete internally and lightweight concrete, brickwork,masonry, stone in both internal and also external applications. If combined with a sleeve orsieve, it can be used also in hollow base materials. Because the resin system is classified as a‘stress free system’, it is ideal for applications with small axial or edge spacing.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Grouts &
Anchors
215
Temperature Gelling time Curing time(°C) (Minutes) (Minutes)
5 15 - 30 180
10 10 - 20 120
20 5 - 10 60
25 3½ - 7 28
30 3 - 6 45
Fischer Gelling and Curing times
FIS-EM390Best performance mortar in the shuttle cartridge based on epoxy resin.Optimum solution for concrete (anchor rods and reinforcement bars). Resin andhardener are stored in two separate chambers and are not mixed and activateduntil pushed through the static mixer. Partially used cartridges can easily bereused by changing the static mixer.
FIS-P380CStyrene-free, injection mortar which contains a strong, quick setting two-component mortar, which is stored in separated compartments. Only whenusing the setting mortar the two components are combined in the static mixer.The setting mortar is activated, when the extruded mortar turns grey in colour.
FIS-V360SStyrene-free, quick-curing high-performance hybrid mortar (contains vinyl esterresin and cement). Resin and cement as well as water and hardener are storedin two separate chambers and are not mixed and activated until pushedthrough the static mixer. Partially-used cartridges can easily be reused bychanging the static mixer.
FIP-300SFStyrene-free, low odour, injection mortar which contains a strong, quicksetting two-component mortar, which is stored in separated compartments.Only when using the setting mortar the two components are combined in thestatic mixer. The setting mortar is activated, when the extruded mortar turnsgrey in colour.
Type Size (ml) Quantity
FIS-EM390 390 6 cartridges + 2 nozzles each
FIS-P380C 380 12 cartridges + static mixer nozzle
FIS-V360S 360 1 cartridge + static mixer nozzle
FIP-300SF 300 10 cartridges + static mixer nozzle
FIPC 700 400 1 cartridge + static mixer nozzle
Fischer Chemical Fixings and Accessories
Grouts & Anchors216
Grouts &
Anchors
FIS-AK GunApplicator gun for use with FIS V360 S, FIS HB, FIS EM 390 S, FISVS 150 C and Single-component PU foam.
FIP Co-axial Applicator GunApplicator gun for use with FIS P380 C and FIPC Super 700.
Blow Pump / BrushFor blowing clean drilled holes before applying chemical anchor.
Fischer Resin Capsules• This tried and tested fixing system consists of the RGM threaded rod and the resin capsule RM.
• The 2-component resin capsule RM contains quick-setting styrene-free vinyl resin and hardener.
• During setting, the edges of the threaded rod destroy the capsule in the drill hole, which mix and activate the mortar.
• Resin adheres to the entire surface of the threaded rod, bonding it to the wall of the drilled hole.
Advantages/Benefits:• Threaded rods are supplied with an easy to use hexagonal installation drive or can beinstalled with an adapter.
• High-performance resin guarantees high loads in non-cracked concrete. • The resin anchoring is free of expansion forces and permits small axial spacings and edge distances.
• New European design methodenables optimum use of the anchorsystem for cost-efficient fixing.
Fischer Resin Anchor StudsThe Resin Anchoring System is free of expansion forces and permits low axial spacings and edgedistances. High permissible loads in the concrete compressive zone and simple installation makethe Fischer resin anchor system a highly practical composite system in solid concrete. All threaded rods up to 300mm are supplied with an easy to assemble hexagonal installation drive.
Installation instructions:• Clean drill hole thoroughly.• The threaded rod must be placed in with an impact – rotational process using an electric tool(hammer drill with a speed of 750 rpm).
• The temperature – dependant waiting periods until complete setting of the resin must be borne inmind.
• The anchor may also be set in moist drill holes (remove surplus water from drill holes).The waiting periods then have to be doubled.
Hexagon Nut Width Across Max. Usable Effective Anchoring Threaded Rod Box(mm) Nut (mm) Length (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) Quantity
13 5 13 80 110 10
17 7 20 90 130 10
19 8 25 110 160 10
24 12 35 125 190 10
30 12 65 170 260 10
36 - 65 210 300 10
Fischer Stainless Steel A4 Threaded Rod
Hexagon Nut Width Across Max. Usable Effective Anchoring Threaded Rod Box(mm) Nut (mm) Length (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) Quantity
13 5 13 80 110 10
17 7 20 90 130 10
19 8 25 110 160 10
24 12 35 125 190 10
30 12 65 170 260 10
36 - 65 210 300 10
Fischer Zinc Plated Steel Threaded Rod
Grouts & Anchors218
Grouts &
Anchors
Epcon C8 ExtremeThe Epcon C8 Extreme performance epoxy resin has been specifically formulated for extremerebar and stud applications. With virtually no smell Epcon C8 is easy to inject at lowtemperatures and is approved for use in wet and diamond drilled holes. This formulationresin has no unpleasant odour making it ideal for indoor applications.
Epcon High Performance Chemical ResinNo shrink chemical anchor works underwater and has been used on major projects all overthe world for over 15 years.
Thread Ø Anchor Max Base Thread Ø Drill Drill Ø Length Max Depth (mm) Fixture(mm) Material(mm) Depth(mm) (mm) (mm) Torque(Nm)
M8 80 15 120 8 80 10 110 10
M10 90 20 130 10 90 12 130 20
M12 110 25 160 1 2 110 14 160 30
M16 125 35 175 16 125 18 190 60
M20 170 65 220 20 170 25 260 120
M24 210 63 270 24 210 28 300 200
M30 280 70 340 30 280 35 380 400
Epcon C8 Extreme Performance Epoxy Resin recommended loads in concrete
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Grouts &
Anchors
219
Epomax Vinylester Resin - Styrene FreeEasy to pump, performance resin. Fast curing vinylester resin,saving time and money on site. Now improved for a stronger fix,easier injection and faster curing time.
Epcon High Performance Chemical Resin recommended loads in concrete
Type Size Quantity
Epomax Cartridge Grey 150ml 1
Epomax Cartridge Grey 380ml 1
Epomax Cartridge Grey Bulk* 380ml 1
Epomax / C Mix Nozzle - 1
Extension Nozzle - 1
Injection Tool - 1
*Must be ordered in quantities of 20.
Spit Epomax Vinylester Resin
Thread Ø Max Anchor Max Fixture Max Thickness Drill Drill Bit Ø Total Rod Max TighteningDepth (mm) Thickness (mm) Base Depth (mm) (mm) Length (mm) Torque (mm)
C Mix Plus Polyester Resin - Styrene freeUniversal styrene free resin, C Mix Plus is a polyester resin dedicated forfixings into hollow materials. This product is styrene free and in anextended range of packaging options.
Type Thread Dia Total Length Drill Diameter Effective Useable Boxx Length (mm) (mm) Anchor Depth (mm) Length (mm) Quantity
FBN 8/10 HDG M8 x 41 76 8 48 10 50
FBN 8/50 HDG M8 x 81 116 8 48 50 50
FBN 10/15 HDG M10 x 51 89 10 50 15 50
FBN 10/50 HDG M10 x 87 124 10 50 50 20
FBN 10/100 HDG M10 x 134 174 10 50 100 20
FBN 12/15 HDG M12 x 71 113 12 70 15 20
FBN 12/45 HDG M12 x 103 143 12 70 45 20
FBN 12/100 HDG M12 x 137 202 12 70 100 20
FBN16/10 HDG M16 x 54 109 16 64 10 10
FBN 16/25 HDG M16 x 89 144 16 84 25 10
FBN 16/50 HDG M16 x 114 169 16 84 50 10
Fischer FBN Bolts Hot Dip Galvanised
Fischer FSA Sleeve AnchorsFSA-S / FSA-BLight sleeve anchor for push-through installation. Whenthe hexagon nut or bolt is tightened, the tapered bolt ispulled into the expansion sleeve and expands it againstthe hole wall.
Fischer FH High Performance AnchorsFH-H / FH-B / FH-SHeavy-duty sleeve anchor for push-through installation. When the hexagon nut or screw istightened, the cone is pulled into the expansion sleeve and expands tensioning it against thehole wall. A4 stainless steel version for outdoor use and in damp conditions (not part of theapproval).
Sizes: (FH-H) 10/10, 10/25, 10/50, 12/25, 12/50, 15/25, 15/50, 18 x 80/25, 18 x 80/50, 18 x100/25, 18 x 100/50, 24/25, 24/50 diameter (mm) / usable length (mm).
Sizes: (FH-B) 10/10, 10/25, 10/50, 12/-, 12/10, 12/25, 12/50, 12/100, 15/-, 15/10, 15/25,15/50, 15/100, 18 x 80/-, 18 x 80/10, 18 x 80/25, 18 x 80/50, 18 x 80/100, 18 x 100/25, 18x 100/50, 18 x 100/100, 24/-, 24/10, 24/25, 24/50, 24/100, 28/30, 28/60, 32/30, 32/60diameter (mm) / usable length (mm).
Fischer FWB WallboltsThe segmented steel expander shield is assembled ready foruse with bolts or threaded rods of appropriate diameter.
Type Size (mm) Quantity
FWB S Wallbolt – shield only 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 & 20 10, 25, 50
FWB L Wallbolt – loose bolt type 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 & 20 10, 25, 50
FWB P Wallbolt – projecting bolt type 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 & 20 10, 25, 50
FWB H Wallbolt – hook bolt type 12, 14, 16 & 20 25, 50
FWB E Wallbolt – eye bolt type 6, 8, 10, 12 &16 10, 25, 50
Fischer FWB Wallbolts
Grouts & Anchors224
Grouts &
Anchors
Mild Steel Threaded Studding, Washers, Nuts & ConnectorsQuality mild steel all-threaded studding for civil engineering construction use. Supplied withfull range of nuts, washers and connectors. Suitable for use with SIG ConstructionAccessories chemical anchoring systems.
Size
M12 x 1000mm
M16 x 1000mm
M20 x 1000mm
M24 x 1000mm
M12 x 3000mm
M16 x 3000mm
M20 x 3000mm
M24 x 3000mm
Studding
Size
M12
M16
M20
M24
Washers
Size
M12
M16
M20
M24
Nuts
Size
M12
M16
M20
M24
Connectors
Size
M6 M8 M10 M12 M16
M6 x 20 M8 x 25 M10 x 20 M12 x 25 M16 x 50
M6 x 25 M8 x 35 M10 x 25 M12 x 30 M16 x 60
M6 x 30 M8 x 45 M10 x 30 M12 x 40 M16 x 70
M6 x 40 M8 x 40 M10 x 40 M12 x 45
M10 x 45 M12 x 50
M10 x 50
Set Screws
Set ScrewsSet Screws, available in Self Colour. Galvanised and Stainless Steel in both304 and 316 grades.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Grouts &
Anchors
225
Lightweight AnchorsSpit Grip Lip & Grip Drop-In AnchorsA broad range of female anchors for threaded rod, Spit Drop-in anchors, including lipped anchors for a flush finish,not dependent on hole depth.
Drop-In and Grip LInternally threaded, hammer set anchors. Flush fix design ispre-set by inserting into the drilled hole and hammering theinternal expansion cone inside the body of the anchor using asetting tool. Body steel S300 Pb NFA 35 - 561, expansion cone FB10 NFA 35 - 053.
Grip Stainless SteelFemale, internally threaded, hammer set anchor. Flush fixdesign is pre-set by inserting into the drilled hole andhammering the internal expansion cone inside the body of the anchor using a setting tool. Body steel stainless steel A4 X5 Cr Ni Mo 17 - 12 - 2,expansion cone stainless steel A4 X5 Cr Ni Mo 17 - 12 - 2.
Type Thread Ø Anchor Thread Length Drilling Max Tightening Box Qty.Length (mm) (mm) Depth (mm) Torque (Nm)
Tapcon Masonry AnchorsFor fastening to concrete and other masonry materials, carbonsteel self tapping anchors. Special Hi-Lo form and blueclimaseal finish. Can be supplied complete with one ‘D’ endrotary percussion masonry drill bit.
Type Thread Ø Drive Fixture Anchor Hole Ø Min. Hole Min. Embed Box Qty.(mm) Style Thickness (mm) Length (mm) (mm) Depth (mm) (mm)
3F32 5 P2 0 – 7 32 4 35 25 100
3F45 5 P2 5 – 20 45 4 35 25 100
3F57 5 P2 17 – 32 57 4 35 25 100
3F70 5 P2 30 – 45 70 4 35 25 100
3F82 5 P2 42 – 57 82 4 35 25 100
3F100 5 P2 60 – 75 100 4 35 2 100
4F32 6 P3 0 – 7 32 5 35 25 100
4F45 6 P3 5 – 20 45 5 35 25 100
4F57 6 P3 17 – 32 57 5 35 25 100
4F70 6 P3 30 – 45 70 5 35 25 100
4F82 6 P3 42 – 57 82 5 35 25 100
4F100 6 P3 60 – 75 100 5 35 25 100
4F125 6 P3 85 – 100 25 5 35 25 100
Countersunk Tapcon
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Grouts &
Anchors
227
Type Thread Ø Drive Fixture Anchor Hole Ø Min. Hole Min. Embed Box Qty.(mm) Style Thickness (mm) Length (mm) (mm) Depth (mm) (mm)
3H32 5 6.5 Hex 0 – 7 32 4 35 25 100
3H45 5 6.5 Hex 5 – 20 45 4 35 25 100
3H57 5 6.5 Hex 17 – 32 57 4 35 25 100
4H32 6 8 Hex 0 – 7 32 5 35 25 100
4H45 6 8 Hex 5 – 20 45 5 35 25 100
4H57 6 8 Hex 17 – 32 57 5 35 25 100
4H70 6 8 Hex 30 – 45 70 5 35 25 100
4H82 6 8 Hex 42 – 57 82 5 35 25 100
4H100 6 8 Hex 60 – 75 100 5 35 25 100
Hex Head Tapcon
Type Box Qty.
Tapcon Condrive Kit 1000 1
Tapcon 6.5mm Drive Tru Socket 5mm Diameter Hex Head 1
Tapcon 8mm Drive Tru Socket for 6mm Diameter Hex Head 1
Hex Head Tapcon Accessories
Type Box Qty.
P2 Phillips Nº 2 Driver Bit 1
P3 Phillips Nº 3 Driver Bit 1
Countersunk Head Tapcon Accessories
Grouts & Anchors228
Grouts &
Anchors
Notes / Calculations
Brickwork A
ccessoriesBrickwork Accessories
We have a vast experience in supplyinga comprehensive range of products tothe brickwork and blockworkrequirement on site. We offereverything other than the bricks andblocks themselves, including a projectmanagement, take-off and design service.
SIG Construction Accessories stock moreAncon products than any otherdistributor, including off-the-shelfsupport systems, channel, brickreinforcement and wall ties which areall widely available on our next dayservice. Specialist items can be designedor sourced as required, just contact oneof our Nationwide branches for moreinformation.
Take Offs & Specifications• We provide a take off service
whenever required by the customer.• We work with customers and
suppliers to support or change speci-fications in order to add value to our customer’s business.
Project Management ServiceYour construction projects are driven by delivering on time, to budget. To help you achievethis, we can support you with our full project management service for brickwork products.
At enquiry stage, you will be allocated a Project Manager who will liaise with manufacturers,buyers, project managers, architects and engineers for you, to ensure the correct products foryour project are designed and supplied to site on time.
Just send your dedicated Project Manager your architecturaldrawings and we will do the rest:
• Identifying where brickwork components are required.• Specifying the products required.• Providing take offs for the project.*• Quoting. • Arranging the design and manufacture of the products.• Liaising with manufacturers and site to schedule deliveries.• After sales support.
Our fully qualified team of chartered surveyors and engineers has the knowledge andexperience to deliver your design requirements. We will always seek your approval beforegoing ahead with a specification.
Design ServiceSIG Construction Accessories offers a comprehensive design service for bespoke productsincluding masonry support, windposts and cloaks to meet all your technical requirements.We co-ordinate the design process from start to finish, saving you time and giving you atailor-made, trouble free masonry package.
Take Off ServiceTime is a scarce resource onsite, and we know that creatingtake offs is time consuming.Our project managementservice includes a full take off*for masonry support, wall ties,DPC’s cavity trays and cavityclosers. Our specialist team hasthe experience to ensure a fastturnaround, so you can get anestimate and your order quicklyand efficiently.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
231
Design Service
A full take off is carried out by our fully qualifiedQuantity Surveyors. This service is chargeable but re-credited when materials are ordered from the take off.
The drawings will be forwarded to theappropriate manufacturer for a full technicaldesign and take off.
You will be allocated a designated Project Managerwho will liaise with site to handle call offs andschedule your deliveries.
Full detailed drawings are submitted andapprovals from contractor/structural engineer/architect are sought.
You will be allocated a designated ProjectManager who will liaise with site to handle calloffs and schedule your deliveries.
Is there a design requirement?YesNo
Quote for materials submitted and accepted
Yes Amendments madeNo
Are drawings approved?
You submit a full set of architectural drawings (electronic or paper copy)
A Service Tailored to Your NeedsYou can call on our expertise at any stage of your project and we’ll be happy to assist. Wecan also offer advice on specification alternatives to ensure you are getting the most suitableproduct for the job.
If you would like any further information about this service and how we can help with yourproject, please fill in the form overleaf, fax it to your nearest branch, and one of our ProjectManagers will be in touch.
*Please note that there is an initial charge for the take off service, however it is fully re-credited once materials are ordered.
Brickwork Accessories232
Brickwork A
ccessories
This sheet summarises the key information required by us to contact you regarding yourproject.
I would like you to contact me by (date) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In design situations when a masonry support angle is requiredthere are three principle systems to choose from:AnconOptima, MDC or CFA. Through our on site designevaluation with your project manager and negotiations withyour procurement and design teams, we can ascertain whichsystem is appropriate in each instance.
Project Management ServiceSIG Construction Accessories is the primary driver of information flow throughout the designprocess of masonry support systems. All aspects of the approval and manufacturing processare coordinated through a dedicated account manager, who will ensure the proposeddesigns are signed off for manufacture and delivered to your construction schedule.
Detailed cross section and layout drawings are supplied for the bespoke support systemrequired. This will show the location of the fixings, whether it is bolt positioning for cast-inchannels for concrete frames or bolt positioning for steel frames. Bracket angle units arecross referenced clearly against grid lines for easy installation on site.
Details for Specification and OrderingThe principal information needed to start an enquiry is:- What is the cavity size?- What is the masonry load to be carried?- What is the support system being fixed back to?
Specification / ReferencingAncon masonry support follows an easy to use referencing system to aid installation on site. The reference always follows the same structure:
System / type / cavity / masonry load / projectionwhere:MDC = Welded Bracket / Angle.MDC/R = Welded Bracket / Angle with reversed angle.MDC/I = Welded Bracket / Angle inverted angle system.CFA = Cold Formed Angle standard system.CFA/I = Cold Formed Angle Inverted system.P = Projection.
Examples:MDC / R / 75 / 5.6Welded Bracket system with a reversed angle to suit a 75mm cavity and to carry 5.6kN/metrerun of masonry.
CFA / I / 50 / 6.0Continuous / Cold Formed Angle system with an inverted angle to suit a 50mm cavity and tocarry 6.0kN/m run of masonry.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
233
Masonry Support
Brickwork Accessories234
Brickwork A
ccessories
AdjustmentCast-in channel will provide virtually unlimited horizontal adjustment; slotted holes in a steeledge member will offer more limited adjustment.The ability of welded bracket support systems to accommodate variations in the line of thestructure is limited by the maximum thickness of shims.Shims can be included between the bracket and the frame up to a maximum thickness ofthe outside diameter of the fixing bolt, or 16mm, whichever is less.Vertical adjustment is provided by the deep slot in the back of the bracket.
Bi-metallic CorrosionCorrosion of a steel frame may be slightly increased where there is direct contact withstainless steel in a damp environment. This can be avoided by isolating the two dissimilarmetals by painting the contact area or by incorporating a separating membrane.
Available from stockThe Industry’s growing emphasis on speed of construction,and the limited ability of welded bracket support systems toprovide adjustment on site, has created a demand for an off-the-shelf support system.AnconOptima consists of short two-step angles,interchangable brackets and locking wedges.
Benefits of AnconOptima• More adjustable than welded bracket systems allowing for variations in the structuralframe.• Specified by using simple load / cavity charts.• No requirement for detailed layout drawings, reducing design time.• Non project specific and supplied from stock.• Faster and easier to install - reduces labour requirements for installation.
AnconOptima Standard Support Systems
AdjustmentBrackets are changed on site to allow for variations in theedge beam and are available to suit cavities from 60mmto 150mm in 5mm increments.
Shims can be used for fine adjustments and should neverneed to be more than 4mm thick.
The AnconOptima System features a fixing zone providinga total of 50mm horizontal adjustment. If the system is tobe fixed using expansion bolts, the brackets can bemoved to eliminate clashes between the bolts andreinforcing bar. This also allows the system to be fixed to pre-drilled holes rather than slots insteelwork.
Vertical adjustment is achieved in the usual way by the deep slot in the back of the bracket.
Horizontal adjustment can be increased by fixing the system to an Ancon channel cast intothe face of the concrete.
This bespoke system can carry over eight metres ofbrickwork and can accommodate any width of cavity from40mm. The brackets are welded to the angle and thematerial content of both components is optimised to ensurean economic solution.
The Ancon MDC System can be supplied in a variety ofconfigurations to suit particular applications and supportspecial masonry features. The size of the support angle canbe varied to suit the thickness and height of the masonry tobe carried. Bracket spacing, depth and height are all variedto suit loadings, fixing position and cavity width.
AdjustmentLimited adjustment is provided in every direction to allow for tolerance in the structuralframe.The serrated and slotted face of the bracket allows for vertical adjustment. Shims allowadjustment to suit variation in the structural frame. Longitudinal adjustment is provided by acast-in channel in concrete or slots in steelwork.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
235
Ancon MDC Bracket Angle Support System
Continuous angles are usually suitable for applicationswhere cavities are small, or there is a requirement for thecavity to be closed at the support position.The angles will normally be supplied in lengths of up to fourmetres.
AdjustmentAdjustment is provided in every direction to allow fortolerance in the structural frame. Vertical slots in the anglewith serrated pads allow ±25mm adjustment. Horizontaladjustment is virtually unlimited when fixing to a continuouscast-in channel and will depend on the length of the slottedholes in the edge member when fixing to steel.
Slotted holes (18 x 60mm) in the angle allow horizontal adjustmentof ±22mm. Shims can be included between the bracket and the frame, upto a maximum thickness of the outside diameter of the fixing bolt, or 16mm,whichever is less.
CFA Continuous Angle Support System
Brickwork Accessories236
Brickwork A
ccessories
Cutting On SiteAnconOptima is not designed for specific buildings andcertain angles will need to be cut on site to suit thelength required. Each angle section must have at leasttwo brackets.
CornersStandard left-hand and right-hand corners are available.Each corner section requires three brackets in order toachieve the required performance. These sections shouldnever be cut.
InstallationA detailed installation guide is enclosed with each delivery. Additional copies are available onrequest.
Upperbear ngpoint
Lock ngwedge
1 5 to 2mm
10mm
Lowerbear ngpoints
Correct installation of Optima
System Maximum Load Angle Length Nominal Length (mm) Fixing Zone Bracket Position(kN/m) (mm) (including 10mm gap Colour (mm)
between angles)
AnconOptima 10 10 990 1000 Red 500 centres
AnconOptima 12 12 990 1000 Green 500 centres
AnconOptima 14 14 790 800 Blue 400 centres
Standard AnconOptima Systems
Fixing Fixing Min. Min. Height Edge Slab Maximum load (kN/m) for various cavity widths (mm)(mm) (mm) (mm) 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150
Cast-in Channels range from simple self-anchoring slotsfor accepting restraint fixings to large capacity channelswith integral anchors. They provide the necessaryadjustment required when fixing to concrete and caneliminate site drilling. Nail holes aid the fixing of channelsto timber formwork and an infill prevents the ingress ofconcrete during casting.Cast-in fixings do not generate expansive forces in theconcrete and can be used at close centres and closer tothe edges than expansion fixings. There are many cast-inchannel profiles, the most commonly used are 21/18 and30/20.
Omega 21/18The Omega 21/18 Channel is a self-anchoringchannel for use with Ancon wall ties referencedSP21, SD21 or PP21. The shallow depth of 18mmallows the channel to be used where there isreduced cover to the reinforcement. Nail holes aidthe fixing of the channel to timber formwork.
30/20Ancon 30/20 is a high performance channel and should be used in preference to 38/17. Itsunique shape allows the applied load to be fed directly from the channel lips to the anchorsand the more compact section size improves its fit between reinforcement. In addition, itslower material content provides cost benefits.Specially designed T-head bolts ride up the sloping sides of the channel and securely lockbehind the front lips. This channel also accepts standard 20mm wide wall ties.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
237
Notes to tables on previous page: Minimum slab thickness assumes the support angle islevel with the bottom of the slab. A thicker slab will be required where this is not the case. *FAZ 12/30 A4 is an Ancon High Performance Bolt. **FBN12/45 A4-145 is an Ancon Single Expansion Bolt.
Cast-in Channels
30/20
21/18 - Omega
13mm
21mm
19m
m
18m
m17mm
29mm
Patent No. EP 0882164BPatent No. 2249110
Design ConsiderationsThere are several factors which will affect the performance of these fixings. The following areas should be considered to ensure that the expected performance isachieved:• Embedment.• Edge distances and spacings.• Fixing thicknesses and shims.• Combined loads.
Brickwork Accessories238
Brickwork A
ccessories
Fixing to ChannelsThis is achieved by ‘T’ head bolts. These are inserted into thechannel and turned through 90°. The bolt must then betightened to the correct torque. Tapped plate washers can beused as an alternative to ‘T’ bolts where non-standard boltlengths or diameters are required.
Allowable Channel LoadsThe allowable load data is available on request.
Channel InfillAll Ancon channels are supplied filled to help stop theingress of concrete during casting. This material is removedeasily in long sections .
Installation GuidanceWhen fixing to timber formwork, all nail holes need to beutilised, to prevent excessive ingress of concrete finesbetween the formwork and the channel during casting.Nails with a plain shank should be installed perpendicular to the channel to ensure easyremoval of the formwork.
Masonry Support Fixings
Types of Suitable Fixings:• Single Expansion Bolts (Concrete).• High Performance Bolts (Concrete).• Hollow Bolts (Hollow Slab).• Ancon SteelGrip (Steel Box Section).• Resin Anchors (Concrete).
We can select the most appropriate fixing for your masonry support application.
Hollow slab anchor
Steelgrip
Capsule anchors
Patent No. 2410307
High performance bolt
Lintels span across openings (typically doors andwindows) and transfer the weight of the masonryabove the opening to the masonry each side. Thehorizontal leg of the lintel fits within a bed joint, thefront edge is usually turned down to provide a dripedge which helps shed moisture above the opening.Lintels usually support both leaves of masonry, butsingle leaf lintels are also available.
A complete range of galvanised and stainless steellintels are available to suit all domestic and commercialapplications.
The Housing and Unilintel ranges are designed to suit the loading conditions found in themajority of residential and commercial buildings.
The standard range consists of:• Housing Lintels.• Unilintels.• Channel Lintels.• Solid Wall Lintels.• Single Leaf Lintels.• Timber Frame Lintels.• Box Lintels.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
239
Lintels
Custom Lintels
In order to meet the requirements of today’s challenging industry, SIG Construction Accessoriescan source the design and manufacture of both special stainless steel and galvanised steel lintelsfor applications where standard lintels are unsuitable.
Solutions can be supplied for complex features such as corbels and otherarchitectural details.
Special cranked, bay, corner and cantilevered corners are available inaddition to the following arch shapes:• Segmental arch.• Semi-circular arch.• Apex arch.• Gothic arch.• Flat top arch.• Double arch.• Arched on plan.
The following information will aid the design of a customlintel and if available should be supplied with your enquiry:• Wall construction: outer leaf, inner leaf and cavity size.• Clear span of opening.• Bearings available (if less than 225mm).• Radius or rise of arch and angles for apex/cranked and corner lintels.
Brickwork Accessories240
Brickwork A
ccessories
WindpostsLarge panels of masonry or panels with openings can oftenbe difficult to justify structurally. The traditional solutionshave been to either increase the thickness of the wall orintroduce an additional column. Windposts fit within thewall allowing the existing thickness to be maintained.Both stainless steel and mild steel / coated windposts canbe supplied.
Ancon WP1 and WP3 WindpostsThese are channel section windposts which are designedto be installed within the cavity leaving the blockworkundisturbed. The windposts are complete with endconnections and ties which fit into the vertical slots in theflanges of the channel section.
Ancon WP2 WindpostsWP2 Windposts are angle section windposts designed foreither small cavities or where wind loads are high. One legof the angle windpost is built into the blockwork, and theblockwork is tied through the leg of the windpost tominimise any possible movement or cracking of internalfinishes. If a vertical movement joint is required in place of atied joint, debonded ties can be supplied.
Ancon WP4 WindpostsThese are generally used in internal blockwork walls that have a 'fair faced' finish to bothsides and where the windposts cannot protrude beyond either face.
Sometimes referred to as 'spine' posts they are flat plates designed to fit within the wall.
Although the depth of a WP4 post is limited by the width of the masonry (ideally 20mm lessthan the wall width) the thickness of the post can vary to increase its load capacity.
Blockwork is tied through the post. Debonded ties can be used if the post is positioned at amovement joint.
Typical Examples of Windpost Applications
WP1
WP2
WP2
WP3
WP4
Windpost DesignWindposts are designed and manufactured to suit each individual project. Sufficienttime should be allowed for the design, approval and manufacturing process whenplacing orders.Ancon Windposts are designed to span vertically between floors to provide lateral supportfor panels of brickwork. The windposts will usually be restrained by the brickwork anddesigned as ‘simply supported beams’.
Deflection under wind load will often limit the maximum loading. Windposts can bedesigned as ‘propped cantilevers’ to limit deflection, this however will require a much largerbase connection which in many cases may be difficult to accommodate.
Connections to the frame are designed to permit adjustment during installation. Serratedsurfaces will be provided where adjustment is in the direction of the load. The top
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
241
connection allows for shrinkage or vertical movement ofthe frame to take place. The type of fixing will depend onthe nature of the frame. Expansion bolts are normallysupplied for concrete frames and set screws will besupplied for steel frames.
Typical fixing details are shown overleaf, although othersare available.
Parapet and Spandrel PostsAncon Parapet and Spandrel Posts are restrained by thebrickwork and designed as ‘cantilevers’. The baseconnection will need to be sufficient to resist the ‘bendingmoment’ and may in some cases be difficult toaccommodate within the floor construction. The height ofthese posts is unlikely to be more than 1.6 metres.
WP1 WP2 WP3 WP4
a x b x t a x b x t a x b x t a x t
60 x 60 x 4 125 x 70 x 4 85 x 60 x 4 90 x 8
80 x 60 x 4 140 x 70 x 4 85 x 60 x 5 100 x 8
55 x 60 x 4 130 x 70 x 6 95 x 60 x 5 110 x 8
55 x 60 x 5 155 x 70 x 4 105 x 60 x 5 120 x 8
65 x 60 x 4 170 x 70 x 4 115 x 60 x 5
65 x 60 x 5 150 x 70 x 6 115 x 60 x 6
75 x 60 x 4 160 x 70 x 6 115 x 65 x 8
75 x 60 x 5 185 x 70 x 4
150 x 80 x 8
185 x 70 x 5
160 x 80 x 8
200 x 70 x 5
Note: a = depth, b = width, t = thickness All measurements in mm.
Standard Windpost Section Sizes
Brickwork Accessories242
Brickwork A
ccessories
Windpost Ties
A range of ties are available to suit Ancon Windposts.
SDN SDN Ties (with drip) are used to the outer leaf.
SPNSPN Ties to the inner leaf.
SNS SNS Ties are used across the posts in the inner blockworkand can be supplied with a debonding sleeve for use wherethere is a vertical movement joint.
SPN
SDN
SNS
Typical Windpost Fixing Details
Base Connection of a WP3Windpost to Combideck.
Top Connection of a WP3 Windpost tothe Underside of a Concrete Beam.
Top Connection of a WP3 Windpost tothe Face of the Concrete.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
243
Top Connection of a WP2 Windpost tothe Underside of a Steel Beam.
Top Connection of a WP2 Windpost tothe Underside of a Timber Wall Plate.
Top Connection of a WP3 Windpost tothe Underside of a Steel Beam.
Base Connection of a WP3 Windpost tothe Top of a Concrete Slab.
Base Connection of a WP2 Parapet Post tothe Top and Face of a Concrete Slab.
Top Connection of a WP3Windpost to the Top of aTimber Wall Plate.
Brickwork Accessories244
Brickwork A
ccessories
x
b
x
b
?
x
b
a
? ??
a
Please state dimension from base to first tieposition to match coursing (b to x)
If you would like to order a windpost, please complete questions 1-9 below. One windpost specification per sheet.
Reference / Contact
1. Type (tick) 2. Section Size
4. Length3. Number Required
5. Top Connection (tick)
6. Base Connection
7. Slot Dimension
9. Drawings Attached?
8. Brick and Block
E.g. 140 x 70 x 4 mm
NB: Windposts will be detailed and supplied as orientated above unless otherwise stated.
Structural Opening (a to b)No. mm
Concrete Steel BeamPlease state size of UB
Timber wall platePlease state size of wallplate and any offset
Concrete Concrete Steel BeamPlease state size of UB
Please indicate required top connection from the drawings below andcomplete all applicable dimensions (see ?)
Number of windpostsrequired to this specification
Brick mmmm
Cavity Size mm
Block mm
YesPlease attach drawings showing sectionthrough building if available.
No
Contact:
Site Address:
Tel: Fax:
Order No:
WP1 WP3 WP4WP2
Windpost Design Sheet
Fax Back to: 0870 420 8332
Ancon AMR ReinforcementAncon AMR is a steel reinforcement, designed to be locatedin the horizontal bed joint to strengthen masonry panels.The longitudinal steel wires are flattened to ensure goodcover is maintained even lapped or used with wall ties.
Depth and LengthThe main longitudinal wires are flattened to less than 3mm.Ancon AMR is manufactured in standard lengths of2700mm.
The longitudinal wires have a minimum characteristic yieldstrength of 500N/mm2.
MaterialsAncon AMR is available in Austenitic stainless steel (ref. S) and galvanised steel (ref. G). Stainlesssteel provides the greatest corrosion resistance and life-cycle costing benefits, and is suitable foruse in any application. Galvanised steel is not suitable for use in the external leaf of a cavity wall.
Wire DiametersThe Ancon AMR is manufactured from five wire sizes which, after flattening, have an equivalentwire diameter of 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5mm.
WidthsAvailable in four standard widths (60, 100, 150, 175mm), the Ancon AMR can be used in wallwidths from 100mm to 215mm.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
245
Brick reinforcement products are designed for structuralreinforced masonry applications and crack control. Allproducts supplied by SIG Construction Accessories complyfully with the requirements of the Reinforced MasonryDesign Code – BS 5628-2: 2000 and BS EN 845-3: 2003.
*For use with internal wall only (partition or cross wall)
AMR Reinforcement continued
Brickforce®
Brick reinforcement consists of two main parallel wires joinedby in-line welded cross wires. Main wires are manufacturedto a flattened profile to simplify location into the mortar jointwithout steel build-up problems at lap positions corners /junctions, or when used in conjunction with wall ties. Bothstainless and galvanised steel are held in stock.
Main Wires:Flattened profile, equivalent diameter to suit designrequirements with a minimum characteristic tensile strengthof 500N/mm2.Brickforce is available in a range of different main wirediameters for specific structural loading situations, and in a variety of product widths to suit different block or brick leaf construction.
Pack Sizes:Manufactured in 2.7m long strips and supplied in packs.• Stainless steel packs contain 20 strips (54m per pack)• Galvanised packs contain 25 strips (67.5m per pack). Minimum overlap 225mm
Product code describes finish, wire diameter and product width.i.e. SBF35W60 = stainless Brickforce 3.5mm dia wire 60mm wide.
GBF40W100 = galvanised Brickforce 4.0mm dia wire 100mm wide.Notes: Other widths and customised components available.
1. For external walls (including internal leaf of cavity).2. Internal walls only (partitions of cross walls).
Specialist ProductsOther specialist reinforcement products are available:
Bricktie®Reinforcement for collar jointed walls.
Brickwork Accessories248
Brickwork A
ccessories
Bricktor® CCRBricktor® CCR is a crack control reinforcement productwhich can be used for both standard masonry joints and 2-3mm thin joint systems.
Supplied in a roll, Bricktor is manufactured from high tensilewire. Its cross wires are designed in a square welded formatwhich allows easier application into the bed joint. It isavailable in both stainless steel and galvanised finishes.Galvanised Bricktor is for use in internal walls only. Forexternal walls (including inside leaf of cavity wall) stainlesssteel Bricktor must be used.
Used in thin joint aircrete construction, the welded wiremesh is approx. 1.5mm in thickness which lies easily within2-3mm mortar joints.
Sizes• Supplied as 25m roll.• Minimum overlap 225mm.
Stainless Steel Galvanised No. of main wires To suit wall width (mm)
SBT60CCR GBT60CCR 4 100 – 125
SBT100CCR GBT100CCR 6 140 – 150
SBT160CCR GBT160CCR 9 190 – 200
SBT180CCR GBT180CCR 10 215
Note: For wall widths greater than 225mm, a combination of narrower roll widths may be used.
Bricktor® CCR
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
249
Power-tie flat wire ladder reinforcementPower-tie flat wire ladder reinforcement is now colour coded for ease of equivalent roundwire diameter identification on site.
• Low profile, flat wire allows easy integration with wall ties. Conforms to BS5628-2.
• Competitively packed in packs of 20 lengths.
• Made from Austenitic Stainless Steel 1.4301.
• 500N / mm2 minimum tensile strength.
• Corrosion resistant.
• Corners, T and curved shapes available
The power-tie range encompasses a variety of fixings to suit both brick and blockconstruction from cavity wall ties and frame cramps to ladder reinforcement and accessories.
Exmet ReinforcementReinforced brickwork is preferable to unreinforced in alltypes of building because steel reinforcement adds tensilestrength to the inherent compressive strength of thistraditional construction method.
Reasons why you should select stainless steel or galvanisedExmet for reinforcing brickwork;• Exmet is a length of expanded stainless or galvanised mesh
with continuity of steel throughout.• Exmet has no joints, welds or interweaving to fail under
stress.• Once mortared into brickwork the diamond-shaped
meshes are anchored immovably so that the reinforcementcannot slip under tension.
Material Thickness (mm) Coil Size Width (mm) Coil Size Length (m) Suitable for Minimum Wall Thickness (mm)
0.3 65 20 75
0.3 115 20 140
0.3 175 20 190
0.3 225 20 250
Exmet Reinforcement
The selection and spacing of wall ties depend on many factors. These include the type ofbrick/block to be tied, cavity width, type and height of building, location and design life.
Wall Ties
< 31m/s
< 31m/s
< 25m/s
Map of UK Wind speedsInformation taken from BS 6399-2. 1997 Code ofPractice for Wind Loads.
Wall Tie selector tables on page 252
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
251
Selection of Wall Ties to BS 5628-1: 2005 and BS 5268-6:1
Type Application Density Centres Max Building Geographical LocationHeight
Type 1 Heavy duty tie suitable for most 2.5 ties/m2 900mm Any height Suitable for most building sizes and types. Not very 3-4 ties/m at horizontal sites. However, forflexible and not recommended unbonded 450mm relatively tall orwhere there is expected to be edges vertical unusually shapedexcessive differential movement buildings inbetween leaves vulnerable areas,
the tie provisionshould becalculated
Type 2 General purpose tie for domestic 2.5 ties/m2 900mm 15m Suitable for flat sites.and small commercial buildings. 3-4 ties/m horizontal Basic wind speed up May be suitable for buildings at unbonded 450mm to 31m/s andexceeding 15 metres if shown edges vertical altitude notto be adequate by calculation more than 150m
above sea level
Type 3 Basic wall tie generally as 2.5 ties/m2 900mm 15m Suitable for flat sites.Type 2 above 3-4 ties/m horizontal Basic wind speed
at unbonded 450mm limited to 25m/sedges vertical and altitude not
more than 150mabove sea level
Type 4 Light duty wall tie suitable for 2.5 ties/m2 900mm 10m Suitable for flat sites box-form domestic dwellings 3-4 ties/m horizontal in towns and citieswith leaves of similar at unbonded 450mm where the basic thickness edges vertical wind speed is limited
to 25m/s and altitude not morethan 150m above sea level
Type 5 Timber frame tie suitable for 4.4 ties/m2 15m Basic wind speed is domestic houses and small limited tocommercial developments of 25m/s and altitude up to three storeys not more than
150m above sea level
Type 6 Timber frame tie suitable for 4.4 ties/m2 15m Basic wind speed domestic houses and small limited tocommercial developments of up 25m/s and altitude to four storeys not more than
150m above sea level
For complete information refer to BS 5628-1: 2005 and BS 5268-6:1
Brickwork Accessories252
Brickwork A
ccessories
Length of Tie and EmbedmentWall ties should be of the correct length to ensure theyare properly embedded in the masonry. The tie shouldhave a minimum embedment of 50mm in each leaf butalso take site tolerances into account for both cavity widthand centring of the tie. For this reason we suggest tielengths which achieve an embedment of between62.5mm and 75mm.Recommended lengths to suit various cavity widths areshown for masonry-to-masonry wall ties.
Cavity Width (mm) Length of Wall Tie (mm) BS 5628-1 Wall tie
50 - 75 200 HRT4, RT2, ST1
76 - 100 225 HRT4, RT2, ST1
101 - 125 250 HRT4, RT2, ST1
126 - 150 275 ST1
150 300* ST1
*These wall ties can be used in 126 - 150mm cavities if they are embedded
further into the inner leaf.
Recommended lengths of Masonry to Masonry Wall Ties
Density and Positioning of TiesFor walls in which both leaves are 90mm or thicker, tiesshould be used at not less than 2.5 per square metre (900mmhorizontal x 450mm vertical centres). Ties should be evenlydistributed over the wall area, except around openings, andshould preferably be staggered.
Embedment
Embedment of Wall Ties
EmbedmentCav ty width
Wall Tie SelectorProduct Name/ Lengths Box Alternative TiesCode Quantity
Key: ACS, Alderdale, Expamet, Vista, Wincro.NB. All ties are boxed in 250s. **Not usually stocked.Alternative product codes are for reference only, please check with your local branch for availability.
Debonding SleevesDebonding sleeves are used on plain-ended wall ties at verticalmovement joints. The tie will restrain the masonry against lateral windloads but the sleeve will allow the masonry to expand or contract. A 120mm long sleeve will provide an allowance for movement andtolerance, and will be suitable for most applications. Other lengths andsizes available to special order. Length: 120mm.
Insulation Retaining ClipThe red Staifix Insulation Retaining Clip will fit all Ancon and Staifixstandard wall ties. Size: 80mm Diameter. Pack Sizes: Bags of 20 or 250.
Hammer ScrewsHammer Screws are available for fixing into concrete.Sizes: 6 x 40mm, 8 x 60mm.
Tek ScrewsTek Screws are available for fixing into steel up to 12mm thick.Size: 5.5 x 38mm.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
255
Two-Part TieCavities exceeding 150mm are sometimes required. Thisnecessitates longer ties which can be difficult to balance andkeep horizontal when built into the inner leaf. The AnconTwo-Part Tie has one section built into the blockwork; theother section is then fixed as the outer leaf is built.
The inner tie is manufactured in a standard length of 170mm. Variation in the cavity width isaccommodated by the length of the outer tie. Insulation Retaining Clips can be supplied tofit the inner section.
Ancon Two-Part Ties sustain loads which exceed the requirements for a Type 2 tie to BS5628-1 for cavities up to 300mm. An embedment of 75mm is required at each end.
Ancon Fastrack ChannelBuilding one leaf of the cavity wall in advance of the other isoften beneficial but can create problems with coursing.Buildings which incorporate imperial or continental bricks andstandard metric blocks present even greater difficulties.
Ancon Fastrack Channel is built into the inner leaf ofblockwork ready to take an Ancon SD28 or similar tie for theouter leaf. This method of construction avoids the dangers ofprojecting ties (Tie lengths = open cavity + 50mm).
Ancon Fastrack Channels and Ties can be supplied in different lengths and can also be usedfor tying stonework to blockwork if DD28 or similar Ancon Ties are used.
Ancon Fastrack Channels and Ties sustain loads which exceed the requirements for a Type 2tie to BS 5628-1.
This system can also be manufactured in a 36/8 channel profile that accepts wall tiesreferenced SP36 or SD36.
Non-Drill FixingsAncon’s range of ‘Non-Drill’ masonry to steel fixing solutions wasdeveloped to address the safety concerns of the Industry. Driven bycustomer demand for masonry restraint fixings with an alternateinstallation method from that of either shot-firing or drilling, Anconengineered the innovative solutions that are detailed here. Thesefixings do not require the use of power tools and can reduceinstallation times and costs. In all instances they simply about thecolumn or attach to the flange to restrain the wall against lateralwind loads.
Eliminate the dangers associated with shot-firing and drilling:• Quick, simple and economical to install.• No power tools required.• No special skills or equipment required.• Fixings either abut the column or attach to the flange.
Hammer-On Tie (HOS-TIE)
Hammer-On Section
Brickwork Accessories256
Brickwork A
ccessories
Hammer-on SectionAvailable in five sizes to accommodate a steel thickness from7mm to 25mm, this fixing is simply hammered onto theflange. It can be utilised either on a column with a tie or ona beam with an internal head restraint.
Column TieThe Column Tie clamps to the flange of a column. It accommodates asteel thickness from 6mm to 25mm and should be installed at 225mmvertical centres. Manufactured in lengths to suit the application, it canfeature a drip for use across the cavity or a plain shank for installationback into the inner leaf.
Column Tie
Remedial Wall TiesCorrosion of Cavity Wall TiesWall ties are an essential element in the stability of masonry panels. Prior to 1978, wall tieswere usually manufactured from galvanized mild steel. These ties were expected to last thelifetime of the building, but for many years it has been recognised that some of these wallties have corroded after only 15 or 20 years.
Type Description
Ancon MM 63 Used when tying together two leaves of solid materials, this tie hasMechanical / mechanical expanders at each end. Requires 10.5mm holes.Mechanical
Ancon RM 63 For use when the material in the inner leaf is perforated, of low- Resin / density or afriable material. A resin fixing may be used to Mechanical eliminate any imposed stress. Requires 10.5mm or 11mm holes.
Staifix RIR Used where mechanical expanders are unusable. Normally insertedinto a hole, but if test facilities are required, a 12mm hole must beused. A plastic sieve can be used to retain resin and is particularly useful in perforated brick or hollow blockwork. A 12mm hole is required to fit the sieve.
Stairib Bar Stainless steel ribbed bar, resin-grouted into the inner and outer leaves.
Ancon AC 31 Used where bricks are removed then replaced in the outer leaf. The wavy end is resin-bonded into the inner leaf in a 10mm hole. The triangular end sits in the bed joint. Ancon AC 31 can be supplied with a drip or a neoprene ring.
Ancon AC 31C Similar to the AC 31 but cranked by 25mm to aid fixing to the inner leaf.
Cameron T47 Used for the repair of mass brickwork with an unbonded brick façade, sometimes built from snapped headers. The T end is built into the bed joint and perpend, and hidden when the brickwork is repointed
Fischer FIS P This styrene-free injection resin is quick setting and suitable for a 380 C Resin wide range of applications. The two components are safely
mixed together inside the nozzle. Automatic mixing ensures an accurate blending of the components and, being mixed only as required, the minimum of wastage. Resin guns and additional mixing nozzles are available.
Brickwork Accessories258
Brickwork A
ccessories
Staifix-Thor Helical Crack StitchingKitThe Staifix-Thor Helical Crack Stitching Kit is a highstrength, non-disruptive solution for the permanent repairof cracked masonry.The stainless steel helical bars are chemically bonded intobed joints to stitch cracks, redistributing tensile forces andstabilising the structure. On completion, the bar and grout are concealed, retaining theoriginal character of the wall.
Kit consists of 10 x 1m Helical Bar, 3 Litres Cementitious Grout, Mixing Paddle, ApplicatorGun, Grout Nozzle and Finger Trowel.
500mm
500mm 500mm
500mm
HelibarHelical stainless steel structural reinforcing rod for masonry repair and new construction.
Applications:For crack stitching; for restoring structural integrity where masonry has cracked and failed;for creating expansion joints; as a new build masonry reinforcing rod.
Features:• Grade 304 stainless steel helical reinforcing rods (Grade 316 available on request).• Great axial strength yet creates no additional stresses.• Flexibility accommodates differential building movements.• Generates high tensile strength with mortar and Helibond grout.• Extremely economical compared with alternative methods.• Minimal disruption to building's fabric or occupants.• Spreads loads in masonry to avoid secondary cracking.• Mitigates the potential for cracking in shrinkable materials.
Crack Stitching & BondingCracked masonry is best stabilised by bonding HeliBar stainless steel rods into appropriatebed joints or cut slots. Tensile loads are redistributed along the masonry to minimise furtherdevelopments of the crack which may occur withsimple injection methods.
Benefits:• Quick, simple, effective and permanent. • Helibar & Helibond grout combine to produce an
excellent bond within the substrate.• Masonry remains flexible enough to
accommodate natural building movement.• Non-disruptive structural stabilisation with no
additional stresses.
Material: Austenitic stainless steel grade 304.Grade 316 available on request.Application: HeliBond 3 litre tub is sufficient for 10 Linear metres. Crack Stitching Kit
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
259
Length (m) Diameter (mm) Pack
1.0 4.5, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0 Each
1.5 4.5, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0 Each
2.0 4.5, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0 Each
Helibar
HeliBond Cementitious GroutHigh performance, injectable, cementitious grout for bonding metal components into masonry-type substrates. Helibond is a two-part, non-gassing, cement based grout suitable for injectionwith a hand or power applicator. It is supplied in a pail containing the dry powder and liquidcomponents individually packaged for mixing using a paddle mixer. It includes an expansionagent to compensate for shrinkage in the hardened state.
Features:• Non-shrink thixotropic grout.• Flows easily under pressure to fill voids.• Rapidly develops compressive strength.• Cures within 28 days to reach 60N/mm2.• Ready-to-mix components supplied for use in hand held applicator.
Size (litres) Pack
3 Each
HeliBond Cementitious Grout
Head 21
Shank D
Tail S
Ancon SD21wall tie
Specialist Tie SelectorFor special ties choose the tail, shank and head required using theletter reference system and give the overall length of tie required.For example:
Tail
Most can be used ateither end of tie
S _ _
P _ _
D _ _
Y _ _
10mm6x60mm loosedowel
6x60mm weldeddowel
L
L
10mm
M
6x60mm loosedowel
10mm
6.5mmdiameter holes
15mm15mm
L _ _
25mm
Brickwork Accessories260
Brickwork A
ccessories
W _ _
T _ _
Manufacturedto suit
Z _ _
Shank
_ D _
_ P _
_ V _
_ F _
_ H _
Head
10
20
50
30
10
10
8x30mm slot
7mm diameter hole
L
To fit 21/18Omega Channel
_ _ V_ _ U without slot
_ _ B
_ _ 21
30
L
10mm
_ _ 25 To fit 25/14_ _ 28 To fit 28/15_ _ 30 To fit 30/20_ _ 36 To fit 36/8 _ _ 38*To fit 38/17
*Tie will be 25mm wide
7mm diameter hole
Tie will be 25mmwide
105mm
_ _ X
_ _ G
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
261
Wall ChannelAncon 25/14 Restraint SystemThe Ancon 25/14 channel system is designed to tiebrickwork to steel studding. Self-drilling screws fix throughthe channel and the insulation material, into the steel. Oncethe channel is installed, Ancon SD25 wall ties can bepositioned at any point along its length and are built intothe bed joints of the outer leaf of brickwork. The spacing ofties is based on the height of building and its geographicallocation.
Altitude & Distance from Coast Vertical Tie Spacing (mm) for different heights of brickwork15m 25m 40m
Altitude up to 150m and at
least 50km from coast 450 225 225
Altitude up to 25m and within
50km from coast 450 300 225
Tie Spacing Based on 25/14 Channel at 600mm Horizontal Centres with Basic Wind Speed < 25m/s
36/8
12mm8mm
36mm
25/14
14mm
25mm16mm
28/15
12mm
15mm
28mm
1
Surface Fixed Channel
Allowable LoadsThe allowable loads for surface-fixed channel in the tablebelow assume partial fixity (M=WL/6) and are limited byeither a maximum stress of 160N/mm2 or a deflection ofspan/325.Allowable loads for other spans and/or different end fixitycan be calculated using the section properties shownbelow.
Channels are supplied plain-backed for surface fixing toeither concrete or steelwork. When bolting channel to concrete or steelwork it isimportant to utilise all fixing holes (except with 25/14channels), incorporating the square washer provided andensuring its correct orientation to achieve the allowableloads. 25/14 Channel should be fixed to steelwork at450mm vertical centres with self-drilling screws.
Note: Fixing into 36/8 and 25/14 will be with wall ties, notT bolts, and the maximum allowable load is limited to0.5kN; this maximum should be applied to all channelswhere the fixing is a wall tie.
Wall Starter Systems36/8 Wall Extension SystemThe 36/8 Wall Extension System can be supplied with eitherSP36 ties or, where some longitudinal movement must beaccommodated at the joint, PP36 ties complete withdebonding sleeves. The channel can be supplied in lengthsof up to 3.4 metres with each length having a series ofholes to allow fixing to the existing wall. The system isavailable as a kit comprising a length of 36/8 channel2400mm long, six ties, five plugs and screws.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
263
Staifix Universal Wall Starter SystemThis system includes all necessary fixings to join a singleskin of masonry, 2400mm high, to an existing wall. Eachpack includes two fixing strips, five plugs, five washers,five screws and ten wall ties.
Suitable for wall widths from 60mm to 250mm andmasonry up to eight metres in height, this system willresist a wind load of up to 4.5kN over a height of2400mm.
Wall Ties slide within the fixing strip to course with thebed joints of any masonry unit. This Universal Wall StarterSystem meets the technical requirements of the NHBC.
Multi-StartersFeaturing a ‘turn-n-slide tie’ to accommodate all sizes ofbrick/block. The Multi-Starter is suitable for all wall widthsfrom 60mm-250mm.
The turn-n-slide ties enable the starter to be tied into anycourse the builder wishes, ideally every (225mm deep) blockcourse or every third course of (75mm deep) bricks.Slots at each end allow easy connection of one length tothe next.
Head RestraintsHead Restraints provide the necessary restraint to the top ofmasonry walls. They allow for vertical movement toaccommodate shrinkage or thermal movement of the wallor structural frame, whilst restraining wind loads.
The Ancon IHR is used for restraining the top ofinternal walls or the top of the inner leaf of acavity wall. The opening at the front of thechannel stem is sealed to prevent mortar ingressand to ensure that vertical movement can takeplace between the blockwork and the structure.The base of the stem must be built within a bedjoint with the centre of the stem no closer than 50mm from the edge ofthe block. The vertical joint should be filled with mortar each side of thestem. The maximum joint between the top of the blockwork and theunderside of the frame should not be greater than 25mm.
The sliding tie can be provided with either a hole (IHR - B) or slot (IHR - V)to suit M8 bolts, with a notch end to fix directly into a 38/17 or 30/20 cast-in channel (IHR - C) and with a notch end to suit the Hammer-On Section(page 216) that attaches to a steel flange without site drilling (IHR - H). The standard Ancon IHR will suit a 215mm high block and canresist a load of 1.5kN*. Other sizes between 150 - 250mm are available.
*The IHR-H can resist a load of 1kN. When fixed at 450mm centres staggered each side ofthe lower beam flange (effective centres 900mm on each side) the service load will be 1.1kNper metre in either direction.
Brickwork Accessories264
Brickwork A
ccessories
Ancon IHR - Internal Head RestraintAncon IHR Cto suit Cast nChannel
IHR C 38to suit 38/17
IHR C 30to suit 30/20
Ancon IHR Vwith Slot
Ancon IHR H*supplied withHammer On Section
Ancon IHR Bwith Hole
Ancon FHR - Head RestraintThe Ancon FHR Head Restraint is used for restraining thetop of internal walls or the internal leaf of a cavity wall. Thetwo angles clamp the top of the wall and have 9mmdiameter holes to suit M8 bolts. They are supplied with twoholes in the longer angle to allow the restraint to fit100mm and 140mm blockwork. Each restraint can resist aservice load of 1kN. To suit 100mm and
140mm Blockwork
75mm
Expamet FHR - Head RestraintThis very simple, economical head restraint product,available to suit either 100 or 140mm walls. Verticalmovement can be accommodated only by allowingclearance between the top of the blockwork panel, andthe underside of the restraint angle.
Sliding Head Restraints are telescoping concealed anchorsproviding shear restraint to the wall head of non loadbearing walls whilst allowing differential movementbetween the structure above and the masonry below.
A friction grip assembly facilitates masonry construction byholding the built-in sleeve in a raised position while layingthe masonry below. The power-tie Sliding Head Restraintsfeature masonry embedment markings to indicate 25mmclearance to soffits above. Supplied with either slotted(SHRS) or holed (SHRH) anchorage. Depth to suit a standard215mm block, other depths available to special order.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
265
Power-tie Sliding Head Restraint
Ancon SAH - Sliding AnchorsAncon SAH Sliding Anchors have stems which fit within thecavity and accept ties that slide to accommodate verticalmovement. Available with six different head options asstandard, they are supplied with one-way or two-way tieswith safety ends.
The standard fixing hole is 12mm diameter to suit AnconM10 Single Expansion Bolts or M10 T Head Bolts to fitAncon 28/15 Channel. Ancon SAH Sliding Anchors have 25x 5mm stems and a maximum service capacity of 1kN perstem when the upper tie is within 75mm of the fixing. Tiesshould be spaced at a minimum of 150mm and at leasttwo ties should be used per stem.
SIS
S
Length and slotpos tion to suitappl cation
SPI
Length to su tapplication
38mm45mm
25mm 15mm130mm 130mm
95mm50mm
15mm
160mm
160mm
160mm38mm
SAH - T SAH - U SAH - UF
340mmmin.600mmmax.
340mmmin.600mmmax.
340mmmin.
600mmmax. 340mm
min.600mmmax.
340mmmin.
600mmmax.340mm
min.600mmmax.
SAH - UO SAH - U
Off-setto suit
SAH - UC
Brickwork Accessories266
Brickwork A
ccessories
These screws feature a shaped drill tip of hardenedsteel that allows installation without pre-drilling. Hi-thread screws accommodate insulation between asurface-fixed channel and the steel frame. In additionto those products identified in the table, Ancon cansupply hi-thread screws to suit an insulation thickness above 70mm thick and a steel thickness above 4mm. More information is available on request.Self-drilling screws should be fixed using a driver with aspeed of around 1800rpm. Drive sockets are available.
Single Expansion Through BoltsSingle expansion bolts fix into a hole which is similar to the diameter of the bolt. This allowsthe hole to be drilled through the hole in the item to be fixed. The single expansion bolt is acost-effective anchor, available in grade 1.4401(316) stainless steel in a wide range of sizes.
Self Drilling Screw
Joint FillersClosed Cell PolyethyleneClosed Cell Expanded polyethylene foam is supplied in roll, sheet or strip form. Highperformance expansion joint fillerboard, for concrete slab construction and brickwork joints,which is supplied with an undercut to the depth of sealant for controlled void formation andeasy removal.
Sheet Size Thickness (mm)
1.5m x 2.2m = 3.3m2 10, 12, 15, 20, 25
1m x 2m = 2m2 10, 12, 15, 20, 25
Closed Cell Polyethylene Sheets
Set ScrewsStainless steel set screws, nuts and washers are available ina range of diameters and lengths in grades A2 (304) and A4(316). Set screws can be shrink-wrapped and suppliedcomplete with nylon washer to prevent bi-metallic corrosionwhen fixing to steel.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
267
Width (mm) Thickness (mm)
100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 20, 25
Supplied in 2.2m strips.
Closed Cell Polyethylene Strips
Width (mm) Thickness (mm)
100, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 10, 12, 15
Supplied in 10m rolls.
Closed Cell Polyethylene Rolls
Restraint Straps/Multiholed Fixing StrapsBAT straps are manufactured in two types. Heavy Duty toprovide horizontal restraint and Standard to provide verticalrestraint against wind pressure and uplift forces.
The installation of restraint straps must comply with thecurrent Building Regulations, British Standards BS 5628 : Part1 and Part 3 and BS 8103 : Part 1, as well as NHBCrecommendations.
Restraint straps – Standard (ST)A galvanised 27.5 x 2.5mm strap for vertical restraintapplications. Provided with 6mm holes at 12mm offsetcentres.Available in 100mm increments to 3000 and 4000mm.
Restraint Straps – Heavy Duty (HD)A galvanised 27.5 x 5mm strap for horizontal restraintapplications. Provided with 6mm holes at 12mm offsetcentres.
Type Shortest Length (mm) Longest Length (m)
Standard 100 3000
M305 Heavy Duty 100 3000
Restraint Straps
Brickwork Accessories268
Brickwork A
ccessories
Structural Fixings
Code To Suit Joist Centres (mm) Lengths (mm) Box Qty
HJS400 400 460 50
HJS450 450 523 50
HJS600 600 660 50
Herringbone Joist StrutsProvide stability to floor joists. Herringbone joist strutssignificantly reduce labour content in fixing strutting on site.
Restraint Straps – Stainless SteelType 304S15. Available in standard and M305 heavy duty formats.Available on request. Allow 10 working days.Available in 100mm increments to 3000 and 4000mm.
Type Code Bend/Twists
Standard ST B i.e. ST0600B100
ST T i.e. ST1600T150
Heavy Duty HD B i.e. HD0900B450
HD T i.e. HD3000T200
Note: For straps with more than one operation we require a detailed drawing faxed throughwith the order.
How to order:
When ordering quote the overall length and distance of bend/twist from END of strap. eg.overall length, bent at 100mm, bent at 250mm, twisted at 400mm. eg. HD1000B100,ST1000T400.
Restraint Straps – Stainless Steel
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
269
Splice PlatesSuitable for butt jointing timbers of similar cross section.
Code Size (mm) l x h x return Joist Depth (mm) 1 Set per Application Box Qty
L61 400 x 61 x 18 150 Set = 4 8 sets
L80 560 x 80 x 18 200 Set = 4 8 sets
L98 560 x 98 x 18 250 Set = 4 8 sets
Truss ClipsEliminates the disadvantages of skew nailing trussed raftersto timber wall plates; damaged connector plates; splitrafters or wall plates.
Code Type Size (mm) Box Qty
TC38 Standard 38 38 100
TC50 Non-standard 50 50 100
Brickwork Accessories270
Brickwork A
ccessories
U-Nail Galvanised Steel PlatesBAT-U-Nail is a plate system which enables timber structuresto be made on site or in the builder’s workshop, since it isnailed by hand.
Code Size (mm) Box Qty
BP 7651 76 x 51 200
BP 76100 76 x 100 200
BP 76152 76 x 152 100
BP 76203 76 x 203 100
BP 76254 76 x 254 75
BP 76305 76 x 305 75
BP 11451 114 x 51 200
BP 114100 114 x 100 100
BP 114152 114 x 152 100
BP 114203 114 x 203 50
BP 114254 114 x 254 50
BP 114305 114 x 305 50
BP 114354 114 x 354 25 bundle
BP 15251 152 x 51 150
BP 152100 152 x 100 100
BP 152152 152 x 152 75
BP 152203 152 x 203 50
BP 152254 152 x 254 50
BP 152305 152 x 305 50
BP 152354 152 x 354 25 bundle
Frame CrampsTo provide positive location and support of window fromtimber framing to resist wind and incidental loadings.
Code Type Size (mm) Box Qty
SEFC150* Safe Edge 100 x 50 125
SEFC200* Safe Edge 150 x 50 125
SEFC250* Safe Edge 200 x 50 125
FC1 Frame Cramp 202 x 76 straight 100
FC2 Frame Cramp 212 x 40 x 76 100
*To fix door and window frames to masonry inner leaf.
Joist Hanger – Return Type ‘R’A single piece timber to masonry hanger. For building intobrick or block walls to support floor joists. ‘R’ type is a standard type ‘S’ with return plate added, fixedby riveting.
Expamet’s versatile and comprehensive range of BAT Joist Hangers has been designed to suita wide range of building applications. Bringing benefits to new-build, refurbishment,maintenance and renovation projects.
Joist Hanger – Straddle Type ‘ST’For building into brick or block walls to support floor joists.‘ST’ Type is two standard Type ‘S’ with jointing plate added.
Code Joist Width (mm) Box Qty
MS240 38 to 100 30
MS335 38 to 100 30
MS380 38 to 100 30
MS440 38 to 150 30
MS500 38 to 150 30
MS560* 38 to 150 30
MS620 38 to 150 20
*MS560 150 supplied in boxes of 20.
Maxi Joist HangersMaxi Hangers are heavy duty hangers for the support oftimber to timber or timber to masonry, concrete etc. withprovision for nailing or bolting.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
273
Speedy Joist HangersBAT Speedy Joist Hangers offer a quick and safe method fortrimming joists together to form openings in floors for stairwells. Manufactured to accommodate joists of up to225mm deep by up to 100mm thick.
Maxi Speedy HangerBAT Maxi Speedy Hanger uses both bolt and nail fixings forheavy duty use.
SPH (Single Piece Hanger)The BAT SPH (single piece hanger) Joist Hanger totalsupport system includes a standard, return and straddleversion. The SPH has been designed to present over twicethe usual area of flange to the top side of the block onwhich it sits. It greatly reduces the point loading onlightweight blocks making it suitable for use with even thelightest 2.8N/m2 blocks.
Hangers to suit I joists and extra wide sizes (150-225mm)are available on special order.
Speedy Girder Truss ShoeDesigned to offer a safe and economical method ofconnecting trusses to girder units. It incorporates a speciallyextended bearing surface of 85mm.
Code Max. Joist Depth (mm) Joist Width (mm)
GGTS 175 80, 105, 120, 155
Speedy Girder/Girder Truss ShoeFor connection of girder trusses. Sold as single items.
Damp Proof Courses
Most DPC’s are available in the following widths
100mm 112.5mm 150mm 200mm
225mm 300mm 337.5mm 400mm
450mm 600mm 900mm 1000mm
Standard Widths
DPC SelectionFactors to be considered when selecting a damp proof course include:
• ability to adhere to mortar• membrane colour• durability• flexibility
• resistance to loading• thermal efficiency• fire resistance• gas resistance
Brickwork Accessories276
Brickwork A
ccessories
Hyload Original Commercial Developments
Hyload Original is the UK’s leading high performance DPCand cavity tray system, having established its trustedposition over 40 years of continuous use. A highperformance polymeric DPC, Hyload Original is suitable forproviding damp proofing and cavity trays in all applications,including brick, block, stonework and concrete in both solidand cavity wall construction. Use where DPC colour is notcritical. Hyload Original is resistant to compression even under the heaviest ofwall loading and will not extrude when under load.• BBA Certification. • Over 40 years proven reliability. • Excellent performance under high compressive loads. • Good flexibility at low temperatures. • Market leading mortar adhesion.• Tough and durable.
Widths (mm) Thickness (mm) Length (m)
100, 112.5, 125, 150, 225, 300, 337.5, 1.27 20
360, 450, 600, 900 & 1000
Hyload Original
Widths (mm) Thickness (mm) Length (m)
100, 112.5, 125, 150, 225, 300, 337.5, 1.27 20
360, 450, 600, 900 & 1000
SIG Construction Accessories DPC
SIG Construction Accessories DPC Quality DPC suitable for use in commercial developments.
Zedex CPTZedex CPT High Performance DPC is a new generation of dampproof course. Made from Co-Polymer Thermoplastic (CPT), itpossesses the characteristics necessary for it to perform effectivelyunder harsh conditions.
Zedex CPT High Performance DPC provides superior strength,adhesion and water impermeability properties. Improvedtoughness helps to avoid damage during installation and iscompatible with other Visqueen products.
Xtra-Load NubitA very tough but pliable DPC, that is capable of being usedin complex areas. This product is easily repaired andcontains no pitch or plasticisers. It comprises a hessian basesaturated and coated in high grade bitumen finished withsand. It is suitable for use as a horizontal DPC, at door andwindow jambs, over lintels and as a vertical DPC bonded tothe outside face of the inside skin to facilitate today’srequirements for flush access.
Residential DevelopmentsFor low rise residential buildings we recommend DPC’s which are easy touse, readily available and cost effective.
Hyload HousebuilderThis polymeric DPC is suitable for providing damp proofing and cavity trays inall applications, including brick, block, stonework and concrete in both solidand cavity wall constructions. Resistant to compression under the heaviestloadings, Hyload will not extrude.• BBA Certified.• Excellent performance under high compressive loads.• Good flexibility at low temperatures.• Market leading mortar adhesion.• Tough and durable.
Zedex Housing Grade DPCZedex Housing Grade DPC is the based on the same polymertechnology as Zedex CPT High Performance DPC, the newgeneration material designed to give higher levels of securityand integrity.
Polythene DPCDesigned to prevent the passage of moisture in brick and block workfrom external sources. This is a cost effective and durable domestic DPCfor both vertical and horizontal applications. The pronounced embossimproves mortar adhesion.
Width (mm) Length (m)
100, 112.5, 125, 150, 225, 300, 450, 600, 900 30
Polythene DPC
Gas Resistant DPC
Visqueen Gas Resistant DPCThis is a flexible polyethylene DPC with an internal aluminium foildesigned to prevent the moisture transmission of carbon dioxide,radon and methane gases as well as water.
Hyload Gastite DPCHyload Gastite DPC is a methane and radon resistant membrane thatallows you to meet government guidelines for gas protection. With moreand more brownfield sites being developed, a DPC that is effective againstthe disruptive effect of gases through masonry is an essential componentof your system.
Hyload Gastite DPC is a rubber modified bitumen membrane with apolyester reinforcement and an aluminium foil core. It is sand finished onboth surfaces.
Hyload Gastite DPC should be used together with self adhesive GastiteDPM or loose laid Gastite LL for total security.
Widths (mm) Length (m)
100 to 900 8
Hyload Gastite DPC
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
279
Hyload MortarMatchDue to its natural mortar colour, Hyload MortarMatchgreatly reduces the visual impact of the black line createdwhere traditional DPC’s protrude from the mortar.• Mortar colour-matched – brown or white.• Greater tensile strength and elongation.• Improved tear strength.• Improved puncture resistance.• Increased flexibility.• BBA Certification.• Specific colours available on orders over 600m.
Colour Match DPCArchitects increasingly require a colour matched DPC for amore aesthetically pleasing finish to the building.
Eurocourse High Performance DPC SystemsEurocourse High Performance polymeric DPC System includes preformed cloaks, Eurocourseadhesive and mastic, jointing tape, fixing strip, fixing pins, joint supports and insulated DPC.With almost twice the strength of Pitch Polymer DPC’s and with the ability to be stretched byover 500%, Eurocourse high performance DPC’s are able to accommodate buildingsettlement and cracking in walls yet maintain damp proofing integrity.
Type Widths (mm) Lengths (m) Weight (kg/m2) Thickness (mm)
Full range of accessories, including jointing tape, fixing strip, mastic, joint support and pre-formedcloaks available, contact us for details.
Eurocourse DPC
Brickwork Accessories280
Brickwork A
ccessories Widths (mm) Length (m)
165, 180, 225 8
Hyload Ruberclose Insulated DPC
Insulated DPCs
HyloadInsulated DPC
HyloadInsulated DPC
Preformed Cloak Un t
Insulated DPC is essential in providing damp proofing and meetingbuilding regulations. Hyload Insulated DPC has been developed tominimise cold bridging when closing masonry cavity walls aroundopenings. It is designed to be installed as work proceeds and is resilientenough to accommodate irregularities in cavity closers and normal sitehandling. Standard sizes suitable for both 100mm and 140mmblockwork.
• BBA Certification. • Flexible DPC superior to polyethylene. • Insulation material more robust than polystyrene. • Insulation inherently flexible and will not crack when bent. • Exceptionally easy to handle. • Special sizes available.
DamcorDamcor is designed to prevent the problem of cold bridging around window and dooropenings in traditional cavity constructions. At these points in the structure, condensation,with possible consequential staining and mould growth, can occur at the reveals due to thelack of insulation where the cavity is closed.
Width (mm) Roll Length (m) Rolls/Pack
165 6 8
225 6 6
Damcor
StonecorStonecor is a non-combustible insulation made from Super Flexible Lava Stone Wool Isulationbonded to DPC which achieves a minimum of 30 minutes fire integrity.
Stonecor meets todays thermal and acoustic insulation requirements for construction.
Width (mm) Roll Length (m) Rolls/Pack
165 10 8
225 10 6
Stonecor can be supplied in any width up to 800mm.
Stonecor
Hyload Insulated DPC (formerly Ruberclose)
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
281
Hyload Insulated FR DPC (formerly Ruberclose)A fire retardant insulated DPC, which will minimise cold bridging whenclosing masonry cavity walls around openings, whilst meeting currentand proposed fire regulations in England, Scotland and Wales. Inaddition Insulated FR also meets the requirements of Part L (England andWales), and J (Scotland).
Dacablock Fire Rated Insulated DPC• DPC with Mineral Wool Insulation.• Fire rated with 60 minute Fire Integrity.• For use with traditional block return construction.• Warrington Fire Research – 60 Minutes fire integrity.• BBA approved, certificate no. 98/3474.
Hyload DPC Joint Support SystemDPC Accessories
Designed to enable contractors to make effective waterproofed joints between DPC’s, cavitytrays and pre-formed cloak units. The system works by providing rigid support across thecavity allowing pressure to be applied to effect a waterproof joint.
The system consists of a 350 x 200mm reinforced support of twin walled polypropylene witha 100mm self adhesive strip protected by silicone release paper on the upper surface. Jointsare sealed by a 100mm wide self adhesive tape protected on both sides by silicone releasepaper.
• DPC joint fully supported.• Product enables designer and installer to comply with current best practice.• Provides a watertight joint.• Improves installation procedures helping to reduce overall cost.
Step by step application of Hyload DPC Joint Support System:
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Brickwork Accessories282
Brickwork A
ccessories
Hyload DPC Fixing StripThe Fixing Strip is a semi-rigid plastic strip 25mm x 3mm x2m pre-drilled at 150mm centres. It is used where surfacefixing any Ruberoid high performance DPC to the inner leaf.
Hyload DPC Fixing PinsUsed with Hyload DPC Fixing Strip, Fixing Pins for Masonrycan be used for surface fixing to solid internal substratessuch as blockwork, stone and concrete.Composite inner skins require Hyload DPC Fixing Pins for Insulationto ensure correct fixing.Hyload DPC Fixing Pins are:• Corrosion resistant.• Quick and easy to install.• Complements Hyload DPC Fixing Strip.
Hyload DPC Lap AdhesiveA synthetic rubber/resin mixture supplied in 500ml cans. It issuitable for bonding DPC to DPC, and DPC to pre-formedcloak units. Before use, ensure that surfaces to be bondedare clean and dry. Apply Hyload DPC Lap Adhesive to bothsurfaces and allow to dry. Bring surfaces together and applyfirm pressure to create a permanent bond.
One 500ml can give coverage of approx. 3m2 (1.5m2 ofbonded area).
Hyload DPC Jointing TapeA double sided self adhesive bituminous tape, 10m x 100mm, for bonding DPC to DPC, andDPC to pre-formed cloak units. Before use, ensure that surfaces to be bonded are clean anddry. Removal of release films reveals self adhesive surfaces. Apply firm pressure to create a permanent bond.
Hyload DPC MasticA thick synthetic rubber mastic adhesive with gap fillingproperties up to 6mm suitable for bonding Hyload DPCsand pre-formed cloak units to a wide range of commonbuilding materials. No primer is required. Hyload DPCMastic is applied to one surface only. Apply firm pressure tocreate a permanent bond.For vertical DPC applications, the Hyload DPC Fixing Stripand Pins must be used.Available in 400ml cartridge, 2.5litre tin.Typical coverage on smooth surfaces 1.2 to 2m2 per litre.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
283
Zedex CPT Jointing TapeAll joints in lengths of DPC must be a minimum of 100mm,lapped and bonded using Zedex Jointing Tape.
Zedex CPT Fixing Strip and PinsWhen surface fixing or post fixing to the cavity face of theinner leaf, a fixing strip should be used. The surface shouldfirst be primed, the DPC then bonded to the inner leaf usingZedex Jointing Tape and then secured using Zedex Fixing Stripand Pins at 150mm intervals.
Standard Pre-formed Cloak UnitsThere are 10 standard pre-formed DPC cloak units to simplify the damp-proofing ofawkward junctions and to eliminate leakage paths.Certain design details are difficult to damp-proof efficiently by site forming of strip materials.Pre-formed cloak units are available to overcome complex shapes and changes in direction,saving potential problems and costly remedial works on site.
Built-In CloaksThe built-in cloak units are designed to accommodate 50, 75 or 100 mm cavity widths and a150 or 225 mm rise in the cavity tray.
Surface-Fix CloaksThe standard surface fixed cloak units are designed for 50, 75 or 100mm cavity widths andfor a 150 mm rise in the cavity tray.
Cloak Units
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm) Step On Face
303005 150/50 75
303007 150/75 75
303009 150/50 225
303011 150/75 225
303013 225/50 75
303015 225/75 75
303017 225/50 225
303019 225/75 225
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 1Change of Level Unit (brick/block) Reversible
Brickwork Accessories284
Brickwork A
ccessories
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm) Step On Face
303025 RH 150/50 75
303027 LH 150/50 75
303029 RH 150/75 75
303031 LH 150/75 75
303032 RH 150/100 75
303032 LH 150/100 75
303033 RH 150/50 225
303035 LH 150/50 225
303037 RH 150/75 225
303039 LH 150/75 225
303040 RH 150/100 225
303040 LH 150/100 225
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 2Change of Level Unit (brick/block) Reversible
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm)
303045 RH 150/50
303045 LH 150/50
303047 RH 150/75
303047 LH 150/75
303048 RH 150/100
303048 LH 150/100
303049 RH 225/50
303049 LH 225/50
303051 RH 225/75
303051 LH 225/75
303052 RH 225/100
303052 LH 225/100
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 3 and Type 4Stop End (brick/block or surface fixed)
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm)
303057 150/50
303059 150/75
303060 150/100
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 5Internal Corner (surface fixed)
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
285
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm)
303065 150/50
303067 150/75
303068 150/100
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 6External Corner (surface fixed)
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm)
303073 150/50
303075 150/75
303076 150/100
303077 225/50
303079 225/75
303080 225/100
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 7Internal/External Corner (brick/block)
Product Code
303083
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 8Internal Corner Reversible
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm)
303089 RH 50
303089 LH 50
303091 RH 75
303091 LH 75
303092 RH 100
303092 LH 100
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 8SAngled Stop End (right or left hand)
Brickwork Accessories286
Brickwork A
ccessories
Product Code
303097
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 9External Corner
Product Code Cavity Rise/Width (mm)
303106 RH 150/50
303106 LH 150/50
303108 RH 150/75
303108 LH 150/75
303109 RH 150/100
303109 LH 150/100
303112 RH 225/50
303112 LH 225/50
303114 RH 225/75
303114 LH 225/75
303115 RH 225/100
303115 LH 225/100
Standard Pre-formed Cloak Units - Type 10Column Stop End (brick/block or surface fixed)
Coping StonesSpecial Applications
CopecloseThis DPC offers excellent performance in areas of tensile, elongationand tear strength. Permabit provides horizontal, vertical orstepped DPC’s including cavity trays in either solid or cavity wallsof brick, block, stone or concrete. It is manufactured from amixture of synthetic polymers, synethetic fibres and otheradditives.• Excellent mortar adhesion.• Over 20 years proven use.• Excellent performance under high compressive loads.• Tough and durable with excellent flexibility.• BBA Certification.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Brickwork A
ccessories
287
Abutment TraysAbutment trays are used to damp proof and flash where sloping roofsabut cavity walls. It is imperative that every stepped and staggeredgable abutment is constructed to prevent rainwater and dampnessfrom penetrating below the abutting roofline.
The tray is available in both undressed and lead dressedform. The tray in the dressed form combines the functions ofcavity DPC and roof lead flashing. These are manufactured withtwo choices of lead flashing lengths.
Leaded Cavity TraysShort Lead FlashingsSuitable to dress over the upstand of a secretgutter or soaker.
Long Lead FlashingsSuitable to be dressed across the roof tile.In these circumstances, roof tiles must besuitably ‘shaped’ ie: not flat. At a later datewhen the roof surface is complete, theplumber has only to dress the flashings.
InstallationTray installation is very straightforward and in atypical brickwork application the bricklayer lays one trayin every course, following the slope of the roof. All traysand the projecting lead flashing are flush-pointed as the masonry is raised.
Thus the usual requirement to rake out joints and return to point-in flashings at a later date iseliminated.
Tray TypesThere are 4 main types of abutment trays:
Ridge trayThis unit straddles the ridge. It has open ends and thusallows water to discharge to the left or right.
Intermediate trayTray is supplied handed and built-in each course up the rakeof the roof. Each tray has an end upstand, thus water canonly discharge via the open end into the tray below.
Brickwork Accessories288
Brickwork A
ccessories
Janitol Plus A non caustic, high performance degreaser for the effective removal of heavy deposits ofoils, greases and other stubborn soilings. An effective alternative to hazardous solvent andcaustic cleaners. Dilution rate 1:10 to 1:40 depending on application. Available in 5 and 25 litres.
JizerWater rinsable degreaser solvent action removes oil, grease, tar, bitumen and waxesused neat. Available in 5 and 25 litres.
Catchment trayThis is similar to an intermediate tray, but it has upstands to both ends. Its function is to receivewater from the intermediate trays above and to discharge this water through a weep vent.
Internal/External anglesAn angle tray is used instead of a catchment tray if the abutment ends or returns on a corner.An angle may also provide a link with horizontal trays.
Min/Max ThermometersQuick set press button. Moulded in cream case with white scale. Nomagnet needed to reset.
Tell TaleAn enhanced Tell-Tale crack monitoring gauge thatmonitors horizontal and vertical movement across a crackon a flat surface to an accuracy of +/-1.0mm and byinterpolation to +/-0.5mm.
Builder BucketPlastic bucket with easy pouring lip and comfortable griphandle.
Bricklayer Accessories
Drill bitsIn addition to power tools, we can supply amassive range of drill bits and power toolaccessories in various sizes and to differentspecifications.
Brick Cleaner Removes heavy deposits of rust, scale, cement, concrete and mineral deposits from mosthard surfaces. Contains Hydrochloric acid and can be used neat up to 1:20 dilutiondepending on application. Available in 5 and 25 litres.
Insulation &Ventilation
Insulation & Ventilation
A full range of fire protection,thermal insulation and ventilationproducts is available. Products fromall leading manufacturers can besupplied, including accessories forunusual details and bespokemanufactured items. PRODUCTS PAGE
Thermabate provides a simple and efficient method of closing cavities, preventing condensation,pattern staining and mould growth frequently associated with traditional methods of closingcavities. The need for cut bricks or blocks to close the cavity is eliminated.
6
30
6
30 100
Continuous InsulationMaintains a continuous insulated cavitycloser around window and door openings.
Simplified ConstructionAvoids the need for cut bricks, blocks orspecial reveal blocks.
Flexible UseCan either be built in with frames or used topre-form openings when frames are fittedlater.
SimplicityOne basic section satisfies all requirements.
Easy UseEasily cut to size and built in, saving timecompared with traditional methods.
Approved PerformanceThermabate can be used to comply withboth Approved Documents L1 and L2 (2002)and the Technical Standards (Scotland) 6thAmendment 2001.
Thermabate AccessoriesStandard Flange ClipUse as a weathercheck, for fixing closer profiles to window frameand for retaining partial fill insulation batts in the cavity.
Reveal ClipAids the construction of check reveals and gives added protectionto the frame.
Flange Extension ClipClips over the Thermabate to extend the width of the fixingflange. It enables positive fixing of frame over suspect masonry.
Jointing ClipConnects two Thermabate sections for use in cavities greater than 110mm wide.
Profile BracketEnables Thermabate rigid box sections to be formed into a profile.This is built in as the work proceeds and creates a pre-formedopening into which window frames can be fittedlater. The brackets are supplied in sets of four.
Wall Tie FixingAn optional fixing particularly useful for widercavities and/or using Thermabate to formopenings. The different angled ends slot securelybetween the tee flanges at the ‘back’ of theThermabate section and keys fully into the mortar bed joint of eithermasonry skin. The fixings are supplied in packs of 150.
Thermabate Curved SectionsThermabate can be factory formed to any specified radius for unusualfeatures.
Insulation & Ventilation292
Insulation & Ventilation
Speedline Cavity Closer XPSA UPVC cavity closer with an insulated XPS core suitable for50mm to 250mm cavity widths.
• Economical • Complies with Part L Building Regulations• Insulated XPS core• Can be used as a former to openings• Ideal for retrofit cavities
Speedline Cavity Closer FRA UPVC cavity closer with rock mineral wool insulation offering60 minute fire integrity for 50mm up to 100mm cavity widths.
• 60 minute fire integrity• Economical • Complies with Part L Building Regulations• Accepts all window and door frame material
Speedline Cavity Closer FR PlusA UPVC cavity closer with rock mineral wool insulation with aclass ‘O’ foil covering. Speedline FR Plus offers 60 minute fireintegrity available to suit 100mm to 170mm cavity widths.
• 60 minute fire integrity• Class ‘O’ foil covering• Complies with Part L Building Regulations• Accepts all window and door frame material
Thickness (mm) Length (mm) Cavity Width (mm)
25 2400 50mm (single extrusion only)
25 2400 65mm (single extrusion only)
25 2400 75mm
25 2400 85mm
25 2400 90mm
25 2400 95mm
25 2400 100mm
25 2400 125mm
Cavity Closer XPS
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Insulation & Ventilation
293
Cavi60 WCACavity Trays Cavity Closers
The Cavi60 prefix identifies this cavicloser as having 60 minutes fire integrity rating. The Cavi60 Type WCA (Wide Cavity Applications) is a robust closer specifically designed toclose wider cavities;
• 60 minutes fire integrity rated stops.• Acts as a DPC.• Accompanying stainless steel anchoring ties.• For cavity widths 100mm up to 150mm.• Micro Fins.
Sizes:70mm x cavity width required within range.Available in lengths of 2.1m and 3.0m.Lengths of 3.6 metres available to special order.
Cavi90The Cavi90 prefix identifies this Type H cavicloser as having 90 minutes fire integrity rating;
• 90 minutes fire integrity rating.• Closes and insulates reveals.• Suitable in cavities of 50mm and 75mm wide.• Acts as a DPC.• Integral Fins.
Sizes:Face closer 125mm overall.Attach faceplate to alternative side to change cavitywidth option. Available in lengths of 2.1m and 3.0m.
Cavity Wall InsulationA range of insulation products are available including partial fill and full fill boards in sizes to suitall cavity widths.
Partial-Fill Cavity Wall• Used where small residual cavity isneeded to avoid risk of rainpenetration.
• Residual cavity must be an absoluteminimum of 25mm.• Suitable for all insulants.• Thinner, foil faced insulation boardsreduce heat radiance across thecavity and reach required U-Value.
• Any problems associated with complete cavity fill can be avoided.
Type Full Fill Cavity Wall Partial Fill Cavity Wall
Kingspan Thermawall TW50 zero ODP No Yes
Kingspan KoolTherm K8 Cavity Board No Yes
Crown DriTherm Cavity Slab Yes Yes
Celotex tuff-R CW3000 No Yes
Dow Wallmate CW-X No Yes
Jabfill Yes No
Rockwool Cavity Wall Batt Yes No
Rockwool High Performance Partial Fill Cavity Slab No Yes
Springvale Fulfill Yes No
Springvale Platinum Wallshield No Yes
Xtratherm Thin-R No Yes
Wall Insulation
Insulation FixingsDHK insulation productsImpact-resistant plastic insulation fixing. When driven in, the fixinggrips the wall of the hole by means of its rough profile.Sizes: 40, 60, 80, 100 120, 140 usable length (mm).
Insulation & Ventilation294
Insulation & Ventilation
Full-Fill Cavity Wall• No need for residual cavity.• Suitable for mineral wool and someexpanded polystyrene insulants.
• Insulation thickness must be at least 50mm.
• Wall tie or suitable fixing is essential.
Foil faced insulants are not suitable for this application.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Insulation & Ventilation
295
Fire ProtectionMasonry Cavity Stop SockDesigned to offer 60 minutes fire resistance between the outer brickwork and innerblockwork of masonry wall constructions. It can also be used for the control of soundflanking transmission at wall junctions.
The polythene enclosed non combustible rockfibre barrier ismanufactured in bespoke sizes to compress in the cavity by15mm. It is friction fitted as the brickwork is built up.Masonry Cavity Stop Sock meets the requirements of 2006Approved Document B (Fire Safety) and 2003 ApprovedDocument E (Sound Resistance) and Robust Details Part E.
Suitable for external cavities from 50mm-150mm.
Timber Frame Cavity BarrierDesigned to offer 60 minutes fire resistance between the outerbrickwork and inner timber sheathing of timber frameconstructions. It can also be used for the control of soundflanking transmission at wall junctions.
The polythene enclosed non combustible rockfibre barrier ismanufactured in bespoke sizes to compress in the cavity by15mm. It is stapled to the inner timber sheathing before thebrickwork is built up.
Timber Frame Cavity Barrier meets the requirements of 2006Approved Document B (Fire Safety) and 2003 ApprovedDocument E (Sound Resistance) and Robust Details Part E.
Suitable for external cavities from 50mm-150mm.
Product Size (mm) To Suit Cavity Size Quantity per Pack Linear Metres per Pack
65 x 65 x 1200 50 40 48
75 x 90 x 1200 60 35 42
85 x 120 x 1200 70 20 24
90 x 120 x 100 75 20 24
100 x 120 x 1200 85 20 24
105 x 120 x 1200 90 20 24
115 x 120 x 1200 100 15 or 20 18 or 24
Mayplas Masonry and Timber Cavity Barriers
Insulation & Ventilation296
Insulation & Ventilation
Regupol Acoustic Isolating Strip
Acoustic Protection
Designed to sit beneath all types of partition walls and are a verysimple and effective way to reduce structure borne noise. Thereare a number of different Regupol materials that can be installedas isolating strips, each one tailored to withstand a specific weightper linear metre and catering for metal, timber and blockworkpartition walls. All are supplied as 6mm thick and in a variety ofwidths - 43mm, 100mm, 120mm, 200mm, 1000mm.
SoundlaySoundLay is an easy to lay treatment for concrete and timber floors that improves impactisolation and also gives some airborne improvement.Supplied in ready to lay sheets size 1.2m x 1m x 9mm thickness. Suitable for new build, renovation, hotels etc.
Firestop StripRectangular strips of non combustible rockfibre to provide up to four hoursfirestopping at the junctions of compartment walls and floors.Available in compressible and non compressible types depending onthe construction and fire resistance required (fire tested to BS476:Part 20:1987).
Firestop Strips are manufactured to order for voids of 10mm-100mmand the maximum void size that can be filled is 50% of the wall width.
When ordering Firestop Strips the following information is required:-• wall width.• actual void size.• total linear metres.
Soundlay PlusSoundLay Plus is a easy to lay treatment for timber floors that improves impact isolation andalso gives a good level of airborne improvement.Supplied in ready to lay sheets size 1.2m x 1m x 12mm thickness. Suitable for new build, renovation, hotels etc
Regupol Impact Isolation MaterialsRegupol Range of Impact Isolation materials for both underscreed and under final floor finishapplications, the range of materials comes in a range of roll sizes and thicknesses.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Insulation & Ventilation
297
Acoustic Flanking StripA 10mm thick cross-linked, closed cell polyolefin foam stripwhich is designed to reduce the transmission of flanking soundaround the perimeter of acoustically isolated floor systems. It ispre-scored on one side for ease of application, comes in avariety of widths and is available with or without self-adhesivebacking. Custom sizes are available to special order.
Width (mm) Score position (mm)*
40 20
75 25
100 25
*From one edge
Acoustic Flanking Strip
SuperPhonSuperPhon acoustic wall panels are sound absorbing panels that are used to reduceecho/reverberation in commercial buildings, schools and colleges.A full range of sizes is available up to a maximum single panel size of 3m x 1.2m, availablein two thicknesses of 25 and 50mm.
Superlag QuietSlab LaminateSuperLag QuietSlab Laminate range is a versatile combination of QuietSlab mineral fibre anda heavy acoustic mass layer to reduce the transmission of sound through partitions andductwork also can be utilised for the treatment of large fans and equipment. Supplied in slabs 1.2m x 0.6m in various thicknesses between 50mm to 200mm.
Superlag Duct LaggingSuperLag range duct lagging materials, including SuperLag Prime and Original, versatilesingle layer treatments that considerably reduce the breakout of sound from HVACductwork.Supplied in sheets 2m x 1.2m in various thicknesses between 12mm to 50mm.
WB Sound Barrier MaterialWB Sound Barrier Material, is used to improve the airborne sound reduction in partitionsbeing particularly effective between two layers of plasterboard, also in floors and ceilings toreduce the passage of sound.Supplied in flexible sheets 2m x 1.2m in thicknesses of 2mm (5kg/m2), 3.7mm (7.5kg/m2) and5mm (10kg/m2).
IsoMax Resilient Clip & Channel SystemIsoMax resilient clip and channel system, used to give a considerable reduction in the passageof sound for walls, partitions and ceilings, outperforms standard resilient bar systems by upto 7dB. Available individually or in boxes of 250 for the clips, the channel is available in 3.6mlengths.
Insulation & Ventilation298
Insulation & Ventilation
Acoustic Cavity CloserHelps reduce sound flanking transmission at the junction ofinternal separating and external cavity walls and is protectedby its integral dpc.
The product consists of tissue faced rockfibre slab laminatedto black polyethylene dpc. The dpc forms a 40mm flange oneach side of the insulation and a 100mm flange at thebottom edge.Acoustic Cavity Closer provides 60 minutes fire resistance toBS 476:Part 20:1987 and meets the requirements of 2003Approved Document E (Sound Resistance) and Robust DetailsPart E.
Suitable for external cavities from 50mm-150mm
Product Size: 260mm wide (insulation) x external cavity size x 1200mm.
Rectangular Cavity LinersAIR920 RVH93Robust rigid 280mm (11”) long liner suitable for push fit attachment of9”x 3” airbrick for through wall ventilation in both above and belowground applications.
BT2 KVH1213Larger than size 9” x 3” x 280mm (11”) long liner, which uses the totalopening area available when the mortar around the brick is stitchdrilled. Allowing maximum free area through a 9” x 3” nominalopening, in some cases as much as some 9” x 6” through wallproducts allow.
AIR9202 BrickRobust rigid 240mm (9.5”) long liner suitable for push fit attachment of 9”x 6” airbrick forthrough wall ventilation.
KVH20Push fit extension duct – Push fit 9” x 6” x 240mm (9.5”) long extension for wider cavities.
KVH16 AIR9202Telescopic 9” x 6” liner suitable for push fit attachment of 9” x 6” airbrick. Giving greaterflexibility for through wall ventilation.
AIR9203 RVH99Robust rigid 280mm (11”) liner suitable for push fit attachment of 9”x 9” airbrick forthrough wall ventilation.
Underfloor Ventilation
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Insulation & Ventilation
299
Type Size (mm) Pack Qty Colour Product Code
AIR920 RVH93 218 x 70 x 280 10 Black KVH21
BT2 KVH1213 235 x 90 x 280 10 Black B101X
AIR9202 Brick 220 x 145 x 240 10 Black KVH20
KVH20 220 x 145 x 240 5 Black KVH20-EX
KVH16 AIR9202 220 x 145 x 240-330 telescopic 5 Black KVH19/20
AIR9203 RVH99 218 x 212 x 280 5 Black KVH22
Rectangular Cavity Liners
Interlocking AirbricksWhile exceeding current BS standards our interlocking airbrick has been designed for a widerange of ventilation applications. 20mm deep louvers set at 43° act as excellent barriersagainst driving rain, a two step integral water barrier has also been incorporated for addedpeace of mind. All airbricks are supplied with mortar key and keyed surface permittingpainting, if required.
Type Size Free Area Rated Input Pack Qty Colour(”) (cm2) (kW)
Dual WeepDual purpose. Concealed/exposed weep. Designed to meet NHBCguidance note. Weep holes are recommended every 450mmmaximum with at least 2 per opening above windows and doors.
Underfloor LinersAIR960Black Polypropylene Telescopic underfloor ventilator for use with our AIR920airbricks or standard clay, to provide under floor ventilation. Telescopicadjustment permits vertical span of 3-5 brick courses. To prevent stagnantpockets of air we recommend spacing at 2m centres.
AIR960-920As above complete with brick as set. Brick colours as per airbrick information.
AIR9612Fits Airflow’s telescopic underfloor ventilator AIR960. The simple push fitconnection allows for further adjustment up to 7 courses.
AIR961Fits Airflow’s telescopic underfloor ventilator AIR960. The simple push fitconnection allows for further adjustment up to 9 courses and can be cut to size ifrequired on site.
110 x 222
74 x 221
160
50 x 215
�
� 50
A R960 complete
AIR9612
220
AIR961
400
AIR1203Simple push fit connection into the top horizontal section of the AIR960underfloor vent. Allows the push fit of airbrick AIR920 extending span by115mm ensuring continuous uninterrupted duct.
AIR1206Simple push fit connection into the rear horizontal section of the AIR960underfloor vent, extending span by 100mm ensuring continuous uninterruptedduct.
AIR1205Rectangular to 4ӯ adaptor to push fit onto the rear horizontal section of theAIR960 underfloor vent to enable 4ӯ pipe connection to ensure route passageof air to remote voids.
AIR9612 - 5-7 Vertical brick courses Short vertical 10extension to AIR960
AIR961 - 5-9 Vertical brick courses Long vertical 25extension to AIR960
AIR1203 - 68 x 212 x 115mm long Horizontal front 10extension to AIR960
AIR1206 - 50 x 215 x 100mm Horizontal rear long extension to AIR960 10
AIR1205 - 68 x 215mm to 4” Ø adaptor 10connect to 4”Ø pipe for AIR960
* depending on brick used
Underfloor Liners
Soffit Vent MeshThe provision of eaves vents to limit condensation risk is arequirement of the Building Regulations. Expamet expandedstainless steel is used over the vents to exclude birds andinsects. This mesh is an economical material for the purpose.It is readily adaptable to various eaves details, is light inweight and easy to handle on site. Coils of mesh inconvenient dispensers make site work easier and avoidwastage.
Design FeaturesManufactured from stainless steel to BS EN 10088-1 : 2005 : 1.4404.Approx. weight 0.370kg/m2. (Ref: SVM1 30m x 75mm).
Insulation & Ventilation302
Insulation & Ventilation
Notes / Calculations
External RenderExternal Render
External Render Products We offer: • Traditional Undercoat & Traditional Topcoat (coloured)render products used with dry dashing aggregates.
• Polymer Undercoat & Polymer Topcoat (coloured)render products used with dry dashing aggregates.
• Overcoat systems (coloured) used with dry dashingaggregates where you need to coat over an existingrender.
• One Coat Renders: premium render suitable for handand machine application.
• Textured Synthetic Finishes which are composed ofacrylic & silicone based composite decorative finishes,polymer based decorative coatings with fine aggregatefinish and silicone enhanced resin based finishes.
• Insulated Systems are the new generation of externalwall insulation systems.
Dry Dashing AggregatesThese are materials specially produced for pebbledashing and external wall finishes which are used toprotect the external brickwork of buildings mainly inareas exposed to severe weather conditions. Howeverover the years these products have been developed andare now chosen for their visual appearance, as well astheir proven performance in the protection of thebuilding. We have a vast and varied selection ofproducts in stock and can offer help, technicalknowledge and advice in the selection of the productsbest suited to your needs.
Associated Render Products We also stock a full range of associated render productswhich include: • Stop Beads • Expansion Beads • Bellcast Beads • Corner Beads The above are stocked in galvanized and white powdercoated ranges in various sizes.
Beige Marble Black & White Black Brightstone Cream
Buff Quartz Derbyshire Canterbury Spar Green Spar
Harvest Natural Rounded Pea Gravel Permgold
Permwhite Polar Champagne Red & White Red Spar
Westbere White Spar Yellow & White Yellow Spar
www.sig-ca.co.uk
External Render
305
Derbyshire Aggregates
Classic Spar Sunflower Snowdrop Calcined Flint
Harvest Beige Marble Derbyshire Spar Buff Quartz
Yellow Spar Carrera Red & White Spar Polar White Spar
Barleycorn Ashton Cream Black & White Spar Black & White Flint
Red & White Flint Shell Monarch Staffordshire Pink
Nevada White & Blue Glass Green & White Spar Nordic Spar
Cameo Champagne Round Gravel Regent
Multi Spar Arcane
External Render306
External Render
Omya AggregatesGlenarm WhiteThis is a roughcast chip which is available in 6mm & 10mm size.
Eglinton Granulars (WLG)White Lining Granules which are used for lining red ash pitches or running tracks.
Eglinton GW5White lining which is mixed with water to line grass pitches.
Eglinton GG1White lining which is a dry mix powder used to line grass pitches.
Glenarm White
Eglinton Granulars (WLG)
Eglinton GW5
Eglinton GG1
Type Size (kg) Coverage
weber.pral M 25 25kg/m2 @ 15mm thickness
weber.pral M
weber.pral MA one-coat, ready-mixed, cementitious, weather resistant, externaldecorative, through-coloured render, suitable for most types of brick orblockwork.
• One coat for fast application and short programme periods. • Through coloured for low maintenance – decoration not required. • Formulated to be spray applied by render pump for faster application. • weber.pral M offers a variety of ways to achieve distinct architectural features.
• Available in a range of 12 standard and 24 special colours. • BBA approved certificate no.05/4268.
Renders
www.sig-ca.co.uk
External Render
307
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
weber.plast TF150 (1.5mm) 15 2.8
weber.plast TF300 (3mm) 15 6
weber.plast DF100 (1mm) 15 1.5
weber.plast DF300 (3mm) 15 3.8
weber.plast
weber.plast TF / DFweber.plast TF and weber.plast DF are acrylic based, composite,decorative finishes, pre-mixed and ready to apply in wet form.Decorative, textured finish to a prepared surface. weber.plast TF has aneven textured finish (1.5mm and 3mm aggregate content). weber.plastDF has a drag texture finish – horizontal, vertical or swirled effect(1mm and 3mm aggregate content).
Coatings
weber.rend OCRweber.rend OCR is a range of proprietary renders based on Portland cement,lime and sand. They are supplied as pre-blended dry powders, which requireonly the addition of clean water to provide a comprehensive range of renders.
Provides an excellent background for all Weber finishes, masonry paints andmany other types of surface coatings.
Can be applied to most suitably prepared substrates, including:• brickwor.• blockwork.• concrete.
Alpine – White travertine finishAlpine finish is a white cement based mix containing aggregates that provides a decorative travertine finish.
Uses:• Enhances the protection of a traditional rendering system.• Suitable for external or internal use.• Ideal for application onto primed weber.rend OCR or other cement based render.
Cullamix tyroleanCullamix tyrolean is a white or coloured cement based mix, which provides adecorative and protective rendering. It is applied by hand or power operatedmachines and provides an open honeycomb textured (Tyrolean) finish.
Uses:• Suitable for internal or external use.• Suitable for most environments – coastal, town suburban and rural.
External Render308
External Render
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
weber.sil TF150 (1.5mm) 20 2.9
weber.sil TF300 (3mm) 20 4.8
weber.sil TF
weber.sil TFweber.sil TF is a silicone-based, through-coloured, decorative finish,for use as a decorative, highly weather resistant, vapour permeablesurface. weber.sil TF is available in a wide range of colours.
Ancillaries
weber PR310Prime the prepared surface using tinted weber PR310 applied by brush or spray.
Type Size (litre) Coverage (litre/m2)
weber.plast P 10 0.27
weber.plast P
weber.plast Pweber.plast P is an acrylic based, silicone-enhanced, breathable andprotective coating, for masonry and rendered surfaces.
Type Size (litre) Coverage (litres/m2)
weber PR310 10 0.25
weber CL150 5, 25 N/A
Ancillaries
Ancillaries
weber PR310Prime old or porous surfaces using weber PR310.
weber CL150Existing walls, with traces of lichen, moss or fungal growth, shouldbe treated with weber CL150 fungicidal wash.
Ancillaries
weber PR310Prime the prepared surface using weber PR310 applied by brush or spray. See Ancillaries table.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
External Render
309
Type Size (kg) Coverage (m2 in 2 coats)
santane EFL+TL (Smooth) 20 25
santane 1TF (Textured) 20 13
santane EFL+TL
santane EFL+TLThe santane range of coatings are elastomeric, polymer-basedmaterials for the decoration of new and existing facades. Theproducts form the basis of six refurbishment systems for thedecoration and repair of existing facades. santane EFL and TL areavailable in a range of 20 colours.
weber.tene SGweber.tene SG is a polymer-based decorative coating with a fine aggregate finish andavailable in a range of 12 colours.
Type Size (litre) Coverage (kg/m2/coat)
weber.sil P 10 0.25 - 0.5
weber.sil
weber.sil Pweber.sil P is a silicone resin emulsion paint. weber.sil P isavailable in a range of colours to match weber mineral renders.
flexirend highbuild A decorative and protective resin based surface coating forapplication to exterior and interior surfaces. It is a high quality,weather resistant finish, which may be textured to a variety ofdesigns. It is available in a range of colours and provides asuperior quality appearance to cement rendering, concrete andmany other backing materials.
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/mm)
flexirend highbuild 15 1.7
flexirend highbuild
External Render310
External Render
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2)
weber.rend TTC 20 10 @ 6mm nominal thickness
weber.rend PTS 25 16 @ 6mm nominal thickness
weber.rend PTC 25 10 @ 6mm nominal thickness
weber.rend RBB (Base) 20 8.5
weber.rend RBF (Face) 25 5.5
weber.rend mortars
weber.rend mortars weber.rend TUCA factory batched dry powder, cement based mortar used as the first coat in multi-coatsystems. Traditional Undercoat.
weber.rend TTC (Traditional Top Coat)A factory batched, dry powder, cement-based mortar and is available in both grey andcoloured forms. There is a range of 11 colours available as dashing renders including white.This product forms part of a number of BBA approved insulation systems.
weber.rend PTS A medium-graded, dry powder, cement-based mortar, available in a range of 10 pastel colours.
weber.rend PTC A polymer-modified, dry powder cement-based mortar and is available in both unpigmented and coloured forms. There is a range of 11 colours available as dashing renders includingwhite.
weber.rend RBB / RBFA combination of 2 polymer-modified mortars, used together to create a brick-effect finish, onthe weber.therm XM external wall insulation system. weber.rend RBB (base or ‘mortar joint’render) is available in 9 colours. weber.rend RBF (face or ‘brick’ render) is available in 7 colours.
Mortars
Type Size (kg) Coverage (kg/m2/mm)
weber.rend aid 25 1.4
weber.rend aid
weber.rend aidUsed to achieve a good key for rendering onto smooth or otherwise unsuitable but soundsurfaces. Ideal as a pre-treatment for renderings required to resist severe exposure conditions.Suitable substrates include dense concrete, brick & block work, masonry and clean soundwell adhered existing render (<19mm).
Ancillaries
BeadsA selection of beads, angles and meshes for use with renders are available.
Protection Materials
Protection Materials
SIG Construction Accessories offersyou a full range of ground and siteprotection materials, includingspecialist protection for carpets,windows and sanitary ware.
PRODUCTS PAGE
Polythene 312
Protective Blankets 313
Protection Board 315
Specialist Protection 316
Cill Protection 318
Protection Tapes 319
Accessories 320
Road and Walkways 322
Protection Materials312
Protection Materials
PolytheneOn the roll polythene is the ideal general protection product. All our rolls of polythene arecentre folded, for example a four metre wide sheet of plastic would be folded onto a onemetre roll for ease of storage and transportation.
Type Weight (g) Colour Size (m)
Polythene 1000 Blue 4 x 25
Black 4 x 25
Polythene 1200 Blue 4 x 25
Black 4 x 25
Polythene 2000 Blue 4 x 12.5
Black 4 x 12.5
TPS Polythene Heavy Duty Black 4 x 25
FR Polythene 500 White 4 x 50
Polythene 500 Clear 4 x 50
Polythene 500 Black 4 x 50
Polythene 1000 Super Clear 4 x 25
Pallet Wrap - - 0.4 x 300
Polythene Rolls
Extra Wide PolytheneWe are able to supply 1,000, 1,200 and 2,000g polythenesheeting in widths up to 8m and lengths up to 200m, offeringconsiderable savings in manpower and jointing tape whenworking on large floor areas.
Contact us for details.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Protection Materials
313
Description Width (mm) Roll Length (m)
Temporary Rainwater Downpipe 156 100 approx
203 100 approx
240 100 approx
300 100 approx
Temporary Rainwater Downpipe (layflat)Ideal solution to rainwater staining of brickwork, natural stone &render finishes etc, used prior to the installation of rainwater pipes. • Supplied on a roll for diverting rainwater away from brickwork andmasonry.
• 254mm is generally suitable for all outlets up to 150mm diameter.• Larger diameters available to order.• A range of large diameter hose clips and zip ties for fixing to gutteroutlets are available.
Type Size
Standard 33m x 75mm Roll
High Tack 50m x 75mm Roll
Double Sided 50m x 25mm Roll10m x 50mm Roll
Standard
Polythene Jointing TapeStandard jointing tape for polythene. High tack jointingtape for those tricky, dusty sites. This is a polythenecoated cloth tape with natural rubber adhesive.
For frost protection and the curing of concrete andbrickwork.
Protective Blankets
Protection Materials314
Protection Materials
Pallet Wrap/Cling Film17 micron pallet wrap/cling film uses include the wrapping ofbricks, blocks and other building materials on site.
• Also suitable as a wrapping protection for steel beams andcolumns to protect from contamination especially in thewinter months.
• Each roll is supplied on extended cores without the need forapplicators.
Roll size Box Quantity
250m x 400mm 6
300m x 400mm 6
TarpaulinsA range of tarpaulins for temporary and long term protection.
Contact us for details.
Frost BlanketsApplication: Laying concrete at temperatures below 5ºC generally requires special precautions(such as special concrete additives, heating devices, hot vapour equipment etc.). An easy andinexpensive solution is the use of frost blankets. The thermal insulation effect of the frostblanket significantly reduces the loss of natural concrete hydration heat and thereby keepsthe concrete warm long enough for a safe curing.
Benefits: Concrete laying in summer and winter season. The combination of their excellentthermal insulation performance, their negligible water absorption and their flexibility makefrost blankets ideal for improved concrete curing.
Frost blankets can be directly rolled onto the wet concrete. Wind conditions mightnecessitate the mats being held in place by suitable loading at the contractor’s discretion. Beware not to walk on the mats during installation and before hardening of the concrete.Supplied in 150mm rolls.
• Negligible water absorption.• Excellent thermal insulation.• Excellent chemical resistance.• Fast laying from the roll.
• Lightweight, easy to handle and cut.• Good mechanical resistance.• Flexible at very low temperatures.
Size
7.5mm x 2m x 75m
+/- 5% tolerance on width and length.
Frost Blankets
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Protection Materials
315
Bubble WrapBubblewrap is a general purpose bubble protection providing coverand impact protection for both domestic and commercial uses.• Flame Retardant option available – accredited with the LPCB’sstandard LPS 1207.
• Ideal for Kitchen and Sanitary ware and covering stainless steelstair parts.
• Suitable for use with Easi-peel, easy tear tape on finishedsurfaces.
Type Size (m)
Bubblewrap - LD (10mm bubble) 1.2 x 100
Bubblewrap - HD (30mm bubble) 1.5 x 50
Bubblewrap - FR (10mm bubble) 1.2 x 100
TwinShieldManufactured from twin wall polypropylene board that istough, durable, impact and chemical resistant, nontoxic andwaterproof. TwinShield does not stain and is suitable for allround protection.• Available in LPS 1207 FLAME RETARDANT because of theincreased concern about the role of combustible materialsfuelling major fires.
• TwinShield meets the very stringent quality controlstandards of the LPCB.
• The LPCB logo and registration number are printed onevery sheet of the product.
• Simply and quickly cut, curved or creased, lightweightand easy to position.
Protection Board
Type Size (m) Thickness (mm) Colour
TwinShield Standard 1.22 x 2.44 2 Black/Translucent
TwinShield Standard 1.22 x 2.44 3, 4 Translucent
TwinShield Standard 1.22 x 2.44 5 Black
TwinShield Standard 1 x 2 (door size) 2 Black
TwinShield FR 1.22 x 2.44 2, 3, 4 Translucent
TwinShield FR 1 x 2 (door size) 2 Translucent
Protection Materials316
Protection Materials
Specialist Protection
Seekure FRSeekure FR is a durable non-slip temporary protectionmaterial made from fabric reinforced polythene. It isextremely versatile and suitable for all floor surface finishes,highly slip resistant, waterproof and flame retardant to LPS1207. It can also be used to erect a temporary screen toconceal construction work from public areas.
2m x 50m
FloorShield StandardManufactured from recycled paper and formed into acardboard type material, FloorShield Standard is a veryeconomical and environmentally friendly product.
Provides a degree of water and slip resistance, easily cutwith a knife and suitable for protecting carpeted areas,vinyl, timber, concrete, raised access, screeded floors,worktops and doors. Ideal for protecting against foot traffic and provides a degree of impactresistance whilst maintaining a clean surface below.
Heavy Duty 1m x 50m1m x 100m
Light Duty 1m x 100m
FloorShield Flame Retardant (FR)Currently the only breathable material on the market,manufactured from a spun-bonded Polypropylene materialthat is fully accredited to LPS 1207 and complies with fireregulations associated with temporary protection materials.Uses include temporary internal protection on building sites,factories, warehousing, showrooms and most domesticsituations.
Available in 1m x 100m rolls
Preformed Surface Dressing
Preformed Surface DressingA self adhesive anti-slip membrane on a roll. Ideal for ramps, steps and footbridges.Requires CP Primer to aid with adhesion.
Type Size Coverage (litre/m2)
Preformed Surface Dressing 1m x 5m roll
CP Primer 5 litre 0.2
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Protection Materials
317
Type Size Area (m2)
Light duty 167m x 1.5m x 65mu 250
Medium duty 134m x 1.5m x 120mu 200
Heavy duty 67m x 1.5m x 175mu 100
High performance 55m x 1.82 x 120mu 100
Housing grade 160m x 0.625m x 120mu 100
T400 Jointing tape 50m x 100mm N/A
T600 Jointing tape 50m x 50mm N/A
Medium duty tape 66m x 50mm N/A
MegaShield
MegaShieldA range of flame retardant protection sheets accredited to LPS 1207. Certified by LossPrevention Certification Board (LPCB) in compliance with Loss Prevention Standard (LPS1207). Comprehensive range of grades to suit most applications and surfaces.MegaShield High Performance has improved anti-slip and high impact characteristics overthe standard grade.
Carpet Protection FilmA low tack adhesive, tough polythene film designed to protect carpets without creating a triphazard. Must be renewed every 4 weeks (not suitable for thick pile carpets).• Simple and fast installation.• Excellent alternative to dust sheets.• Also available in Flame Retardant film.• Dispensers are available for applying carpet protection filmto large areas.
Type Size (m)
Heavy Duty Carpet Film 0.6 x 100
0.9 x 100
1.2 x 100
Flame Retardent Carpet Film 0.6 x 100
1.2 x 100
Protection Materials318
Protection Materials
Sanitaryware ProtectionA full range of pre-formed units are available to protectexpensive sanitaryware from the rigors of site.Also available in flame retardant LPS 1207.
Cill Protection
TwinShield Cill ProtectorPurpose made strips of impact resistant plastic, which canbe wrapped around and fixed simply to most cills toprotect from mortar droppings or damage.
Supplied in 3mm x 300mm x 1200mm (25 per pack).Clips available in packs of 100.
Card Edge ProtectorA rigid 4mm thick fibreboard, which is pre-formed to aright angle to give exceptional strength and unbeatableimpact resistance. It is ideal for protecting exposed edgesincluding cills. Lightweight and manageable Rigid EdgeProtector can be easily cut to size and is simple and quickto fix.
Supplied in 50mm x 50mm x 2m (30 per pack).
Artstone ProtectionA flexible heavy duty cushioned foam tube which can beclipped directly round many shapes of stone cill, beingespecially suited to bay or bespoke window types.
Supplied in 114mm x 2m lengths (11 per box).Also available in Flame Retardant LPS 1207 for internal use.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Protection Materials
319
Protection TapesWe stock a comprehensive range of fixing tapes to suit all applications whether they are tobe used for jointing or sticking to finished surfaces. We can also custom print many types oftapes and can source any variation of adhesive to suit your requirements.
Type Colour Size
SIG Construction Accessories Tape - 50mm x 66m
Duo Tape - 50mm x 33m
Flame Retardant Tape - 50mm x 33m
Cloth Tape Black 50mm x 50m
Cloth Tape Black 75mm x 50m
Cloth Tape Black 100mm x 50m
Cloth Tape White 50mm x 50m
Cloth Tape White 75mm x 50m
Cloth Tape White 100mm x 50m
Ultra Low Tack Tape - 50mm x 100m
Low Tack Tape - 50mm x 33m
Foil Tape - 75mm x 50m
Tape Applicator - 50/75/100mm
Protection Tapes
Jointgrip 55A hot applied anti-skid overbanding joint sealant with toughness and flexibility.
Denso Skid Resistant Over-banding TapeA skid resistant polymer modified bitumen strip for sealingover cracks or failed reinstatement joints on secondaryroads available in 10m x 40mm rolls.
Protection Materials320
Protection Materials
Oxford Avalon Barrier Users, Councils and the general public often complain aboutthe foot design of construction barriers. Current designsprotrude into the walkway area and increase the risk of tripand fall within the working area. Oxford Plastic Systemshave developed a new range of barrier feet which removesthese risks.Features/Benefits• Profiled shape reduces the trip hazard from the walkway area.
• High Visibility colour option.• Injection moulded foot gives flexibility to the design.• The design of the foot enables the stability of the barrier to be maintained whilst offering amore visible and less obstructed walkway.
• Patented linking system prevents unauthorised dismantling.• Stable on uneven ground –over kerbs, up slopes and across rough terrain.• Reflective strip can be fixed to front and back.• Blow moulded 1 piece barrier constructed from tough high density polythene.
Steel Pins Steel setting out pins. Available in three sizes as pencil-pointed and one size as plain-ended.
Size (mm)
R16 x 1000
R20 x 1200
R25 x 600
T8 x 300
Steel Pins
Accessories
Line Marker – Spray Line marker paint in an aerosol spray. Used for site markings.
Red and white diagonal warning tape.70mm wide x 500m rolls.Complete with dispenser box.
Steel Corner Protectors Mild steel corner protectors. 75mm x 75mm, formed to various radii –lengths as required. Complete with threaded fixing points for cast inapplications (bolts available), and countersunk holes for surface fixapplications. Galvanised to BS729.
Standard Size 75mm x 75mm x 1.20m length, 37.5mm radius.Also available to order in Stainless Steel, Grade 304.
Full technical data available on request.
Type
Cast-In
Surface
Steel Corner Protectors
Pack
Box of 50
Bolt
Protection Materials322
Protection Materials
Ekomove Temporary Road and Walkways Made entirely from recycled plastic, Ekomove® products are highly suitable for use astemporary roads on construction sites and for transporting loads over vulnerable ground andbenefit from the following features:• Lightweight.• Quick and easy handling.• Easy to clean.• High wear resistance and doesn’t rot.• Suitable for intensive use.• Recyclable.
Ekomove® is provided in black with a button structure on oneside as standard. On request, the boards can be provided inother colours, with handles, company logo and/or text tape.
Thickness(mm) Length (mm) Width (mm)
15, 18 3000, 4000 500, 750, 1000, 1500
Ekomove®
Road and Walkways
Oxford 15/5 Road Plate • Ideal for roadway use.• Tested to a vehicle weight of 44 tonnes. • Compression moulded from glass reinforced polyester.• Each section weighs just 35kg, removing the need for heavylifting equipment and is compliant with safe workingpractice.
• Comfortable hand grips for easy two man lift.• The sections slot easily and securely together via in-builtheavy duty steel linking brackets.
• Raised camber design helps to slow traffic and protect theworkforce.
• Distinctive yellow colouring and retro reflective triangularpanels built into the surface give maximum visibility forpedestrian safety.
• Residential areas benefit from minimal noise and vibrationunlike metal plates.
• Stackable solution offers space saving advantages.• In built anti skid surface undamaged by stacking.• Personalisation service available upon request.• Available in 1.5 x 0.5m sections.• Single wheel load: 6000kg at 700mm trench width.
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment
A selection of site essentials andaccessories can be found in this sectionincluding applicator guns, sprayers andsafety equipment. As with all ourproducts, equipment is sourced frompremium manufacturers to ensurereliable usage time after time. Not allproducts are listed or stocked in everybranch, please contact your localbranch with specific enquiries.
PRODUCTS PAGE
General Site Equipment 324
Tapes 326
Tools for Concrete 327
Work Wear 328
High Visibility Clothing 329
Footwear 329
Gloves 330
Head Protection 332
We can supply these brands and more:
Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment324
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
General Site EquipmentMin/Max ThermometersQuick set press button. Moulded in cream case with whitescale. No magnet needed to reset.
Tell TaleAn enhanced Tell-Tale crack monitoring gauge thatmonitors horizontal and vertical movement across a crackon a flat surface to an accuracy of +/-1.0mm and byinterpolation to +/-0.5mm.
Builder BucketPlastic bucket with easy pouring lip and comfortable griphandle.
Gorilla BucketA flexible rubberised bucket that is long lasting andconvenient for multiple purposes such as carrying largeloads and mixing products.
Deck ScrubberLong handled and short bristled, used for scrubbing surfaces clean.
Floor ScraperFor use in the removal of vinyl and ceramic tiles.
BrushesA range of specialist and general purpose brushes areavailable in sizes from 1 to 6”, ideal for painting, tar (long& short) and slurry.
BroomsA range of specialist and general purpose brooms,available for concrete finishing through to cleaning.
Wire BrushIn various sizes with and without scraper back.
Rollers & TraysPaint roller and tray set.
Black Cable TiesTough black plastic cable ties.Black Cable Ties available in the following size - 4.8mm x 300mm, packed in 1000.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
325
Size
5 litre can
Contact Adhesive
Contact AdhesiveHigh quality adhesive for bonding filler boards, polystyrene, insulation and protection boardsto a wide range of surfaces.
GunsSkeleton GunHigh quality gun for use with all 310 to 400cc cartridges.
G GunBulk gun used to apply gun grade.
PointingFor repointing brick and masonry joints.
LokfixGrout dispensing hand gun, to use with injected groutingsystems.
Resin Hand PumpsResin dispensing gun, to use with resin injection systems.
Foambond GunsPlastic and metal versions available.
Follower PlateUsed to transfer sealant from can to bulk gun.
Powder Actuated Nailing SystemsThe professional’s choice for cartridge nailing. Fullyautomatic Spitfire P370 is the easiest tool in themarket to disassemble and maintain. We supply arange of collated pins.
Code Colour Strength Box Qty
031740 Brown Very Low 100
031600 Green Low 100
031700 Yellow Medium 100
011658 Red High 100
Disc Cartridges 6.3mm Diameter / 10mm Length
Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment326
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
Code Length (mm) Box Qty
011330 20 500
011331 25 500
011332 30 500
011333 35 500
011334 40 300
011335 50 300
011337 55 300
011336 60 300
Box also includes x1 spare rubber spring
C9 Collated Concrete Pins
Code Length (mm) Box Qty
032520 25 100
032530 30 100
032540 35 100
032550 40 100
032560 50 100
032570 60 100
032580 70 100
032590 80 100
032600 90 100
Note: Pins over 70mm require pre-hammering
C9 Concrete Pins
Code Length (mm) Box Qty
032070 25 100
032100 30 100
032090 40 100
032010 50 100
032030 70 100
CR9 Concrete Pins with Ø 14mmWashers
Code Length (mm) Box Qty
038090 30 200
038100 40 200
038110 50 200
CR9 Concrete Pins with Ø 34mmWasher Fixing System for Drainageand Waterproofing
TapesMaskingSuitable for interior masking and very light packaging. 24mm, 36mm, 48mm, 75mm and100mm widths x 50m rolls.
GP Formwork and ShutteringPolythene DPM joints should be sealed by overlap of 100mm wide, jointing tape available in50, 75 and 100mm x 33m long.
GaffaLaminated polythene/cloth tape coated with an aggressive pressure sensitive adhesive.
Double-sided50mm x 50m rolls available in High Tack/ High Tackcombination or High Tack/ Low Tack.
Tape GunsCuts down on the time needed to join materials. Tapeguns are available in 50mm wide Standard Duty, 50, 75 and 100mm wide Heavy Duty.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
327
Tools for ConcreteTrowelsMade from finest steel in plain, flat back round nose, double round ended andnotched styles.
Bull FloatHard wearing magnesium alloy tool for smoothing,levelling and finishing large areas of screed and wetconcrete.
Concrete ScoopConcrete handling hand scoop.
Concrete Curing TankComplete with heater, temperature controller, wire rack andmains tail lead and plug.
Notched LevellerNotched blade for levelling floor toppings.
Slump ConeSlump cone used with tamping rod, sold separately.
Spiked RollerThe spiked roller for rolling out air bubbles from self levelling floor toppings. The spiked discs are solvent resistant for ease of cleaning.
Spiked ShoesThe spiked shoes are for walking over self levelling floor toppings.
SqueegySmooth edge squeegee 1000mm width.
Straight EdgesWith grips for tamping and leveling concrete.
Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment328
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
Rubble SacksThese hardwearing and reusable rubble bags are recyclable,strong, tear resistant and durable.
Size (mm) Maximum Weight (kg)
405 x 662 25
405 x 662 40
Rubble Sacks
SIG Construction Accessories can supply you with essential safetyclothing and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), including highvisibility wear, EN approved helmets, goggles, safety boots and arange of protective gloves. Our range is bigger than shown here;just ask your local branch for more details.
Dust SuitsProvides effective clothing protection.
Work Wear
Redhawk Superwork Trousers • Key fob on waistband. • Button and YKK zip fastening. • Cargo style pocket with button fastening. • Further pockets include two front pockets, two rear pockets
with buttoned flap closure. • Hammer loop on right leg. Rule pocket on left leg. • External knee pad pouches for knee pads. • Triple stitched seam detailing.
All sizes available.
Kneepads To suit our knee pad trousers and other popular styles.
Nylon RainsuitPVC coated nylon light and waterproof jackets. Packed in zippedstorage pouches.Colours: Dark blue or yellow.
Trousers sold separately.
Dark blue: M - XXXL.Yellow: S - XXXL.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
329
High Visibility Clothing
Polo ShirtColours: Yellow & orangeYellow: S - XXXL. Orange: S - XXL.
High Visibility Jacket• 2 way nylon zip with studded storm flap.• Concealed drawing hood.• Knitted cuff inner on sleeves.• 2 front pockets with flaps and inner pocket in quilted lining.
High Visibility Waistcoat With adjustable Velcro™ closing.
Centurion Super Safety Boot Leather upper, steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 joules). Steel midsole,padded collar and tongue. Thinsulate lined for cold weathercomfort Goodyear welted construction.
Breathable Cambrelle lining. Woven back puller and front laceprotector. Oil resistant, non-marking sole, heat resistant to 300ºCwith a slip resistant tread.
Super Safety Lined Rigger Boot Synthetic fur lined leather boot with round top and pull on loops.Steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 Joules). Steel midsole for underfootprotection. Full length inner sock. Lightweight polyurethane sole isheat resistant to 200ºC. The sole resists petrol, oil, alkalis andsome acids.
Footwear
Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment330
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
Ashley Super Safety Boot Leather upper. Steel toe-cap to EN345 (200 Joules). Steelmidsole for underfoot protection. The double densitypolyurethane sole is heat resistant to 200°C. Sole resistspetrol, oil, alkalis and some acids.
Storm Super Safety Trainer Suede and mesh upper, cambrelle lining. Steel toe-cap toEN345 (200 Joules). Steel midsole for underfoot protection.Dual density polyurethane sole resists petrol, oil and alkalis.
Legend Safety Trainer Leather upper, padded collar and tongue. Steel toe-cap toEN345 (200 Joules). Rubber sole heat resistant to 300°C.
Spiked ShoesThe spiked shoes are for walking over self levelling floortoppings.
GlovesA wide range of gloves are availableby request.
Black Poly GlovesFor use with chemical and bitumenproducts. Per pair.
Builders Grip GlovesWith green latex coating. Polycotton liner forcomfort and dexterity. Per pair.
Disposable Latex GlovesBox of 100.
Rigger (Rigid) GlovesA high quality glove that provides extra protection for finger-tips and knuckles.
Gauntlet GlovesHardwearing gloves that provide extra wrist protection.
PVC Coated Gloves with Knitted WristsTough PVC coating for good abrasion protection with soft cotton liner absorbs perspiration.Snug knitted wrist for greater comfort and waterproof for use in wet conditions.
Builders Grip
Grey JerseyLight
Matril CF
Perfect PolyBlack
Nitrifit Black
Rigger
Gauntlet
PVC Coated
www.sig-ca.co.uk
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
331
Sizes Length (mm) Thickness (mm)
6 to 11 330 0.38
Sol-Vex ANS37-675
Sol-Vex ANS37-675Industry standard for high performance chemical protection,with outstanding combination of mechanical strength andchemical resistance. Sanitized®/Actifresh® to maintain handhygiene and combat skin irritation. Comfortable, flexible andlong-lasting.
Sizes Length (mm)
9 260
10 270
Hycron ANS27-600
Hycron ANS27-600Intermediate design, Nitrile palm coated, stronger and more flexible than PVC. Excellent drygrip with soft double jersey lining and no seams in working area. Curved, pre-fixed fingersand wing thumb. Silicone free and liquid repellent coating.
Accessories, Tools & Safety Equipment332
Accessories, Tools &
Safety Equipment
Helmet MK2Manufactured from impact resistant UV Stabilised HighDensity Polyethylene with integrated rain channel. Harnessoptions: Standard Poly / Slip. Accepts Cliptite Accessories and conforms to EN 397.
Available in yellow, white, green, blue, red, orange.
Head Protection
9172-265 Super G• CE approved to EN166 IF. • The world's lightest safety specs, just 18 grams. • The Super G unites innovative technologies and high-tech
technology) in the side-arms to provide a secure fit. • Optical Class 1 polycarbonate lens. • 100% UV protection. • Excellent field of vision. • Available with crystal frame (9172-110).
Bolle AttackA quality goggle which fits tightly to the face. Offersanti-scratch and anti-mist properties. Impact andchemical splash protection.
Ear PlugsComfortable ear protection to block out excessive noise levels.
Disposable P2 Valved Respirator (EN149:2001 FFP2)Valved respirator protects against fine low to averagetoxicity dusts, fibres, solid and liquid aerosols.
Valve reduces the build up of heat / moisture inside themask and helps user acceptanceContoured fit, low breathing resistance.
333
Useful Conversion Charts
Length
To Convert Multiply By
Inches to Centimetres 2.540
Centimetres to Inches 0.397
Feet to Metres 0.3048
Metres to Feet 3.281
Yards to Metres 0.9144
Metres to Yards 1.094
Miles to Kilometres 1.609
Kilometres to Miles 0.6214
Volume
To Convert Multiply By
Cubic Inches to Cubic Centimetres 16.39
Cubic Centimetres to Cubic Inches 0.06102
Cubic Feet to Cubic Metres 0.02832
Cubic Metres to Cubic Feet 35.31
Cubic Yards to Cubic Metres 0.7646
Cubic Metres to Cubic Yards 1.308
Cubic Inches to Litres 0.01639
Litres to Cubic Inches 61.03
Gallons to Litres 4.546
Litres to Gallons 0.22
Weight
To Convert Multiply By
Grains to Grams 0.0648
Grams to Grains 15.43
Ounces to Grams 28.35
Grams to Ounces 0.03527
Pounds to Grams 453.6
Grams to Pounds 0.002205
Pounds to Kilograms 0.4536
Kilograms to Pounds 2.205
Tons to Kilograms 1016.00
Kilograms to Tons 0.000984
Area
To Convert Multiply By
Square Inches to Square Centimetres 6.452
Square Centimetres to Square Inches 0.1550
Square Metres to Square Feet 10.76
Square Feet to Square Metres 0.0929
Square Yards to Square Metres 0.8361
Square Metres to Square Yards 1.196
Square Miles to Square Kilometres 2.590
Square Kilometres to Square Miles 0.3861
Acres to Hectares 0.4047
Hectares to Acres 2.471
Length Equivalents (Metric to Imperial)
Metric (mm) Approx Imperial (Feet – Inches)
1225 4 - 0
1375 4 - 6
1525 5 - 0
1600 5 - 3
1675 5 - 6
1750 5 - 9
1825 6 - 0
1875 6 - 2
1975 6 - 6
2025 6 - 9
2125 7 - 0
2175 7 - 2
2275 7 - 6
2350 7 - 9
2425 8 - 0
2600 8 - 6
2750 9 - 0
2825 9 - 3
2900 9 - 6
2975 9 - 9
3050 10 - 0
Fahrenheit to
Celsius, and vice
versa:
F° C°
32 0
40 5
50 10
60 15
70 20
75 25
85 30
105 40
140 60
175 80
Sealant Estimating GuideTo calculate the number of litres required use the following calculation.
Joint width (mm) x joint depth x joint length (m) = litres requi ed1000
Sizes (ml) Coverage*
Joint size (mm) Litre/metre run Metre run per cartridge
380 Cartridges 5 x 5 0.025 15.2
10 x 10 0.1 3.8
15 x 10 0.15 2.5
15 x 15 0.23 1.6
20 x 15 0.3 1.2
20 x 20 0.4 0.95
*These are theoretical yields, no allowance has been made for variation in joint dimensions
or wastage.
Typical Sealant Coverage
Glasgow,Eurocentral,
Perth
Gateshead
Leeds
ManchesterChesterfield
Birmingham
BarkingSouth Ruislip
CardiffBristol
Plymouth
Southampton
Ash Vale Maidstone
Branch Location Map
334
SIG Construction Accessorieshas a network of branchesoperating across the UK foryour convenience.
www.sig-ca.co.uk
335
Notes
Notes
All rights reserved. No copying by any means is permitted, except when permission is given in writing by SIG Construction Accessories.
This catalogue contains manufacturers product information that is reproduced by SIG Construction Accessories in good faith, based on the latest knowledge
available at the time of going to print. Whilst every effort has been made to ensure that the information is current and correct, as distributors SIG Construction
Accessories cannot accept responsibility for the application and performance levels of the products featured. Neither can we accept responsibility where the
manufacturers instructions have not been followed.
Designed & Produced by PickeringHutchins Ltd w
ww.pickeringhutchins.com
SIG Construction Accessories offer a massive range of top quality Concrete Formwork,Masonry, Waterproofing and Groundwork Engineering products, from the leadingbrands in construction.
You also benefit from our expert product advice and fast, responsive delivery times tomake sure you have the right product at the right time. Contact your local branch today.